Skip to main content

Full text of "Fur buyers' guide; complete instructions about buying, handling and grading raw furs, including size, color, quality, as well as when, where and how to sell"

See other formats


ii^. 

'■'■■■.''■' i 
■•']■ 

''     ■■'  V  ;  ,'■  ' '  f  ■ 

•■.'''!■■,■:'■/:,»,, ^  ■■■' 


y 'y  ':\. 


'0- 


v"        ,^-' 


.<^^^. 


\ 


^,N 


Jt 


"/... 


'-        *    8    1    ^ 


.'^ 


-6- 


8    I   -V 


,«^  ^*. 


o%     -^^ 


•^ 


%H 


-^ 


^^      c 


'^^  v" 


>. 


r-       'r< 


^   ,^^ 


^^^^  ^^. 


^  JV^  "^.         r-^i^ 


'       L:      'l?^^^>^     Z 


<,y  -^^    "/^l^ 


v*^ 


^"^7-  <^ 


.  rV'^^   ,\^^' 


.\ 


V  b" 


A^^ 


^^  ^^.^. 


-if-. 


v^. 


.^' 


S^'       ^^ 


t/-.    V 


X  ^^ 


^c^. 


0^  ^ 


V 


'  <A>   ^^    "-J'^'^^i^^^.-^    #"■  "-^^   -'  '-^ ^- 


-^,   ^-  My 


-A' 


NJ     0 


%.  A'' 


>. 


"^^  V* 


r      f?     t?i      • 


A^'  '^, 


ts    y 


/•? 


^  0  <?.  - 


FUR  BUYLR5'  GUIDE 


FUR  BUYERS'  GUIDE 


Complete  Instructions  About  Buying,  Handling 

and  Grading  Raw  Furs,  Including  5ize, 

Color,  Quality,  as  well  as  When, 

Where  and  How  to  5ell 


BY 
A.  R.  HARDING 


PUBLISHED  BY 

A.   R.    HARDING 

COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


Copyright  1915 

By 
.   R.  HARDING. 


o(p^ 


NOV  24  1915 


/]  I 


INTRODUCTION. 


PRACTICALLY  all  books  treating  upon  the  subject 
of  raw  furs  heretofore  have  been  from  the  view  or 
standpoint  of  the  large  dealer,  exporter  and 
manufacturer.  The  author  of  FUR  BUYERS'  GUIDE 
not  only  trapped  when  a  boy,  but  at  the  age  of 
14  began  buying  furs  in  a  small  way,  and  a  few  years 
later  traveled  horseback  and  in  a  two  wheeled  cart  over 
Gallia,  Meigs,  Vinton,  Athens,  Lawrence  and  Jackson 
Counties  in  Southern  Ohio  and  M?  ^n  in  West  Virginia. 
Later  I  was  employed  by  an  Ohio  aL  \  New  York  firm 
on  a  salary  to  represent  them  in  Southern  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  Northern  Kentucky  and  Southwestern  Penn- 
sylvania. Traveling  now  was  mainly  by  rail.  I  kept 
at  this  job  steadily  for  years  —  buying  furs  in  the  winter 
and  hides,  pelts,  tallow  and  roots  during  the  balance  of 
the  year. 

After  several  years  I  became  tired  of  traveling  and 
gave  up  my  position  March  i,  1897,  going  to  Gallipolis, 
Ohio,  where  I  started  in  the  fur  business  on  my  own 
account  the  following  November.  But  as  the  active  raw 
fur  season  there  only  lasted  a  few  months  each  year,  I 

(5) 


6  Introduction. 

became  interested  in  the  publishing  business  and  in  June, 
1898,  founded  a  county  newspaper,  which  led  to  my 
establishing  the  HUNTER-TRADER-TRAPPER  in 
October,  1900.  In  the  meantime  I  was  buying  thousands 
and  thousands  of  dollars  worth  of  furs  each  season,  but 
from  1900  on,  my  time  was  largely  devoted  to  the  pub- 
lishing business. 

In  November,  1904,  I  disposed  of  my  county  paper 
and  moved  to  Columbus,  Ohio,  with  my  monthly  maga- 
zine. For  the  next  ten  years  I  was  in  close  touch  with 
fur  dealers,  exporters  and  manufacturers,  visiting  the 
leading  American  raw  fur  centers  from  one  to  three 
times  each  year. 

The  various  facts  as  outlined  are  mentioned  only 
to  show  how  wide  an  experience  I  have  had.  I  feel  that 
those  interested  in  raw  furs,  whether  trapper,  country 
buyer,  village  or  town  collector  will  find  much  of  prac- 
tical value  in  this  book. 

Several  persons  of  experience  and  knowledge  of  the 
fur  industry  have  furnished  facts,  which  have  been  used 
in  various  parts.  Mr.  J.  A.  Newton,  a  trapper  and 
buyer  of  long  experience;  also  Martin  Hunter  for  forty 
years  with  the  Hudson  Bay  Co.,  being  among  the  num- 
ber while  Mr.  C.  M.  Goodspeed  supplied  much  of  the 
information  on  Ginseng  and  Golden  Seal.  Numerous 
photographs  have  also  been  especially  taken  by  trappers 
and  collectors  for  this  book. 


Introduction.  7 

While  there  are  several  varieties  or  species  of  some 
of  the  fur  bearing  animals,  as  a  rule,  no  particular  dis- 
tinction or  reference  is  here  made.  My  object  in  giving 
range,  description,  size  and  color  is  for  the  benefit  and 
guidance  of  the  handler  of  the  pelt  or  fur — not  to  classify 
the  animal.  Besides  technical  facts,  grade  and  sort  in 
connection  with  the  buying,  handling  and  selling  of  furs, 
much  more  is  published,  so  that  anyone  at  all  interested 
in  furs  or  the  fur  trade,  will  find  something  of  interest 
in  this  book. 


^    ^^    ^^^iyl^i^O, 


CONTENTS. 


Chapter  page 

I.     "Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs 17 

II.     Size,  Color,  Quality 34 

III.  Methods   of   Grading.:. 50 

IV.  The    Inspection    Room 66 

V.     Why  Trappers  Sell  at  Home 72 

VI.     Buyers    and    Collectors 79 

VII.     Bu3dng  and  Selling 96 

VIII.     Speculating    114 

IX.     Prices  of  Long  Ago 130 

X.     Miscellaneous  Information    139 

XL     Foxes  —  Black,   Silver,   Cross,  Arctic 152 

XII.     Foxes  —  Red,  Grey,  Kitt  or  Swift 165 

XIII.  Mink 178 

XIV.  Muskrat   195 

XV.     Skunk 208 

XVI.     Civet  Cat    228 

XVII.     The  Raccoon   : . . .  232 

XVIII.     Opossum    246 

XIX.    Wolves   and   Coyotes 254 

XX.     Otter    ..= 268 

XXL     Beaver 276 

XXII.     Bears  — Black,   Grizzly,   Polar 283 

XXIII.  Marten    293 

XXIV.  Fisher   301 

(9)      . 


10 


Contents. 


Chapter  page 

XXV.  Lynx 306 

XXVI.  Wild  Cat  or  Bay  Lynx 313 

XXVn.  Cats  — House  and  Ring  Tail 318 

XXVIIL  Badger    323 

XXIX.  Wolverine 327 

XXX.  White  Weasel  —  Ermine   331 

XXXL  Sea  Otter 338 

XXXIL  Mountain  Lion    342 

XXXIIL  Seals  — Fur  and  Hair 345 

XXXIV.  Pelts,   Hides,   Skins 349 

XXXV.  Roots  —  Ginseng  and  Golden  Seal 356 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Ranch  Raised  Silver  Black  Fox 22 

Three  Ranch  Raised  Prince  Edward  Island  Silver  Black..  23 

Central  New  York  Trapper's   Catch 26 

Buyer  Inspecting   Muskrat   Skins 32 

Northern  Furs  —  Otter,  Fox,  Lynx 35 

Average  Sizes  Central  Western  Mink  Skins 36 

Northwestern  Furs- — ^Wolf,  Marten,  Mink,  Beaver,  Etc...  40 

Three  Silver  Fox  Skins 43 

Western  and  Northwestern  Long  Narrow  Stripe 47 

Seven  Fine,  Large,  Dark  No.  1  Coon  Skins 51 

Southeast   Nebraska    Skunk 53 

Western  Canada  Red  and  Cross  Fox 55 

Large  Western  and  Small  Eastern  Skunk  Pelts 63 

Fur   Room  of   Hudson   Bay   Company 68 

Large  British  Columbia  Mink 73 

Furs  Ready  to  Market 74 

British  Columbia  Prairie  Wolf  and  Silver  Fox 75 

A  Horse-back  Fur   Buyer 80 

A  Country  Collector  of  Furs ■. 82 

Northern  Fur  Buyers  —  Mackenzie  River  District 94 

The  Outside  of  Trapper's  Shanty  and  Furs 97 

The  Fall  Catch  —  Undecided  When  and  Where  to  Sell....  102 

Two  Lynx,  Red  and  Cross  Fox  Pelts 106 

Low  Priced  Furs  —  Muskrat  and  White  Weasel 115 

Speculators  or  "Free  Traders"  Going  into  the  North 120 

The  Speculators'  Return  from  the  North  Country 122 

Moose  Factory,  A  Hudson  Bay  Trading  Post.... 132 

Fox  Squirrel,  Belgian  Hare,  Brown  Weasel 141 

A  Canadian  Trapper  and  His  Catch 145 

Red,  Cross,   Silver  Fox  Skins 153 

(11) 


12  List  of  I  '  ons. 

PAGE 

Silver    Fox    Carcass . . , 155 

Twenty-one  Silver   Fox   Skin^                         157 

Twenty-eight   Silver   Fox    Skii                     159 

Blue   Fox   Pelt — Arctic   Region         162 

Arctic  or  White  Fox  Skin 103 

Well  Handled  Canadian  Red  Fox  Skins 166 

Ontario  Full  Furred,  Good  Color  Red 168 

Heavy  Furred  North  Dakota  Red 168 

Michigan  Reds  —  Pelt  and  Fur  Out 169 

Central  New  York  Large  Red  Fox  Skin 170 

Cape  Breton,   Nova   Scotia,  Red 171 

Two  New  Hampshire  Reds  —  Large  and  Medium 171 

Rocky  Mountain  Grey  Fox  Pelt 173 

Virginia  Grey  Fox  Pelt 174 

Southern  Grey  Fox   Pelt 174 

Eastern   Grey  Fox    Pelt 174 

West  Virginia  Grey  Fox  Skin 175 

Six  Southern  Pennsylvania  Grey  Fox  Skins 176 

Swift  or  Kitt  Fox   Pelt 177 

Fourteen  Northern  Wisconsin  Mink  Skins 179 

New   England   Prime   Mink   Skin 180 

Four  Lake  Erie  and  Similar  Mink • 181 

Southwestern   Missouri    Mink   Skin 182 

Southern  or  Gulf  State  Mink 183 

Mink   Skin,   Large,   North  Dakota 185 

Two  Large  Indiana  Mink , 186 

Alaska  Mink  Skin 187 

Southeastern   Kentucky   Mink   Skins 188 

Central  Western  Canada  Alink  Skin 189 

Four  Northeast  Canada  Alink  Skins 191 

Yukon  River  Valley  Mink  Skin 193 

Muskrat  Pelts  Properly  and  Improperly  Handled 198 

Spring  Muskrat   Skins 200 

Large  and  Medium  Muskrat  Skins 204 

Extra  Large  Illinois  Muskrat  Pelt 206 

Twelve  Long  Narrow  Stripes  and  One   Short 209 


LlST~                           TRATIONS.  13 

PAGE 

Three  No.  1   or  Bla                          210 

No.  1   or  Black  Skuii                      211 

No.  2  or   Short  Skiinl>        212 

No.  3  or  Long-  Skunk 212 

No.  4  or  White  Skunk 213 

Sizes  of  Maryland  Skunk  Skins 215 

Iowa  Large   Skunk  Skin 217 

California   Long   Narrow   Stripe 221 

Southeast  Nebraska   Skunk  Pelt 224 

Northern   Oklahoma   Civet   Skin 229 

Civet   Cat  —  Average    Sizes 230 

Southeast  Nebraska   Civet 231 

Raccoon  Skins  —  Well  and   Poorly  Handled 233 

Prime  Large  and  Small  Arkansas  Coon  Skins 235 

Northern  and  Southern  Coon   Skins '  237 

Coon   Skin,   Early   Caught 238 

Heavy  Furred  Central  Western  Coon 241 

Prime  Northeastern  Coon  Skins 242 

Wisconsin  Coon  Skin,  Large,  Cased 244 

Opossum   Skins  —  Various   Sizes 247 

Six  Maryland  Opossum  Skins 248 

Large  Central  West  Opossum 250 

Southern  Opossum,  Large 251 

Black  and  Grey  Timber  Wolves 255 

White  Timber  Wolf,  Northwestern  Canada 256 

Northern  Large  Grey  Timber  Wolf   Skin 259 

Dark  and  Light  Colored  Prairie  Wolf  Skins 261 

Scalped   Prairie  or   Coyote   Skins 262 

California  Prairie  Wolf   Skin 263 

Medium  and  Large  Prairie  Wolf   Skins 264 

Large  and  Medium  Colorado  Prairie  Wolves 265 

Two  Rocky  Mountain  Section  Prairie  Wolf  Skins 266 

Timber  and  Prairie  Wolf  Skins 267 

Northwestern   Otter   Skin 269 

Central   Canada  Otter   Skin 271 

Northern  Michigan  Otter  and  Pelt 273 


14  List  of  Illustrations. 

PAGE 

Peace   River   Otter 274 

Northeast   Section   Beaver 277 

Southern   Beaver   Skin 277 

Lake  Superior  Region  Beaver 278 

Northwestern  Oregon  Beaver  Skin   , 278 

Southwestern   Large   Beaver   Skin 279 

Western  Canada  Beaver  Skin 280 

Hudson  Bay  Country  Beaver  Skin 281 

Eastern  Black  Bear  Skins 284 

Wisconsin    Bear    Skins 285 

Rocky  Mountain  Black  Bear  Skin 287 

Rocky  Mountain   Grizzly  Bear  Skin 289 

British  Columbia  Brown  Bear   Skin 290 

Arctic  Ocean  Region  Polar  Bear  Skin 291 

British  Columbia  Marten  Skin 294 

Washington    Marten    Skins,    Pale 296 

Valuable  Marten   Skin 298 

Northeast  Coast,  Labrador,  Marten  Skin 298 

Fisher    Pelts    Large,    Medium,    Small 303 

Fine  Northern  Fisher  Pelt 305 

Trapper,  Lynx  and   Skins 307 

Northern  and  Northwestern  Lynx  Skins 308 

Alaska  Lynx   Skin 309 

White  and  Blue  Lynx  Skins 310 

Heavy  Furred  Canadian  Lynx 311 

Wild  Cat  — Large,   Medium,   Small 314 

An  Average  Large  Wild  Cat  Skin 315 

Large  Wild  Cat  Skin  Open 316 

House  Cat,   Maltese 319 

House   Cat,   Grey , 319 

House  Cat,  Black 320 

California  Ring  Tail  Cat , 321 

Southwest  Ring  Tail 321 

Badger  Skins  —  Open  and  Cased 324 

Oregon  Badger  Skin  Open 325 

North  Dakota  Badger  Skin  Open 326 


List  of  Illustrations.        ^  15 

PAGE 

Northwestern  Canada  Wolverine  Skin  Cased 328 

Northern  Wolverine  Skin  Open 329 

Minnesota   Prime   Weasel   Skins 333 

Weasel   Skins  — Fur  and   Pelt   Side 334 

Six  Ontario,  Canada,  Weasel  Skins 335 

Large  Maine  Weasel 336 

Sea  Otter  Pelt 339 

Western  Montana  Mountain  Lion  Skin 343 

Fur  Seal  Skin  Dressed  Natural 346 

Fur   Seal   Skin   Plucked 347 

Bundle  of  Sheep  Pelts 350 

Hide,  Cattle,  Done  Up,  Tied,  Ready  for  Shipment 352 

A  Bundle  of  Deer  Skins —  Winter  Coat 355 

Small   Pieces  Natural   Size   or  Trash   Ginseng 357 

Good  Wild  Ginseng  Roots  —  Reduced  in   Size 357 

Small  Wild  Ginseng  Root 358 

Oregon  Ginseng,  Green,  Just  Dug 358 

West  Virginia  Wild  Ginseng,  Just  Dug. 359 

Best  Grade  of  Cultivated  Ginseng 360 

An  Ideal  Shaped   Cultivated  Root 361 

Choice  Grade  of   Cultivated 362 

Irregular  Shaped  Ginseng  Root 362 

Smooth  Skinned,  Hard  Ginseng 363 

Transplanted  Wild  Ginseng  Root 364 


CHAPTER  I. 
"'wild'"  and  ''tame"  furs. 

•™  NEW  CONDITION.  —  Only  a  few  years  ago  the 
f^  raw  fur  buyer  could  travel  from  morning  until 
•/  ■  night  and  encounter  only  one  class  of  furs,  the 
wild  article.  Then  qualities  were  quite  uniform  in 
prime  skins.  Color,  length,  fineness,  density  and  gloss 
were  so  common  in  the  wild  fur  coat  that  contrary  fea- 
tures were  not  expected.  A  prime  skin  might  be  quite 
lacking  in  fur  and  escape  notice  because  not  many  of  such 
pelts  were  to  be  found  in  any  original  collection. 

Now  there  is  a  new  condition  with  which  to  deal  ; 
it  is  the  advent  of  the  fur  farm  in  all  its  phases,  from 
an  enclosure  of  several  acres  down  to  confines  no  larger 
than  an  ordinary  chicken  run. 

In  the  early  days  beaver  was  the  staple  fur,  although 
bear,  otter,  fisher,  marten,  wolf,  lynx,  fox,  mink,  raccoon 
and  muskrat  were  all  exported  to  Europe  in  considerable 
quantities  as  early  as  1750  but  not  until  1843  was  house 
cat  and  chinchilla  (a  South  American  animal)  used  or 
exported.  American  opossum  and  fur  seal  were  added 
in  1849,  but  not  until  1858  was  skunk  fur  used.  These 
furs  became  valuable,  even  at  that  early  date,  because 
the  supply  of  others  began  to  diminish  —  now  there  are 
no  other  animals  that  produce  fur  to  add.  Even  rabbit, 
brown  weasel  and  ferret  pelts  have  a  small  fur  value. 

2  (17) 


1 8  Fur  Buyer'         tide  J 

y 

American  squirrel  and  grou^i  hogs  are  not  fur  bearing 
animals  —  they  grow  hair  only. 

There  are  practically  no  new  or  unexplored  regions 
to  trap  in  America  or  elsewhere.  For  years  wild  fur 
bearers  have  been  hard  pressed  by  trappers  and  fur  hunt- 
ers so  that  their  numbers  are  becoming  less.  There  may 
be  and  no  doubt  are  exceptions  with  certain  animals  in 
a  few  states,  where  laws  are  in  effect  prohibiting  early 
and  late  trapping.  Again  the  demoralized  condition  of 
the  raw  fur  trade  during  1914-15,  owing  to  the  Euro- 
pean war  was  largely  the  cause  for  a  somewhat  increase 
of  certain  raw  fur  bearing  animals  in  many  parts  of 
America.  In  general,  however,  it  can  be  truthfully  said 
that  most  wild  fur  bearing  animals  are  becoming  more 
scarce  each  year.  On  the  other  hand  the  demand  for 
furs  increases  with  an  increased  population.  The  auto- 
mobile has  wonderfully  helped  the  fur  trade  in  the  use 
of  fur  robes,  coats,  gloves,  etc.,  for  be  it  remembered 
that  tens  of  thousands  of  automobiles  are  used  in  winter 
as  well  as  in  summer. 

From  where  is  the  future  supply  of  raw  furs  to 
come?  No  doubt  there  will  be  plenty  but  instead  of 
practically  all  being  from  pelts  of  wild  animals  a  greater 
per  cent  each  year  will  be  taken  from  tame  fur  animals, 
for  most  of  the  wild  fur  animals  can  and  will  be  domes- 
ticated just  as  has  been  done  with  other  animals — ^horses, 
cattle,  sheep  —  when  demand  made  it  profitable  to  do  so. 

The  future  supply  and  demand  will  therefore  not 
alone  be  governed  by  the  catch  of  "wild"  furs  but  to  a 
considerable  extent  by  *'tame"  furs  —  those  from  fur 
farms. 


*'Wild"  a  \me"  Furs.  19 

Until  recently  many  of  the  large  city  fur  dealers  and 
exporters  were  of  the  opinion  that  the  supply  of  wild  fur 
bearing  animals  was  practically  inexhaustible^ — that  when 
needed  trappers  would  go  out  into  the  wilds,  catch,  skin, 
and  send  the  pelts  to  market.  On  the  other  side  of  the 
question  well  informed  persons  foresaw  that  the  supply 
of  wild  fur  bearers  would  shortly  not  be  sufficient  to 
supply  the  demand.  They  saw  that  the  draining  of 
swamps,  marshes  and  small  lakes  was  destroying  the 
homes  and  breeding  places  of  muskrat  and  to  a  great 
extent  mink  and  coon.  Lumbering  and  clearing  up  of 
land  was  destroying  as  well  as  driving  out  coon,  bear, 
wild  cat  and  opossum  from  vast  areas  in  the  South  and 
Central  portions  of  the  United  States,  while  in  the  North- 
ern states  of  the  United  States  as  well  as  parts  of  Canada 
the  cutting  of  timber  and  clearing  of  the  land  was  de- 
priving the  marten,  fisher,  bear  and  lynx  of  their  homes. 
Otter  and  beaver  do  not  usually  linger  long  where  people 
are  too  numerous  and  these  as  well  are  reduced.  To 
partly  offset  all  this  there  are  a  few  fur  bearers  —  red 
fox,  skunk,  mink  and  muskrat  —  that  do  fairly  well  in 
settled  parts. 

With  fur  raising  from  confined  animals  there  is  apt 
to  be  as  many  qualities  as  there  are  different  sized  pens 
and  different  foods  fed  and  a  diversity  in  care  taking. 
As  an  example :  twenty-five  fur  animals  raised  on  an 
acre  will  be  in  better  fur  than  if  reared  in  a  pen  20  x  40 
feet,  providing  that  both  receive  the  same  care  and  food. 
If  kept  on  a  ten  acre  tract,  the  chances  are  that  the  fur 
coat  would  be  superior  to  that  acquired  if  living  on  one 
acre. 


20  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

The  sort  of  food  cuts  a  big  figure  in  fur  (juriiii;,. 
The  wild  skunk  in  summer  Hves  largely  on  grubs  and 
insects  which  produce  the  finest  oil  in  the  world  and  it 
stimulates  a  coat  of  fur  comprising  good  length,  thick- 
ness and  lustre.  The  confined  animal  does  not  get  his 
natural  food  supply.  Would  it  be  surprising  if  the  fur 
coat  suffered  as  a  consequence  and  not  equal  that  of  the' 
wild  brother? 

Again,  the  animal  raised  in  captivity  may  prove  to 
have  the  largest  pelt  and  the  best  furred.  Much  depends 
upon  whether  the  fur  raiser  knows  the  habits  and  nature 
of  fur  animals.  Why  shouldn't  animals  fur  properly  if 
fed  regularly  upon  the  food  that  they  like,  with  living 
quarters  similar  to  those  which  they  enjoy  in  the  wild 
condition?  They  will  and  do.  For  proof  we  need  only 
refer  to  the  sale  of  a  black  fox,  ranch  raised,  highest 
price  ever  realized  for  a  fox  skin.  So  far  the  ranch 
raised  black,  silver  and  cross  fox  skins  hav^  sold  at  an 
average  of  about  one-third  above  the  wild. 

The  average  prices  for  all  silver  fox  skins  both  wild 
and  ranch  raised,  sold  in  London  during  twO'  years,  was 
as  follows:  1910,  $414.37,  1911,  $290.01.  During  the 
year  1910  there  were  2."]  ranch  raised  Prince  Edward 
Island  silver  fox  skins  sold  which  averaged  $1,361.05,  in 
191 1,  from  the  same  island,  10  skins  were  sold  which 
averaged  $1,085.27. 

On  account  of  the  demand  for  breeding  animals  at 
high  prices,  but  few  ranch  raised  silver  fox  skins  were 
marketed  prior  to  1915.  A  somewhat  remarkable  sale 
was  one  sold  in  March,  1912,  when  a  pelt  from  a  fox 
that  died   on   October   12,    191 1,   and   owned  by  James 


''Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs.  21 

Rayner  brought  $2,050.00,  yet  the  skin  would  not  have 
been  at  its  best  until  some  weeks  later. 

It  is  only  a  question  of  proper  care  of  the  animal, 
whether  it  be  fox,  mink,  marten,  skunk,  coon,  opossum, 
muskrat  or  any  other  fur  bearing  animal  for  it  to  grow  a 
coat  of  fur  as  when  wild.  One  fur  raiser  said  that  he 
had  opossum  that  averaged  fully  one-half  heavier  than 
the  wild  ones  in  that  locality.  Thus  it  is  seen  from  the 
high  priced  fox  fur  to  the  low  opossum,  it  is  in  the  man- 
agement whether  the  pelt  is  worth  more  or  less  than  if 
taken  from  an  animal  never  in  captivity. 

The  various  collections  of  ''wild"  furs,  except  those 
caught  by  professional  trappers,  show  more  or  less  irreg- 
tilarity  in  skinning  and  handling,  coming  as  they  do  from 
so  many  different  persons.  Among  collections  will  he 
found  not  only  blued  skins,  but  torn,  shot,  dog  chewed, 
rubbed,  springy  and  otherwise  damaged.  This  should  all 
be  overcome  in  "tame"  furs  for  the  fur  raiser  will  only 
kill  and  market  when  the  pelt  and  fur  are  prime.  The 
skins  will  all  be  handled  by  the  same  person  and  should 
be  uniform  —  all  alike  —  which  adds  to  appearance  and 
selling  value. 

The  time  will  probably  come  when  there  will  be  two 
quotations  on  furs,  "wild  furs"  and  "tame  furs,"  just  as 
there  are  on  ginseng  now.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  gin- 
seng growers  have  not  been  able  to  grow  to  exactly  re- 
semble the  wild  in  looks  and  taste,  the  wild  sells  at  an 
advance  over  cultivated  so  that  quotations  on  "wild 
ginseng"  are  considerably  higher  than  "cultivated  gin- 
seng." Cultivated  golden  seal,  however,  has  been  selling 
as  high  as  the  wild. 


22 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


In  19 14  when  furs  were  not  Uj 
active  demand  the  silver  black  pelt 
shown  brought  upwards  of  one 
thousand  dollars.  This  pelt  was  not 
perfect  by  any  means,  was  killed 
early  in  November  and  had  about 
one-third  of  tail  missing.  The  fox 
was  twelve  years  old  and  had  been 
owned  by  a  party  on  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island  for  years.  It  was  a 
splendid  breeder  yet  it  furred  prop- 
erly and  heavily  each  year  until 
the  fall  before  it  was  killed  it  began 
to  show  the  effects  of  its  age  which 
as  already  stated  was  twelve  years. 
The  term  Silver  Black  is  used  by 
some  fox  raisers  to  designate  the 
better  grades  of  silver  fox  skins 
from  those  of  ordinary  quality. 
That  foxes,  if  properly  handled,  fur  better  in  ranches 
than  in  the  wild  state  seems  to  be  pretty  well  established. 
While  many  are  still  skeptical  yet  there  is  no  doubt  that 
the  ranch  raised  pelts  of  not  only  fox,  but  most  if  not  all 
animals,  will  eventually  surpass  the  wild.  In  this  con- 
nection three  more  ranch  raised  fox  pelts  from  Prince 
Edward  Island  are  shown.  The  raiser  said  that  none  of 
the  three  were  prime,  being  killed  in  November  and  were 
small  or  medium  size,  not  large.  No.  i  was  a  three-year- 
old  male,  not  being  up  to  the  standard  of  what  that 
breeder  wished,  yet  the  pelt  sold  for  $910.00.  No.  2  was 
that  of  a  ten-year-old  female,  with  part  of  tail  missing, 


RANCH    RAISED    SIL 
VER     BLACK. 


Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs. 


23 


yet  the  pelt  sold  for 
$1,000.00.  No.  3  was 
an  eleven  -  year  -  old 
male,  in  fair  condi- 
tion, although  show- 
ing more  silver  than 
either  of  the  others. 
This  pelt  brought 
$890.00.  Remember, 
that  this  was  in  19 14 
when  all  silver  and 
black  fox  were  sell- 
ino-  off  from  former 
prices.  In  the  London 
auction  sales  for  the 
year  19 14  those  who 
had  wild  silver  and 
black  fox  pelts  on  the 
market  will  tell  you 
that  the  ranch  raised 
sold  best.  When  it  is 
taken  into  consider- 
ation that  two  of  these  foxes  were  old  and  had  spent 
many  years  within  enclosures,  or  ranch  raised,  it  can  be 
seen  that  *'tame"  furs  are  even  now  superior  to  "wild" 
in  some  instances  at  least. 

If  the  fur  raiser  is  able  to  produce  healthy  animals 
there  is  no  reason  why  he  can  not  produce  fur  pelts  of 
better  quality  than  those  grown  on  the  backs  of  animals 
that  often  have  difficulty  in  finding  enough  food  to  keep 
them  alive.    So  far  those  interested  in  "tame  furs,"  with 


THREE  RANCH  RAISED   SILVER 
BLACK. 


24  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

the  exception  of  the  far  northern  raisers,  have  not  been 
able  to  improve  upon  the  ''wild"  and  in  most  cases  the 
product  has  been  inferior. 

Whether  "wild  or  tame"  furs  are  made  into  articles 
of  wear,  the  larger  the  pelt  and  the  denser  the  fur  the 
more  valuable  they  will  be.  A  buyer  need  only  be  on  his 
guard,  for  if  he  is  a  judge  of  fur,  he  can  tell  pretty 
accurately  the  value  of  the  various  classes  that  he  will 
get  an  opportunity  to  handle. 

Breeding  and  raising  of  fur  bearing  animals  as  an 
industry  has  come  to  stay  and  is  bound  to  increase  but 
like  any  other  business  it  must  be  mastered. 

Adverse  Quality.  —  The  writer,  some  years  ago, 
purchased  the  skins  of  skunk,  mink,  coon  and  foxes 
raised  in  confinement.  As  all  came  from  the  hands  of 
those  who  knew  but  little  of  the  habits  and  nature  of  fur 
animals,  the  fur  was  generally  lacking.  Improved  meth- 
ods of  raising  in  recent  years,  including  feeding  and 
dens  has  brought  about  marked  improvement.  In  the 
matter  of  skunk  furs  I  feel  safe  in  saying  that  less  than 
50  per  cent  of  the  number  purchased  possessed  a  full 
coat  of  fur.  All  were  thin  in  fur  and  some  were  prac- 
tically all  hair  with  no  growth  of  under  fur.  The  poor- 
est of  such  inferior  furred  skins  are  easily  discovered 
but  those  that  are  partly  furred  are  likely  to  be  over- 
looked. In  order  to  determine  qualities,  inspection  of 
furs  should  be  made  only  by  daylight  and  in  well  lighted 
rooms. 

Some  years  ago  I  knew  of  a  buyer  who  purchased 
in  a  barn  about  400  skunk  skins.  It  was  cold  weather, 
compelling  him  to  keep  the  doors  closed  and  but  little 


"Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs.  25 

light  entered  at  the  few  windows.  The  day  was  also 
rather  dark  which  made  assorting  still  more  difficult.  He 
was  only  able  to  assort  for  colors  and  could  hardly  dis- 
tinguish the  blue  pelted  skins.  When  daylight  of  the 
right  sort  came  to  show  up  the  purchase,  he  sorted  out 
75  skins  of  the  "tame"  variety  which  he  could  determine 
by  their  great  lack  of  under  fur,  although  they  were 
prime  in  pelt.  Most  of  them  were  detected  by  the  buyer 
to  whom  he  sold  a  large  collection,  being  graded  down 
in  every  instance  which  meant  quite  a  loss  on  these  skins. 

Local  dealers  as  well  as  traveling  buyers  now  need 
to  examine  all  lots  of  goods  for  quality  as  well  as  size, 
color  and  primeness.  A  buyer  never  knows  when  some 
of  the  poorly  furred  stuff  has  been  sandwiched  in  among 
goods  of  first  quality.  Sometimes  tame  furs  that  are 
poorly  furred  are  sent  from  a  considerable  distance  to 
some  friend  who  is  engaged  in  buying  wild  furs  to  be 
mixed  with  the  dealer's  collection  and  their  identity  is 
lost  until  sold  out  as  a  whole  with  the  rest  to  some  travel- 
ing agent  at  first  quality  grade  and  prices. 

The  raw  fur  trade  is  full  of  tricks  and  pitfalls  for 
the  unwary  and  many  times  the  most  alert  are  swindled 
or  juggled  into  a  bad  deal.  Some  skunk  pelts  from  the 
fur  grower's  pen  are  affected  with  mange,  the  fur  being 
out  in  spots  and  the  skin  scabby  and  covered  with  scales. 
These  skunks  had  narrow  quarters,  the  runs  were  filthy 
and  the  food  was  mostly  tainted  or  rotten  meat  such  as 
that  from  fly  blown  cattle  heads  and  offal.  Skunk,  if 
kept  on  floors  and  improperly  fed,  do  not  fur  properly ; 
the  hide  is  apt  to  be  thick  and  the  fur  thin.  Most  of  the 
mistakes  of  the  skunk  raisers  of  the  early  days  have  been 


26 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


remedied  and 
pelts  of  an  A I 
quality  are  now 
being  p  r  o^ 
duced. 

Buyers  who 
have  handled 
tame  mink 
pelts  say  they 
average  dark 
in  color  be- 
cause of  being 
housed  and  the 
runs  sheltered 
so  that  the  sun 
has  no  chance 
to  fade  them. 
The  pelts  were 
also  prime  but 
when  it  came 
to  quality  the  same  was  often  lacking.  The  coat  is  short 
and  the  fur  not  so  dense  or  silky,  as  a  result  of  living  in 
warm  quarters  and  not  being  sufficiently  exposed  to  cold 
weather  and  the  elements  in  general. 

Tame  coon  and  tame  foxes  where  kept  in  close  quar- 
ters are  equally  afifected.  The  coon  especially  so,  if  he 
does  not  have  access  to  running  water  where  he  may 
wade  and  paddle  to  his  satisfaction.  Pet  coon  or  foxes 
kept  on  a  chain  seldom  fur  well.  It  will  be  thin,  rubbed 
and  soiled  and  the  neck  bare  to  the  hide  from  friction  of 
the  collar. 


CENTRAL  NEW  YORK  TRAPPER'S  CATCH. 


'Wild"  and  'Tame"  Furs.  2.7 

If  tame  furs  are  off  in  quality  and  are  purchased  as 
straight  skins  and  on  an  equal  footing  with  wild  furs, 
they  may  sell  to  a  country  buyer  or  local  dealer  without 
comment,  but  if  shipped  to  some  fur  house,  look  out  for 
trouble.  There  all  skins  will  be  graded  according  to 
respective  merits  and  the  poorly  furred  skins  meet  their 
just  deserts. 

Some  years  ago  when  fur  values  went  up  leaps  and 
bounds,  not  only  more  sporting  goods  dealers  began  sell- 
ing steel  traps  but  the  raw  fur  houses  began  to  handle 
hunters'  and  trappers'  supplies,  including  steel  traps. 
The  sales  about  1910  was  several  hundred  dozen  greater 
than  ever  before  or  ever  will  be  again.  This  had  its 
effect  upon  the  catch  for  the  seasons  of  1910-11,  1911-12, 
191 2- 1 3,  as  quantities  offered  at  the  London  sales  prove. 
The  catch  for  the  seasons  of  1912-13  and  1913-14  was 
not  nearly  so  large  as  the  three  previous  years,  even 
though  quantities  offered  at  the  sales  were  greater.  This 
is  accounted  for  from  the  fact  that  the  catch  was  greater 
than  the  demand  and  much  of  the  1914  offering  had  been 
carried  over  from  previous  years. 

COMBINED    MARCH    OFFERINGS. 

The  combined  offerings  of  Lampson,  Nesbitt  and 
Huth  for  March,  1915,  and  comparisons  for  the  five 
previous  March  sales  were  as  follows : 

1915  1914  1913  1912  1911  '      1910 

Mink     27,150  157,596  70,194  €0,326  76,563  81,700 

Skunk     274,000  957,000  608,600  694,609  804,300  435,260 

Muskrat     1,790,000  4,464,500  1,293,000  1,107,776  1,475,000  806,500 

Raccoon     69,300  551,200  206,000  140,846  167,100  187,500 

Opossum    136,000  889,600  535,800  661,340  588,600  328,815 

Marten     8,900  15,861  10,964  12,708  11,900  15,100 

Lynx    10,370  3,797  597  1,728  1,050  300 

Fox,  red  15,300  38,050  22,535  24,390  26,740  22,17S 


28 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Eox,   cross   2,245  2,211  1,984  852  82'0  958 

Fox,    grey    2^200  43,850  20,386  28,280  27,800  15,148 

Fox,    silver    338  645  384  428  412  486 

Fox,    kitt    4,160  14,585  6,300  8,360  5,050  l,l79 

Fox,    white    12,000  4,718  2,000  6,136  4,962  2,595 

Fox,    bine 200  1,111  2,800  1,200  2,800  1,800 

Otter    2,650  6,192  4,736  5,750  6,873  3,950 

Fisher    1,176  1,573  1,102  167  493  620 

Beaver    15,850  12,405  7,883  6,870  7,565  9,950 

Bear     2,190  4,153  5,053  5,630  8,040  7,140 

Wolf    14,200  80,725  34,200  45,390  36,000  25,326 

Civet    29,500  125,700  47,820  162,225  216,700  86,000 

Badger   5,400  8,850  4,400  12,440  7,300  2,855 

Cat,    wild    4,500  17,356  2,650  16,578  13,900  7,287 

Cat,    house    24,500  31,800  54,500  38,000  34,700  18,757 

Wolverine   273  679  617  525  807  700 

Ermine     75,100  300,500  114,500  136,200  131,750  106,963 


HUDSON    BAY    COMPANY    MARCH    OFFERINGS. 

1914  1913  1912  1911  1910 

Bear,    Black    4,650  3,218  3,456  5,000  4,023 

Bear,    Brown    390  241  351  370  867 

Bear,    Grey    45  31  46  90  85 

Bear,   White   190  113  130  80  59 

Badger    120  117  45  80  144 

Ermine    49,500  26,785  34,307  49,400  19,935 

Fisher   3,650  1,761  1,581  2,350  1,968 

Fox,    Blue    70  19  51  110  17 

Fox,    Cross    5,400  1,241  1,828  1,800  986 

Fox,   Red  17,000  3,492  5,755  4,700  2,269 

Fox,   Silver   980  246  410  380  212 

Fox,    White    8,950  3,441  6,623  14,700  3,975 

Lynx    20,600  11,740  5,667  3,750  2,871 

Marten    35,000  24,533  24,049  29,300  25,299 

Mink   78,850  36,933  20,456  32,700  12,068 

Otter,    Land    6,450  5,857  4,802  6,500  4,401 

Raccoon    400  187  74  200  227 

Skunk   5,150  1,508  822  800  1,310 

Wolf    3,850  3.601  1,286  2,400  2,751 

Wolverine    550  504  666  900  737 


"Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs.  29 

This  company  offer  their  collection  of  muskrat  and 
beaver  at  the  January  sales  only  and  for  the  years  as 
above  were : 

1914        1913        1912        1911        1910 

Muskrat   850,000  967,700  793,940  896,108  542,390 

Beaver    38,000    38,600    37,256    36,767    35,889 

\ 
The  Hudsoii  Bay  Company  have  been  selling  nearly 

all  their  collection  in  January  and  March  so  that  quan- 
tities offered  by  this  company  in  either  the  June  or  Octo- 
ber sales  have  not  been  of  importance. 

COMBINED  JANUARY  OFFERINGS. 

The  combined  offerings  of  Lampson,  Nesbitt  and 
Huth  for  January,  19 14,  (nO'  January,  191 5,  sales),  and 

comparison  for  the  two  previous  January  sales  were  as 
follows : 

1914  1913  1912 

Skunk 575,500  530,800  558,000 

Muskrat   2,882,500  2,164,650  1,394,400 

Opossum    464,800  406,500  407,000 

Mink 33,909  38,404  38,366 

Coon   -. 175,150  87,300  83,000 

Civet  cat 38,400  55,260  61,100 

Red   fox    23,800  20,372  20,300 

Grey   fox    13,150  7,685  14,000 

Cross  fox  288  467  134 

Silver  fox   78  67  95 

Kitt   fox    43,110  20,000  9,600 

White  fox    3,500  6,150  5,060 

Blue  fox   200  100  40 

Wolf    35,830  24,500  40,600 

Otter   5,337  4,888  5,612 

Lynx   3,681  1,590  536 


3,646 

3,292 

5,385 

42,100 

19,800 

23,400 

10,180 

7,565 

6,350 

76,000 

38,300 

41,900 

5,500 

4,185 

3,900 

9,050 

8,700 

5,870 

326 

400 

117 

10,184 

5,800 

7,277 

30  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Bear    

House  cat   

Wild  cat   

Ermine    

Badger    

Beaver    

Fisher   

Marten 

The  offerings  at  both  June  and  October  sales  of 
American  raw  furs  is  usually  must  less  than  either  Jan- 
uary or  March,  yet  they  are  of  interest,  showing  what 
articles  are  in  demand. 

Quantities  at  any  of  the  sales  do  not  furnish  a  re- 
liable basis  of  the  catch.  A  certain  fur  may  be  in  demand 
in  America  and  largely  used  here,  so  that  quantity  ex- 
ported is  small,  yet  the  catch  large.  Again  demand  may 
be  poor  in  America  but  better  elsewhere,  in  which  in- 
stance exports  would  be  apt  to  be  large  yet  catch  was 
only  an  average  one. 

Owing  to  the  European  war  which  began  August, 
1914,  no  sales  of  raw  furs  were  held  in  London  in  Oc- 
tober, 1914,  or  January,  191 5.  In  March,  191 5,  small 
quantities  only  were  sold.  The  March  sales  are  usually 
the  largest  and  most  important  of  the  year  —  see  table 
showing  figures  for  March,  191 5,  1914,  1913,  1912,  191 1 
and  1910. 

The  London  sales  will  not  be  of  as  much  importance 
for  years,  if  ever,  as  they  formerly  were  to  the  Amer- 
ican dealer  in  furs.  The  war  has  brought  great  changes 
in  the  buying  power  of  Europe  and  the  fur  trade  as  well 
as  other  lines  has  been  hard  hit.    For  years  just  prior  to 


"Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs.  31 

the  war  Europe  was  using  about  two-thirds  of  the  Amer- 
ican catch  of  raw  furs  and  paying  good  prices  for  them. 
However,  before  the  war  broke  out  prices  on  certain 
furs  had  become  lower.  It  seemed  that  the  catch  of  191  o, 
191 1,  1912  and  1913  was  greater  than  the  demand  espe- 
cially at  the  prices  which  were  then  in  effect.  At  the 
time  the  war  began  there  was  not  only  large  quantities 
of  furs  in  cold  storage  in  Europe  still  owned  by  Amer- 
ican exporters  but  millions  of  skins  held  by  dealers  in 
New  York,  Chicago,  Detroit,  St.  Louis,  Twin  Cities, 
Montreal,  etc.  There  is  no  question  but  that  the  losses 
on  1912  and  1913  purchases  were  heavy  —  millions  of 
dollars.  Instead  of  conditions  improving  they  did  other- 
wise. Add  to  this  the  cost  to  carry  in  cold  storage.  Fur- 
ther, the  fact  should  not  be  overlooked  that  skins  held  a 
year  or  two  will  not  sell  as  well  as  the  fresh  caught. 

It  is  hard  for  most  trappers  and  a  good  many  of  the 
small  collectors  to  realize  that  losses  on  1912  and  1913 
purchases  by  the  large  dealers  and  exporters  amounted 
to  millions  of  dollars.  Such  however  is  a  fact.  In  some 
instances  they  did  not  get  half  what  they  paid. 

There  will  always  be  a  market  for  furs  as  they  are 
a  necessity  in  the  more  northern  regions  where  no  cloth 
will  repel  the  piercing  winds  although  by  far  the  greater 
quantities  are  worn  by  the  women  to  keep  in  fashion. 
Therefore,  being  largely  an  article  of  luxury,  there  is  no 
telling  when  values  will  undergo  change.  Furs,  how- 
ever, are  much  like  silk  —  a  staple  article  —  but  what 
color  is  to  be  worn  is  the  question.  It  may  be  black, 
dark,  brown,  grey,  or  white  so  that  naturally  that  color 
will  be  in  demand  and  sell  best. 


32 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Pi 

< 
w 

Q 

O 
u 

< 


Pi 

;3 


"Wild"  and  "Tame"  Furs.  33 

Close  and  persistent  trapping,  especially  during  the 
years  1910,  191 1  and  1912  has  reduced  the  supply  of 
''wild"  fur  bearers  so  that  no  such  quantities  as  sold  in 
1914,  1913,  and  1912  are  left  to  trap.  The  great  Euro- 
pean war  demoralized  fur  values  at  the  beginning  of  the 
season  of  1914  so  that  trapping  was  not  nearly  sO'  ex- 
tensive as  in  former  years. 

Fur  values  have  always  fluctuated  more  or  less  but 
chances  are  that  as  the  ''wild"  supply  becomes  less  that 
values  will  increase.  At  any  rate,  with  increased  use  of 
furs,  the  price  is  apt  to  be  kept  up  well,  at  least  until 
the  fur  bearers  have  become  so  numerous  that  fur 
farmers  produce  millions  of  pelts  each  year.  So  far  the 
sales  have  been  principally  fox  from  the  ranches  of  East- 
"ern  Canadian  Provinces  and  Alaska;  skunk,  opossum, 
mink  and  coon  in  small  quantities  from  various  parts  of 
the  country;  musferat  have  been  protected  in  certain 
places  by  land  owners,  who  either  rent  the  rat  trapping 
privileges  or  catch  the  animals  themselves,  so  that  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  skins  are  already  being  marketed 
each  year  mainly  from  along  the  coast  of  New  Jersey, 
Delaware,  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

The  combined  offerings  at  London,  by  Lamson,  Nes- 
bitt,  Huth  and  Hudson  Bay  Co.,  previous  to  the  great 
European  war,  was  usually  about  two-thirds  of  the  total 
North  American  catch,  the  other  third  being  manufac- 
tured here.  While  accurate  figures  of  the  value  of  the 
yearly  catch  in  North  America  are  not  available,  it  is 
probably  around  $25,000,000,  and  the  world  catch  ^$100,- 
000,000. 


CHAPTER  II. 

SIZE,   COLOR,   QUALITY. 

SIZE.  —  The  chapters  dealing  with  the  various  fur- 
bearing  animals  go  much  more  into  detail  as  to 
the  ske^  color,  quality,  grade  and  especially  grade 
and  grading. 

As  a  rule  the  raccoons  of  the  North  are  larger  than 
those  of  the  South.  They  are  also  darker  in  color,  and 
because  of  the  difference  in  cHmate,  have  much  heavier 
coats.  The  hide  or  pelt  on  the  northern  coon  is  also 
much  thicker,  heavier  and  stronger  which  tends  to  make 
northern  caught  skins  more  valuable. 

The  mink  of  the  northeast  (Northern  Maine,  New 
Brunswick,  Eastern  Quebec  and  Labrador)  are  smaller 
and  darker  than  any  others,  although  those  found  in  the 
Lake  Superior  region  and  immediately  north  are  usually 
quite  dark.  These  mink  are  also  small.  The  largest  are 
found  in  the  prairie  districts  of  Canada,  the  Dakotas  and 
other  of  the  North  Central  States,  but  they  are  of  com- 
paratively poor  quality,  being  coarse  in  texture  and  quite 
pale.  Those  from  the  south  are  also  of  large  size  and 
of  poor  quality. 

Largest  lynx  are  found  north  of  the  Great  Lakes 
and  eastward.  In  portions  of  British  Columbia  and  the 
prairie  districts  of  Canada  they  are  also  very  large.  This 
is  probably  because  of  the  abundance  of  food  (rabbits) 

(34) 


Size,  Color,  Quality. 


35 


usually  found  in  those  parts.  There  is  also  some  differ- 
ence in  color,  the  palest  ones  apparently  being  found  in 
Alaska  and  the  Far  North. 


NORTHERN  FURS  -  OTTER,  FOX,  LYNX. 

Otters   reach  their  largest  size  in  Florida  but  the 
northern  wolves  are  larger  than  those  of  the  south.     It 


36 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


is  the  same  in  regard  to  _bears,  the  largest  being  found 
in  the  north. 

The  largest  red  foxes  come  from  the  interior  of 
Alaska,  and  naturally  they  are  of  fine  quality.  However, 
all  of  the  northern  foxes  are  well  furred  except  along 
the  Pacific  coast. 


AVERAGE    SIZES    CENTRAL    WESTERN    MINK    SKINS. 


The  seven  skins  shown  here  were  caught  by  a  trap- 
per November,  19 14,  in  Harrison  county,  Iowa,  and  rep- 
resent a  good  average  for  mink  caught  in  Nebraska, 
North  Missouri,  Western  Ihinois  and  Iowa  (except  the 


Size,  Color,  Quality.  37 

two  north  rows  of  counties  in  Iowa  where  the  average 
is  still  larger).  These  skins  were  graded  as  follows: 
Nos.  I,  2,  3  and  4  small;  No.  5  medium;  Nos.  6  and  7 
large.    The  dimensions  of  each  skin  was  as  follows : 

(i)     Length  of  body  16,  tail  7,  total  23;  width  at 
tail  3>i,  shoulders  3  inches. 

(2)  Length  of  body  16,  tail  7,  total  23.;  width  at 
tail  3K,  shoulders  3  inches. 

(3)  Length  of  body  17,  tail  73^,  total  24^^  ;  width 
at  tail  3^,  shoulders  y/4  inches. 

(4)  Length  of  body  17,  tail  7^^,  total  24^^ ;  width 
at  tail  3^,  shoulders  3^4  inches. 

(5)  Length  of  body  19,  tail  8,  total  27;  width  at 
tail  4>4,  shoulders  3^^  inches. 

(6)  Length  of  body  20,  tail  8,  total  28;  width  at 
tail  4.y2,  shoulders  3^  inches. 

(7)  Length  of  body  21,  tail  8,  total  29;  width  at 
tail  4^,  shoulders  sH  inches. 

The  four  small  are  almost  as  large  as  the  No.  i  or 
large  from  Lake  Superior  and  the  Northeast  Coast  but 
they  are  not  as  silky  or  so  fine  furred,  also  lighter  col- 
ored. 

Carcass  and  Pelt  Measurement.  —  Buyers  of  furs 
will  be  interested  in  carcass  measurements  of  fur  animals 
compared  with  the  pelt  when  stretched.  Some  fur  ani- 
mal pelts  will  stretch  larger  in  proportion  than  others. 
The  skin  of  the  sea  otter  is  very  loose  and  will  stretch 
about  twice  the  size  as  when  on  the  animal.  Most  furs, 
such  as  fox,  otter,  mink,  etc.,  will  stretch  from  one- 
fourth  to  one-third  longer,  depending  much  upon  width 
and  shape  stretched.  The  following  are  exact  measure- 
ments of  two  large  Rhode  Island  mink : 


38  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

ist  Carcass,  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  17^,  tail  8, 
tip  to  tip  25^  inches. 

Pelt  on  Board,  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  23)^,  tail 
9,  tip  to  tip  S^y2,  width  at  hips  4^2,  shoulders  4  inches. 

2nd  Carcass,  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  18,  tail  8^, 
tip  to  tip  26^  iiiches. 

Pelt  on  Board,  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  23^,  tail 
9%,  tip  to  tip  33>4,  width  at  hips  4^,  shoulders  4  inches. 

Mink  from  various  parts  of  the  country  will  vary 
from  above  sizes,  yet  the  relative  proportions  of  an  un- 
skinned  to  skinned  and  stretched,  will  be  pretty  much 
the  same.  The  two  mink  from  which  the  above  measure- 
ments were  taken  were  caught  in  November.  With  some 
fur  bearers  the  skin  will  stretch  larger,  in  proportion  to 
carcass,  when  caught  in  the  fall;  others  in  spring,  seem 
to  shrink  accordingly. 

A  good  illustration  of  the  carcass  and  stretched  pelt 
of  an  otter  with  measurements  can  be  seen  by  turning 
to  page  273. 

The  largest  muskrats  are  found  in  the  New  England 
and  Central  States.  The  smallest  come  from  the  plains 
region  of  the  Northwest.  Why,  is  not  known,  but  the 
small  size'  is  supposed  to  be  caused  either  by  insufficient 
food  or  from  the  alkali  in  the  waters  of  the  Northwest. 

The  largest  skunks  come  from  the  northern  portion 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  but  they  run  largely  to  the  long 
stripe,  in  fact,  from  some  portions,  as  in  northern  Minne- 
sota, there'  is  scarcely  any  other  kind  to  be  found.  Large 
skunks  are  also  found  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  Northern 
Illinois  and  Indiana,  and  New  York. 


Size,  Color,  Quality.  39 

Color.  —  It  is  my  belief  that  the  finest  mink,  con- 
sidering both  size  and  color,  come  from  the  Massachu- 
setts Coast.  The  rule  is  that  the  farther  north  we  go, 
the  finer  the  quality  of  the  fur.  But  all  rules  have  ex- 
ceptions, and  so  we  find  very  fine  mink  in  parts  of 
Georgia  and  the  Carolinas,  while  those  from  the  lower 
Yukon  basin  of  Alaska  are  of  poor  quality. 

With  marten  there  is  a  remarkable  variation  in 
color,  for  they  will  run  from  a  pale  yellow  to  a  very  dark 
brown,  in  rare  instances  to  almost  black.  Some  of  the 
very  dark  ones  have  silver  hairs  interspersed  with  the 
brown  and  it  makes  a  fur  of  remarkable  beauty.  On 
the  dark  ones  the  light  spot  on  the  throat  is  a  bright 
orange  color,  while  on  the  pale  ones  it  is  usually  a  sort 
of  cream,  sometimes  white. 

In  the  Eastern  States  and  the  lower  parts  of  Canada 
what  few  martens  are  found  are  of  the  pale  variety  and 
are  worth  from  $2.50  to  $5.00  only,  while  those  of 
Alaska,  British  Columbia,  Labrador  and  the  Hudson  Bay 
regions  are  sometimes  worth  $25.  Indeed,  they  are 
sometimes  sold  for  much  higher  prices  on  the  East 
Coast  of  Canada. 

I  do  not  wish  to  impress  anyone  with  the  idea  that 
in  the  parts  mentioned  only  dark  martens  are  found,  for 
such  is  not  the  case.  All  shades  of  color  will  be  found 
in  the  same  locality  and  in  Ontario  trappers  have  caught 
very  pale  ones  and  fine  dark  fellows  in  the  same  traps  at 
different  times. 

The  difference  in  the  markings  of  skunks  is  inter- 
esting, and  there  is  no  apparent  reason  for  it.  In  many 
sections,  as  for  instance  in  parts  of  Ohio,  East  Tennessee, 


40 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Pennsylvania  and  Vermont,  they  run  largely  to  black  or 
No.  I.  In  other  states  No.  i  skunks  are  unknown,  while 
in  other  localities  the  No.  I's  are  few  only.  ' 

It  is  not  perhaps  generally  known  that  the  surround- 
ings of  most  animals  has  a  primary  effect  on  the  color 


NORTHWESTERN  FURS  — WILD  CAT,  MINK,  MARTEN,  BEAVER, 
WEASEL,    MUSKRAT,    WOLF. 


of  their  hair.  Beaver,  otter,  mink  and  muskrat  are  dark 
or  light  colored,  according  to  the  water  they  live  in. 
Clear,  cold  water  lakes  produce  skins  of  a  deep,  glossy 
black,  muddy  lakes,  on  the  other  hand,  furnishing  light 


Size,  Color,  Quality.  41 

colored  fur.  Having  studied  this  in  my  own  hunting  and 
trapping,  I  have  often  surprised  a  trapper  when  buying 
his  skins  by  saying,  "You  trapped  this  and  this  skin  in 
a  clear  water  lake,"  and  he  has  admitted  it  as  true. 

Another  peculiar  fact  in  relation  to  deep  cold  water 
lakes,  is  that,  while  the  skins  they  procure  is  of  the  finest 
quality,  they  are  also  much  smaller  in  size  than  those 
trapped  in  brown  or  muddy  water,  and  this  applies  to  all 
the  animals  mentioned.  Muskrat  killed  in  clear  water 
lakes  are  about  two-thirds  the  size  of  those  trapped  in 
grassy,  sluggish  rivers,  and  it  is  the  same  with  mink.  This 
rule  holds  good  also  with  land  animals,  such  as  marten, 
those  living  in  and  resorting  to  black  spruce  swamps  being 
invariably  dark  colored,  whereas  those  in  mixed  pine, 
birch  and  balsam  hills  are  larger  and  lighter  in  color. 

Along  the  Atlantic  Coast  from  North  Carolina  to 
New  Jersey,  many  muskrats  are  black.  In  some  local- 
ities, especially  in  and  around  Delaware  and  Chesapeake 
Bays,  the  dark  and  black  skins  run  as  high  as  30  per  cent 
of  the  entire  cafch. 

Skunk  in  some  localities  have  a  much  blacker  black 
than  elsewhere.  This  is  probably  due  to  both  food  con- 
ditions and  the  character  of  the  ground  in  which  they 
live.  The  guard  h^irs  on  such  skins  are  so  black  that 
they  shine  or  "sheen." 

The  common  brown  weasel  north  of  41  degrees  or 
thereabout,  turn  white  during  the  winter  months  and  the 
skins  are  then  known  as  ermine. 

The  Arctic  fox  which  are  usually  blue  at  birth,  turn 
snow  white  as  fall  and  cold  weather  approaches.  This 
fox  is  found  only  in  Greenland  and  the  extreme  northern 


42  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

parts  of  Alaska  and  Canada.  During  the  summer  the 
fur  is  known  as  "blue  fox,"  although  in  reality  it  is  a 
drab  grey,  much  resembling  the  color  of  a  maltese  cat. 

The  color  of  the  Arctic  fox  and  weasel  (ermine) 
are  apparently  much  influenced  by  cold  and  snow.  This 
is  further  substantiated  by  the  opossum,  an  animal  which 
is  seldom  found  above  41  degrees.  Its  fur  is  the  only 
kind  produced  in  the  Central  and  Southern  States  that  is 
white,  but  unlike  the  northern  weasel  and  Arctic  fox,  it 
does  not  change  its  color.  Another  peculiarity  in  con- 
nection with  the  color  of  the  fur  bearers  is  that  the  dark- 
est opossum  skins  are  secured  in  the  south. 

Throughout  the  north  the  snow  shoe  rabbit  turns 
from  reddish  brown  to  pure  white.  While  opossum  are 
the  only  white  fur  bearers  in  the  Central  and  Southern 
States,  there  is  an  occasional  white  coon  and  still  more 
rarely  a  white  muskrat.  Not  enough,  however,  of  either 
to  be  of  interest  to  the  fur  trade.  The  white  under 
furred  mink  known  as  "cotton  mink"  are  quite  common 
in  some  parts  of  the  country.  So  far  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  such  skins  have  been  reported  caught  in  Ohio, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  West  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Missouri, 
Iowa,  Arkansas  and  other  states  bordering  on  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico. 

Quality.  —  The  most  valuable  fox,  whether  black, 
silver,  cross,  or  the  less  valuable  red,  are  from  the  coldest 
sections  of  Canada.  On  the  other  hand,  the  most  val- 
uable muskrat  pelts  are  not  from  Canada  but  from 
localities  as  far  south  as  Ohio.  Why?  If  cold  weather 
produces  fox  pelts,  why  not  muskrats  as  well?  Dealers 
all  know  that  raccoon  in  parts  of  Dakota,   Minnesota, 


Size,  Color,  Quality. 


43 


Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Ne- 
braska and  parts  of 
Kansas  are  large  and 
dark  and  worth  more 
than  skins  caught  in 
other  localities  in  the 
same  latitude.  Why 
are  the  skins  larger 
and  darker?  It  may 
-be  that  the  food  is 
more  to  their  liking  or 
possibly  not  being  so 
numerous  as  in  other 
parts  (the  south  for 
instance)  they  have 
not  interbred  so  much 
and  are  therefore 
larger. 

The  size,  color,  as 
well  as  density  of  fur, 
all  have  tO'  do  with 
the  value  of  a  pelt. 
In  the  Lake  Superior 
region  mink  are  small 
but  very  dark  and  silky  and  are  about  as  valuable  as 
skins  caught  along  the  Atlantic  Coast  from  Maine  north. 
Not  so  with  marten,  for  those  caught  around  Lake  Su- 
perior are  usually  pale  or  yellow  and  not  worth  nearly 
so  much  as  those  caught  in  other  localities  no  farther 
north. 

Ohio  has  long  been  known  as  one  of  the  best  skunk 


THREE   SILVER   FOX   SKINS. 

(1)  Length,  32  inches.  (2)  36  inches. 
(3)  34  inches.  All  measured  from  end 
of  nose  to  root  of  tail  and  stretched  on 
boards  6^/4  at  shoulders,  T^/^  at  hips.  These 
skins  when  turned  as  shown  measured  8 
at  shoulders  and  9  at  hips,  representing 
average  sizes  as  caught  in  Western  Al- 
berta,   Canada. 


44  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

producers  —  both  as  to  quality  of  fur  and  number  of 
skins.  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Michigan,  Indiana  and 
Illinois  are  all  states  that  grow  large  and  fine  skunk.  In 
these  states  the  skins  run  well  to  black  or  No.  i.  In 
many  localities  pelts  taken  in  November  and  December 
will  grade  from  30  to  40  per  cent  black  or  No.  i.  The 
northwest  —  Minnesota,  Dakotas,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Ne- 
braska, etc.  —  produce  large  skunk  but  they  are  of  the 
long,  narrow  stripe  variety. 

While  opossum  are  found  as  far  north  as  central 
Ohio,  Indiana  and  Illinois  in  considerable  numbers,  many 
of  the  largest  and  best  lots  of  skins  are  secured  in  the 
northern  and  central  portions  of  West  Virginia,  while  in 
the  southern  part,  they  are  not  nearly  so  good.  It  seems 
that  fifty  miles  here  makes  a  vast  difference  in  the  size 
as  well  as  the  density  of  the  furs. 

That  fifty  or  a  hundred  miles  makes  a  noticeable 
difference  in  certain  of  the  fur  bearing  animals  is  clearly 
illustrated  by  the  weasel  (ermine).  South  of  the  fortieth 
parallel  which  passes  through  Philadelphia  near  Wheel- 
ing, West  Virginia,  through  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  near 
Indianapolis,  Indiana,  near  Springfield  and  Quincy,  Illi- 
nois, through  northern  Missouri  and  forms  the  line  be- 
tween Kansas  and  Nebraska,  there  are  few  if  any  white 
weasel  (ermine)  but  just  north  there  are  some,  while 
a  hundred  miles  to  the  north,  a  fair  per  cent  turn  white 
each  winter  season. 

The  why  of  the  various  sections  producing  different 
colors,  sizes,  etc.,  is  hard  to  explain  fully.  With  some 
animals  both  the  climate  and  food  have  something  to  do 
with  the  color  and  density  of  fur  but  not  in  all.     As 


Size,  Color,  Quality.  45 

already  shown,  muskrat  from  central  sections  are  worth 
more  than  from  the  north  —  fur  may  not  be  as  fine  but 
pelt  is  heavier  and  better  for  tanning.  Again  mink  from 
parts  of  North  Carolina  are  small  and  dark,  somewhat 
resembling  Maine  or  Lake  Superior  skins  and  are  worth 
much  more  than  skins  caught  far  to  the  north.  Why? 
Marten  in  some  of  the  sections  far  to  the  north  are  yel- 
low or  pale  while  in  other  localities,  even  to  the  south, 
are  darker. 

The  Cascade  or  Coast  Range  of  mountains  extend 
two  thousand  miles  north  and  south  from  California  to 
Alaska.  The  climate  west  of  this  range  from  California 
to  Alaska,  is  very  mild  and  moist;  flowers  bloom  nine 
months  of  the  year  and  it  rains  for  five  months  during 
the  winter  or  wet  season.  East  of  this  same  range  of 
mountains,  in  any  of  the  above  states,  it  is  cold  and  dry 
for  seven  months  of  the  year,  besides  the  altitude  is  from 
two  to  ten  thousand  feet.  Does  it  stand  to  reason  that 
skins  caught  on  the  west  or  Pacific  Coast  side  in  any  of 
the  above  named  states  are  worth  as  much  as  skins 
caught  on  the  east  side  of  the  Coast  Range?  Shipments 
of  furs  from  Arkansas  and  Texas  often  contain  better 
furred  skins  than  those  from  the  salt  water  coast  of  Ore- 
gon and  Washington  or  Vancouver  Island,  British  Co- 
lumbia. Skins  caught  along  the  coast  of  Alaska  and  on 
the'  Islands  of  Southeastern  Alaska,  are  not  worth  any 
more  than  furs  caught  in  northern  California. 

The  largest  and  poorest  red  fox  in  the  world  are 
caught  on  Kodiak  Island,  Alaska,  the  best  and  largest 
not  selling  for  more  than  one-half  as  much  as  the  same 
size  red  fox  caught  in  the  interior  of  Alaska.    A  silver 


46  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

fox  caught  on  Kodiak  Island  is  worth  about  as  much  as 
a  good  coyote  and  does  not  look  any  better.  A  few  of 
the  reasons  why  fur  is  so  poor  on  that  island  (which,  by 
the  way,  is  much  larger  than  some  of  the  eastern  states) 
are :  the  island  lies  in  the  warm,  Japan  current :  the 
wild  animals  of  the  island  live  and  feed  along  the  salt 
water  beach  on  rotten  fish  or  whatever  food  they  can  get. 

Prime  mink  caught  on  salt  water  do  not  dress,  blend 
or  dye  well,  and  soon  fade  out  to  a  "ratty  red."  Such 
skins  will  not  bring  in  London  or  any  other  market  to 
exceed  two-thirds  as  much  as  the  same  size  and  colored 
mink  caught  in  the  interior  of  Alaska  among  the  fresh 
waters  of  the  White,  Stewart,  Yukon,  Tanana,  Porcu- 
pine, Koyukuk  or  Kuskokwim  Rivers.  Would  a  list 
quoting  a  single  price  for  a  large,  prime  hide  of  any  kind 
do  for  Alaska,  a  country  almost  as  large  as  all  the  eastern 
states  combined  and  with  all  kinds  of  climatic  conditions  ? 
Perhaps  not.  At  least  a  buyer  issuing  such  a  price  list 
would  secure  but  little  business  where  competition  is  keen 
and  to  secure  furs,  a  buyer  has  to  go  the  limit. 

There  is  not  a  season  but  trappers  and  shippers  are 
wanting  rats  to  be  classed  as  Spring  long  before  they 
become  prime  or  Spring  rats.  Spring  rats  must  show  up 
red ;  there  must  be  no  dark  spots  on  the  flesh  side.  Skins 
that  are  damaged  in  any  way  will  not  pass  for  Spring. 
Very  few  rats  of  the  prime  sort  come  in  until  late  in 
February,  and  will  not  be  secured  in  any  great  quantities 
until  in  March.  In  fact,  rats  are  at  their  best  in  March 
or  April  and  trappers  who  have  skins  left  on  their  hands 
by  the  local  buyers  quitting  for  the  season,  can  ship  them 
to  market  as  late  as  May  or  even  in  the  northern  lati- 


Size,  Color,  Quality. 


47 


tudes  some  later.     In  this  latitude  rat  trappers  will  find 
that  their  catch  in  March  and  April  are  at  their  best. 

South  of  Minneapolis  rats  are  worth  the  same  as 
Wisconsin  and  southeastern  Iowa  rats,  while  those  caught 
north  and  west  of  Minneapolis  are  thin  pelted  and  worth 
less.     The  reason  for  this  no  one  seems  able  to  explain 

satisfactorily.  We  all  know  that 
food  and  climate  have  much  to  do 
with  the  size  and  condition  of  cer- 
tain fur  bearing  animals.  It  may 
be  the  food  that  makes  these  ani- 
mals thin  pelted.  This  is  one  of 
the  subjects  hard  to  understand 
from  the  fact  that  skunk  caught 
in  this  section  are  large  and  fine, 
while  south  where  the  rats  are 
better,  the  skunk  are  much  smaller. 
While  skunk  and  muskrat  are 
the  two  furs  that  become  of  value 
first  in  the  Fall,  do  not  make  the 
mistake  of  buying  them  too  soon. 
Some  years  ago  skunk  caught  in 
the  latitude  of  New  York  City  or 
Chicago  by  November  i  would 
often  go  for  prime  skins,  but  of  more  recent  years,  owing 
to  the  warm  and  open  seasons,  they  have  not  been  prime 
until  some  two  or  three  weeks  later,  while  to  the  south 
they  have  not  been  full-furred  until  in  December.  Musk- 
rat  are  of  some  value  in  the  north  in  October,  yet  it  is 
well  known  that  their  fur  is  best  and  most  valuable  in 
March  and  April. 


WESTERN  AND  NORTH 
WESTERN  LONG  NAR- 
ROW STRIPE. 


48  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

The  average  Western  long-  stripe,  or  No.  3,  has  more 
black  fur  that  can  be  used  by  the  manufacturer  than 
many  of  the  Eastern  short  or  No.  2.  The  stripe  on  the 
Western  skunk  is  down  farther  on  the  sides,  as  a  rule, 
leaving  more  good  fur  on  the  back.  This  accounts  for 
the  No.  3's  from  that  part  of  the  country  being  worth 
more  than  the  wide  stripe  variety,  also  known  as  No.  3, 
found  in  the  East  and  Central  states  principally. 

Otter,  beaver  and  muskrat  do  not  become  prime  — 
at  their  best  —  until  spring.  Bear,  of  the  land  animals, 
is  the  latest  to  become  prime  but  retaains  in  good  condi- 
tion until  early  June.  Marten  and  skunk  are  the  first  to 
"prime  up"  in  the  fall,  followed  by  raccoon,  fisher,  mink 
and  fox. 

On  the  Pacific  Coast,  owing  to  the  wet  climate,  furs 
are  not  as  good  as  inland.  The  skins  secured  along  the 
coast  of  California,  Oregon,  Washington,  British  Colum- 
bia and  the  islands  are  worth  much  less  than  inland  and 
in  the  high  mountain  regions.  A  few  miles  there  makes 
a  vast  difference  in  the  quality  o'f  the  fur. 

The  general  impression  prevails  that  the  colder  the 
weather  and  the  longer  the  same  continues,  the  better 
the  fur.  This  is  true  to  some  extent  only."  Fur  bearing 
animals  in  the  more  northern  sections  are  better  furred 
than  those  farther  south.  In  the  north  such  animals  as, 
fox,  lynx,  cats,  marten,  wolves,  and  ermine  pay  but  little 
attention  to  the  weather  but  travel  pretty  much  the  same 
at  all  times. 

Other  fur  bearers  such  as  beaver  and  muskrat  have 
a  supply  of  food  laid  up.  Otter  work  under  the  ice  more 
or  less  at  all  times,  while  mink  do  likewise,  thus  securing 


Size,  Color,  Quality.  49 

some  food  which  tends  to  keep  the  body  natural  and  the 
fur  healthy. 

What  about  fur  bearers  in  the  Central  Sections  that 
as  a  rule  continue  active  most  of  the  year?  In  this  class 
are  skunk,  coon  and  opossum.  These  animals,  if  the 
weather  is  warm,  move  when  hungry,  which  may  mean 
every  night.  In  this  section  cold  spells  generally  last  but 
a  few  days  or  a  week.  Occasionally  long,  cold  spells 
occur  when  these  animals  do  not  stir  and  when  they  do 
come  out,  are  poor  in  flesh  and  the  fur  shows  signs  of 
deterioration.  These  animals,  not  being  accustomed  to 
long  fasting,  soon  show  the  effect.  After  a  long,  cold 
winter,  skunk,  coon  and  opossum  furs  become  faded, 
rubbed  and  lose  the  luster  (bright  color)  much  sooner 
than  during  a  more  moderate  winter. 


CHAPTER  III. 

METHODS  OF  GRADING.       * 

^jrRADE  AND  GRADING.  — Be  it  remembered  that 
M^k  every  69  miles  that  we  advance  north  or  south 
^Jl  makes  one  degree  of  latitude  and  three  degrees, 
207  miles,  brings  a  marked  change  in  fur  qualities. 
On  account  of  the  wide  difference  that  exists  in  fur  qual- 
ities, colors  and  sizes  in  separate  latitudes,  there  must  be 
a  large  number  of  assortments  naturally.  But  when  hun- 
dreds of  raw  fur  dealers,  buyers  and  handlers,  with  vary- 
ing ideas  and  intentions  in  all  parts  of  the  country  get 
through  grading,  the  number  of  assortments  are  legion. 

No  two  fur  graders  even  when  competent  and  pos- 
sessing the  best  of  intentions,  ever  assort  a  lot  of  furs 
of  considerable  size  just  the  same.  There  is  likely  to  be 
some  difference  between  graders  in  their  views  on  a  small 
collection.  One  will  grade  a  certain  coon  large,  while 
another  buyer  rates  it  a  medium.  One  says  to  himself, 
"This  is  a  well  furred  coon  but  a  little  blue  in  pelt.  It  is 
not  quite  prime,  it  will  have  to  go  in  with  the  No.  2's." 
The  other  buyer,  when  examining  the  same  skin,  says 
mentally,  "The  pelt  is  a  trifle  blue  but  it  is  so  well  furred 
that  it  will  go  for  No.  i." 

We  will  suppose  that  we  have  a  lot  of  one  hundred 
and  a  few  more  of  coon  skins,  that  all  come  from  one 
section.  They  are  to  be  assorted  for  sizes  and  degrees  of 
primeness.     This   collection  may  have  come   from   the 

(50) 


Methods  of  Grading. 


51 


hands  of  a  dozen  or  more  trappers  and  fur  hunters  and 
there  will  be  just  as  much  difference  in  handling  as  there 
were  owners,  in  number.  Two  skins  of  equal  size  when 
green  may  appear  of  different  dimensions  when  handled 
separately.  Dry  and  ready  for  market,  one  is  20  inches 
wide  by  22  long,  while  its  mate  measures  18  inches  wide 
by  24  long.  Then  we  encounter  the  poorly  stretched, 
irregulars  and  shriveled,  so  that  it  is  often  difficult  to 
establish  a  dividing  line  between  large  and  medium  and 
between  medium  and  small.  This  would  not  be  the  case 
if  all  had  been  handled  in  uniform  shape  by  one  man. 

The  result  is  that 
two  buyers  or  six 
buyers  will  assort 
this  collection  of  coon 
differently.  Each  one 
acts  to  the  best  of  his 
judgment  but  we  do 
not  all  look  at  a  skin 
or  skins  with  the 
same  eyes. 

After  being  as- 
sorted by  buyer  No. 
I,  there  will  be  per- 
haps 60  large  coon,  but  buyer  No.  2  will  make  but  45 
large.  Buyer  No.  i  has  20  No.  2  coon  but  the  other  has 
found  only  13.  The  other  seven  were  graded  No.  3.  One 
buyer  makes  a  larger  number  of  No.  3  coon  than  the 
other  who  has  placed  some  of  this  grade  in  with  the 
trash  or  No.  4's.  One  grades  15  prime  small  coon  and 
the  other  finds  but  nine,  the  other  six  being  rated  medium. 


SEVEN    FINE,    LARGE,    DARK    NO.    1 
COON   SKINS  — 2  OPEN,   5  CASED. 


52  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Both  graders  have  acted  according  to  their  training 
and  best  judgment  and  yet  their  selection  is  widely  dif- 
ferent from  one  another.  The  chances  are  that  he  who 
graded  the  least  liberal  is  the  nearest  correct  as  to  what 
the  assort  should  be.  If  buying  in  competition  with  an- 
other, who  is  more  liberal,  the  correct  man  will  be  far 
short  of  making  a  purchase. 

With  so  many  grades  in  a  lot  of  coon  from  one  sec- 
tion, something  can  be  imagined  of  the  task  that  is  pre- 
sented to  a  buyer  who  enters  the  fur  room  of  a  large 
dealer  having  several  thousand  coon  to  assort.  These 
are  from  all  sections,  in  all  sizes,  styles  of  handling  and 
every  degree  of  primeness  and  are  as  thoroughly  mixed 
up  as  scrambled  eggs.  If  assorted  correctly,  there  will 
be  about  loo  grades,  for  it  is  not  difficult  to  find  i6  grades 
in  coon  of  one  section  as  to  sizes  and  degrees  of  prime- 
ness. 

Skunk  are  about  our  most  important  fur,  as  regards 
the  country's  raw  fur  income  and  here  there  is  the  widest 
range  of  assorting  made  in  grading  any  fur.  Sections  of 
country  in  which  they  are  found,  sizes,  species,  and  the 
amount  of  white  and  the  way  nature  has  painted  it  on 
in  all  of  its  ramifications,  requires  much  training  to  grade 
skunk  of  the  entire  country  correctly. 

So  closely  associated  are  the  dividing  lines  between 
grades,  that  in  many  instances  it  is  a  toss  up  as  to  where 
it  belongs.  There  may  be  a  trifle  too  much  white  in  length 
or  width  of  stripe  for  a  No.  i  but  it  will  make  an  extra 
good  No.  2.  If  the  buyer  is  a  close  grader,  and  the 
owner  is  exacting,  a  quibble  may  arise,  when  it  is  pretty 
sure   to  be  graded   No.    i.     The  buyer  must  take   his 


Methods  of  Grading. 


53 


chances  in  being  able  to  sell  it  the  same  as  he  has  been 
compelled  to  grade  it.  If  the  skin  is  of  good  size,  he  may 
make  it  go  No.  i  but  if  a  small  pelt  it  probably  will  go 
for  No.  2. 

The  same  is  true  of  poor  No. 
2's.  If  stripes  run  two-thirds  the 
length  of  skin,  or  are  very  wide  if 
only  running  half  way,  or  are  narrow 
but  branched,  or  the  skin  is  a  good 
short  stripe  but  very  small,  all  these 
conditions  bring  a  skin  close  to  the 
No.  3  grade. 

If  skunk  furs  are  in  good  de- 
mand, many  of   the   doubtful   skins 
are  graded   in   favor  of   the   seller. 
There   is  the  same  wrangle  on  the 
assort  of  No.  3's  and  No.  4's.  Thou- 
sands of  long  stripes  that  are  most 
too  broad  for  anything  but  No.  4  are 
classed  as  No.  3's.    The  skin  shown 
here  is  large,  measuring  on  pelt  side 
as  follows:  length  of  pelt,  22^,  tail 
13,  total  35!/^  inches;  greatest  width  9^^,  shoulders  7}^ 
inches.      Measured   on    fur   side   length    same,   greatest 
width  10^,  shoulders  8^. 

Muskrats  should  not,  at  first  thought,  be  a  difficult 
fur  to  grade,  but  our  attention  is  taken  up  almost  as  much 
here  as  in  other  furs.  One  section  produces  heavy,  well 
furred  rats,  while  another  yields  short  furred  and  papery 
pelted  skins.  Whether  well  or  poorly  handled,  uniform 
in  shape,  or  wedge  shaped,  long  and  narrow,  or  too'  short 
and  wide,  irregular  in  form  or  otherwise  unsightly. 


SOUTHEAST 
NEBRASKA 

SKUNK. 


54  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

A  straight  collection  of  rats  from  one  section  will  not 
be  assorted  the  same  by  different  buyers.  If  it  is  an 
autumn  and  early  winter  collection,  one  buyer  will  sort 
out  quite  a  percentage  of  winter  quality,  while  another 
will  find  it  difficult  to  discover  any  but  fall  rats.  One 
demands  that  the  amount  of  red  in  a  pelt  must  be  at 
least  50  per  cent  to  grade  winter,  while  another  will 
throw  a  good  many  in  the  winter  pile  which  only  have 
two  red  streaks  of  moderate  width.  One  fur  house  will 
not  allow  its  buyers  to  grade  rats  No.  i  or  Spring  if  con- 
taining a  single  dark  spot.  Another  agent  may  accept 
late  February  rats  as  Spring,  or  at  least  pay  Spring  prices 
while  still  containing  a  good  many  dark  spots.  One 
house  contends  that  the  pelt  must  be  absolutely  clear  or 
the  fur  is  not  at  its  best.  The  other  house  says  that  no 
difference  can  be  distinguished  between  the  positive 
Spring  rat  and  the  ''near  spring"  so  far  as  one  or  two 
little  dark  spots  in  the  pelt  are  concerned.  Is  it  difficult 
under  such  ideas  as  these  to  guess  who  gets  the  rats  ? 

Certain  fur  firms  grade  and  value  mink  as  to  color, 
and  instruct  their  buyers  to  buy  on  three  shades  of  color, 
dark,  brown  and  pale.  They  do  not  get  many  mink  under 
such  orders.  What  they  do  secure  they  are  compelled  to 
buy  after  the  same  custom  as  a  certain  few  who  pay  the 
highest  quotations  for  well  furred,  seasonable  mink  as 
they  average  for  color.  But  few  mink  are  strictly  dark 
at  any  time  and  not  many  are  very  pale  in  late  autumn 
and  early  winter. 

One  house  appears  glad  to  get  good,  well  furred 
mink  at  full  market  prices  without  trying  to  buy  for  color, 
or  according  to  color.     Another  firm  clings  to  its  old 


Methods  of  Grading. 


55 


policy   year   after   year    of   try- 
ing to  buy  on  the  dark,  brown 
and   pale   plan   and   do   not   get 
many  mink  and  should  not,  for 
such  a  firm  is  a  poor  mink  house. 
Much   haphazard  buying  is 
done  in  the  matter  of   foxes  — • 
black,   silver,   cross  —  in  partic- 
ular.     No   other   fur  varies   so 
much  in  color,  quality  and  gen- 
eral   conditions    and    each    skin 
^,.>  aiJ"-"^    *'l       should  be  bought  on  its  own  par- 
7      tP  ^  L^kM       ticular  merits.     Though  a  fox  is 
prime  and  well   furred,  it  may 
not  be  worth  full  market  quo- 
tations.    The  best  skins  of  the 
red  variety  are  a  dark  red  or  a 
lively  bright  red.     Objectionable 
skins  are  yellow  instead  of  red 
or  in  some  cases  about  the  color 
of  dead  grass.     Some  are  grey 
on  the  hips  as  if  mixed  up  with 
the   wood's   grey    fox.      Others 
are  rubbed  on  the  hips  and  some 
may  be  said  to  be  flat  in  fur  for 
the    reason    that    there    are    no 
guard  hairs  or  top  hair  and  the 
under  fur  alone  looks  very  deficient.  ' 

One  buyer  takes  into  account  all  these  inferior  colors, 
while  another  takes  them  as  they  come,  bright  colors  or 
poor  colors  at  equal  value.  A  fox  is  a  fox  with  him  so 
long  as  it  is  prime,  well  furred  and  not  damaged. 


WESTERN       CANADA 

RED   AND    CROSS 

FOX. 

(1)  Red  medium;  length 
of  pelt,  35;  tail,  21;  total, 
56;  greatest  width,  8%; 
shoulders,    7    inches. 

(2)  Cross  large;  length 
of  pelt,  iOVz;  tail,  21; 
total,  611^;  greatest  width, 
9;     shoulders,    8   inches. 


56  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Excitement  among  raw  fur  buyers  is  responsible  for 
the  improper  grading  of  furs  that  is  so  prevalent.  Eacll 
striving  to  outdO'  the  other  in  grading,  in  favor  of  the  one 
who  is  selling,  establishes  a  condition  that  makes  it  diffi- 
cult for  anyone  to  buy  on  a  proper  assortment  or  even 
nearly  proper.  When  the  fur  market  is  satisfactory  and 
prices  are  trending  upward,  it  may  not  be  unreasonable  to 
pay  large  price  quotations  for  a  well  furred  medium  fox, 
coon  or  mink.  A  good  medium  is  worth  more  than  a  large 
skin  that  is  not  so  well  furred  or  is  otherwise  ofif  in 
quality. 

If  skunk  are  assorted  too  liberally  in  regard  to  the 
amount  of  white  and  the  grading  is  anywhere  within 
reason,  there  is  a  chance  to  get  out  whole  and  perhaps 
make  money;  providing  the  market  is  strong  and  likely 
to  advance.  It  sometimes  requires  a  goodly  amount  of 
banter  to  unload  furs  bought  on  a  strained  assortment, 
the  same  as  graded  when  purchased,  but  those  who  give 
the  fur  owner  all  that  belongs  to  him  in  assortment  and 
a  little  more,  is  going  to  stand  in  the  best  favor  and 
secure  the  fur  in  the  future  providing  the  right  prices 
accompany  strained  assortments. 

Hundreds  of  town  and  country  buyers  are  ready 
under  normal  conditions  of  trade  to  be  just  that  liberal. 
There  is  a  tremendous  strife  to  see  who  shall  make  the 
biggest  collection.  If  not  on  present  money  making 
terms,  then  buy  them  at  the  best  bargains  obtainable. 
"Methods  of  Grading,"  the  title  of  this  chapter,  are  not 
much  in  evidence  if  a  big  break  comes  in  the  market. 
Then  methods  are  largely  suspended  and  all  systems  set- 


■  Methods  of  Grading.  57 

tie  down  to  one  plan,  which  is  to  grade  the  furs  down 
hard  without  practicing  the  least  liberality  or  else  let 
them  alone. 

Now  instead  of  too  liberal  assortments  and  advanced 
prices  being  given,  low  prices  and  severe,  sometimes  dis- 
honest assortments  prevail,  whereas  grading  should  be 
fair  and  honest  under  all  conditions.  Under  a  broken 
market  we  often  see  fur  firms  that  bear  the  best  repu- 
tation for  fairness  and  who  did  not  grade  skunk  as  to 
size,  have  now  fallen  so  far  as  to  do  that  very  thing  and 
so  array  themselves  with  certain  firms  who  have  always 
quoted  sizes  and  given  themselves  a  wide  range  to  work 
on.  Sixteen  grades  in  skunk  sizes  are  quoted  by  the 
house  that  has  planned  to  take  every  advantage.  Extra 
Large  No.  i.  Large  No.  i,  Medium  No  i  and  SmaU  No  t 
is  the  way  it  reads  and  the  same  range  is  taken  for  short 
stripes,  long  stripes  and  broad  stripes. 

No  fur  owner  of  intelligence  will  permit  a  buyer  to 
make  any  distinction  between  a  large  skunk  and  a  medium 
sized  skunk.  So  far  as  extra  large  are  concerned,  we  do 
not  get  enough  of  them  to  make  us  rich,  especially  if  we 
ship  to  those  who  quote  them.  No  lot  of  skunks  from 
good  sections  are  burdened  with  small  skins  until  late 
winter  when  the  females  begin  to  move,  but  somehow  the 
large-number-of-grades  firm  has  always  succeeded  in 
finding  plenty  of  small  skins  in  ours,  if  they  did  fail  to 
find  any  extra  large. 

We  have  found  too,  to  our  sorrow,  that  often  the 
order  given  such  firms  to  hold  separate  until  we  have 
had  time  to  accept  or  reject  the  returns,  was  not  pro- 
tection.    For  when  we  ordered  the  shipment  back,  we 


58  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

found  that  quite  a  percentage  of  our  skunk  had  been 
substituted  with  inferior  quality  pelts  in  place  of  goods 
similar  to  Northern  Ohio  and  Michigan  skunk. 

The  writer  has  been  a  spectator  when  large  receipts 
of  furs  were  being  assorted  both  under  a  normal   fur 
market  and  when  the  market  was  unsettled  or  weak  and 
furs  not  really  wanted.    Houses  who  do  not  care  for  furs 
in  time  of  adversity,  should  keep  out  of  the  market  en- 
tirely until  they  do  want  the  goods  at  market  prices  and 
on  an  honest  assortment.     In  the  first  instance  every 
effort  is  made  to  please  the  shipper,  especially  a  first 
shipper.     It  will  sometimes  do  to  take  advantage  of  an 
old  shipper  but  if  they  trim  a  new  one  they  may  never 
receive  another  consignment  from  him.     No,  they  must 
be  careful  not  to  kill  off  the  new,  first  shipper.     So  we 
find  them  doing  the  right  thing  by  all  shippers  when  the 
furs  are  wanted  badly.    Sometimes  a  little  sop  is  handed 
out  in  the  way  of  extraordinary  liberality  as  a  bait  to 
keep  them  coming.     They  give  the  shipper  the  best  end 
of  it  on  every  doubtful  skin.    Medium  sized,  well  furred 
coon  were  rated  with  the  large.    Good,  well  furred,  well 
handled  medium  mink  went  in  the  large  pile.    Rats  were 
only  culled  to  take  out  the  kits;  the  rest  were  assorted 
Fall  and  Winter;  large,  medium  and  small  all  figured 
together.     Skunk  were  rated  No.  i  with  stripes  an  inch 
wide   extending   to   the   shoulders   and   if   narrow   and 
reached  the  middle  of  the  skin,  they  were  No.  i.     The 
same  liberality  was  seen  in  the  assortment  in  the  lower 
grades.     Stripes  reaching  within  three  inches  of  the  tail 
were  counted  No.  2  or  short  stripe.    In  the  broad  stripes 
or  No.  4's,  they  often  divided  with  the  shipper,  placing 


Methods  of  Grading.  59 

half  of  them  where  they  belonged  and  accepting  the  rest 
as  No.  3  or  long  narrows. 

Now  let  us  witness  some  assorting  of  furs  when  a 
drop  has  occurred  and  the  future  looks  bad.  The  fur 
house  is  a  prominent  one  and  furs  are  pouring  in  from 
all  quarters  because  of  big  quotations  that  were  sent  out. 
The  break  in  prices  came  before  it  was  time  to  notify 
the  shippers.  Now  the  only  way  to  avoid  a  possible  loss, 
is  to  fairly  butcher  the  receipts  of  furs  in  the  matter  of 
assorting.  The  proprietor  is  grading  the  furs  now  to  be 
certain  that  they  are  assorted  sufficiently  favorable  to  the 
house.    The  shipper  has  had  his  day. 

The  helper  lays  a  shipment  on  the  table  from  Dodge 
City,  Kansas.  It  consists  of  25  skunk,  all  well  handled 
long  stripes.  A  slash  with  a  very  sharp  knife  lays  the 
sack  open  from  top  to  bottom.  These  skins  are  very  dry 
and  were  no  doubt  secured  very  soon  after  the  trapping 
season  opened  and  yet  they  are  prime.  At  the  first 
glance  the  proprietor  exclaims,  "Another  lot  of  blue 
pelts,"  and  proceeds  to  grade  them  down  accordingly. 
The  long,  narrow  stripes  go  in  with  the  No.  4  grade  and 
the  broads  or  4's  are  cut  below  the  market  price  for 
prime  skins  of  that  grade.  No  one  who  understands  raw 
furs  could  call  any  of  these  skunk  blue  pelts,  unless  look- 
ing through  blue  goggles  or  affected  by  the  blues,  which 
a  demoralized  market  might  cause. 

A  bunch  of  rats  is  next  opened  from  Appleton,  Wis- 
consin. They  are  mostly  winter  quality  and  well  furred. 
But  how  critically  they  are  examined  separately  and  cer- 
tain ones  graded  down  if  it  is  imagined  that  the  fur  is  a 
little  short  or  thin.  A  buyer  must  be  pretty  small  minded 
to  examine  the  fur  of  every  rat  when  assorting  this  fur. 


6o  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

In  a  little  lot  of  mixed  furs  from  Tarboro,  North 
Carolina,  there  are  two  medium  sized  otter.  They  are 
prime  and  of  good  color  but  a  little  short  in  fur  as  com- 
pared with  Northern  otter.  The  proprietor  seizes  each 
one  in  its  turn  and  raising  it  high  brings  it  down  on  the 
assorting  table  with  a  wallop.  At  the  same  time  he  utters 
the  one  word,  "Singed."  He  holds  them  up  to  the  light, 
passes  his  hand  over  the  fur  and  announces,  ''Both 
singed."  The  tally  clerk  who  sits  close  by  with  book  and 
pencil  to  take  down  the  shipper's  name  and  post  office 
address  and  the  assortments,  writes  down,  "Two  otter, 
small,  singed." 

Now  it  is  a  fact  that  once  in  a  while  an  otter  is  seen 
that  bears  a  "scorched"  appearance  but  for  two  skins  to 
be  so  affected  and  both  coming  from  one  party,  looked 
pretty  thin  to  us. 

Now  a  little  mail  shipment  from  Sleepy  Eye,  Minne- 
sota, is  opened.  It  contains  nine,  large,  prime,  well 
handled  mink.  There  is  not  a  pale  mink  in  the  lot,  but 
the  assort  was  shocking.  No  dark  $5.00  mink  were 
found,  but  five  were  figured  brown  at  $4.00  each,  two 
medium  brown  at  $3.00  and  two  medium  pale  at  $2.50 
each.  Total  $31.00.  These  were  all  December  caught 
skins  and  were  as  dark  on  an  average  as  mink  of  Minne- 
sota grow.  The  four  graded  "medium"  were  large  mink 
but  the  others  were  extra  large.  The  price  should  have 
been  $5.00  average,  $45.00.  The  price  allowed  trimmed 
the  shipper  out  of  $14.00. 

I  said  to  myself,  "No  wonder  you  are  rich.  Much 
of  it  is  unearned  and  is  appropriated  from  the  poor  trap- 


Methods  of  Grading.  6i 

per's  belongings  sent  to  you  in  good  faith  that  he  will  get 
a  square  deal."     "How  does  our  assorting  compare  with 
your  ideas?"  the  proprietor  inquired.     This  was  just  the 
sort  of  question  I  had  been  praying  for  to  give  me  license 
to  open  my  mouth.    "Well,"  I  answered,  "seeing  that  you 
ask  the  question,  I  will  tell  you  just  what  I  think.     If  a 
buyer  should  come  into  our  section  and  attempt  to  make 
such  assortments  as  you  are  doing  on  these  trappers'  lots, 
we  would  throw  him  out  of  our  place  of  business  and  I 
am  not  sure  but  what  he  would  be  tarred  and  feathered 
and  rode  out  of  town  astride  of  a  rail."    Then  the  propri- 
etor flared  up.     My  answer  had  been  too  candid  and  severe 
in  arraignment.  "Yes,  I  know,"  he  returned  crossly,  "your 
state   is   a   tough   proposition.       Nobody   can   make   any 
money  on  your  furs  because  everyone  wants  the  earth. 
I  have  about  cut  your  state  out  of  my  list."    These  two 
scenes  in  fur  grading  at  one  of  the  centers  of  trade,  rep- 
resent the  extremes.     There  is  a  middle  course,  which  if 
followed,  causes  for  complaint  from  the  raw  fur  shipper 
would  be  few  and  far  between. 

Many  trappers  and  not  a  few  shippers  do  not  seem 
to  understand  "figures"  very  well  and  it  may  be  that  some 
dealers  use  the  "big  figure"  plan  only  to  induce  ship- 
ments. More  than  thirty  years'  connection  with  the  fur 
industry  has  proven  to  the  author  that  full  values  come 
fully  as  often  from  the  "one  price"  and  fewer  grade 
houses,  even  though  their  quotations  are  much  less.  In 
this  connection  the  following  will  bring  out  quite  cleariv 
this  fact.  Those  who  "know  the  game"  by  actual  expe- 
rience regard  the  "from  and  to"  method  of  quoting  as 
giving  the  buyer  more  leeway.     If  it  is  the  best  way  to 


62  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

realize  most  out  of  furs  why  don't  the  "from  and  to" 
houses  sell  on  that  method  ?  As  is  generally  known,  they 
sell  on  the  one  price  plan  and  very  few  grades.  In  fact, 
they  often  sell  their  entire  collection  flat,  so  much  per 
skin  average.  Fine  furs  may  be  assorted  but  the  cheaper 
articles,  —  coon,  skunk,  civet,  opossum,  muskrat,  etc., 
very  seldom  are. 

The  "from  and  to"  method  is  concisely  stated  by  a 
shipper  of  25  years  who  says,  "The  house  quoting  more 
than  one  price  for  each  grade,  gives  more  as  a  rule,  on 
the  upper  grades,  but  cut  away  down  on  the  medium  and 
small  and  their  grading,  even  on  the  large,  is  unfair.  I 
am  in  favor  of  the  one  price  method  of  quoting  and  find 
that  I  get  the  most  money  from  houses  so  quoting." 

About  the  year  1910  several  firms  changed  their 
methods  of  quoting  from  the  "one  price"  or  Eastern  As- 
sortment to  the  "from  or  to"  or  Western  Assortment,  but 
the  most  radical  change  was  a  firm  that  quoted  two  ways 
on  the  same  list,  designated  as  "Western  Assortment" 
and  "Eastern  Assortment."  This  firm  we  will  call  The 
Twin  Raw  Fur  Company  and  quote  from  their  circular 
as  follows : 

"Western  Assortment.  —  Each  pelt  is  graded  to 
its  individual  value  as  to  quality  of  fur,  size  of  pelt,  color, 
etc.  We  also  grade  an  'Eastern  Assortment'  —  see  ex- 
planation further  on.  After  making  comparisons,  ship 
your  furs  and  state  which  assortment  you  prefer. 

"After  looking  over  prices,  no  doubt  you  will 
ask  yourself  this  question :  I  wonder  why  The  Twin 
Raw  Fur  Company  quotes  the  two  different  assortments  ? 
Well  this  is  a  question  we  want  to  answer  no  matter 


Methods  of  Grading. 


63 


whether  you  want  to  know  or 
not.  You  should  know  that 
there  is  a  vast  difference  in 
the  Western  and  Eastern  as- 
sortments of  Raw  Furs. 

'The  Western  assort- 
ment demands  a  larger  pelt 
for  large  and  medium  sizes 
and  assorts  every  pelt  for 
color,  shade,  etc.,  while  in  the 
Eastern  assortment  the  az^er- 
age  size  is  classed  as  ones, 
twos,  threes  and  fours  and 
shoulder  stripes  on  skunk  are 
taken  in  as  No.  i  grade  which 
is  not  the  case  in  the  Western 
assortment.  The  same  holds 
good  on  all  other  articles,  a 
greater  number  of  grades,  and 
while  the  top  prices  are  higher, 
the  average  when  figured  up 
in  dollars  and  cents,  is  no 
greater.  Still,  we  leave  it  to 
the  shipper  to  decide  which 
grade  he  prefers,  and  will  give 
whichever  assortment  prefer- 
red.     So   in   shipping,   please 

state  "Western"  or  "Eastern"  assortment,  as  we  want  to 

satisfy  the  shipper. 

"Eastern  Assortment.  —  Average  sized  pelts  are 
classed  together  and  an  average  price  is  quoted  for  each 


large   western   and 

SMALL  eastern  SKUNK 
PELTS. 

(1)  Large  Western  long  stripe, 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  28;  greatest 
width,    10;     shoulders,    9   inches. 

(2)  Eastern  small,  length  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  17;  greatest 
width,   5%;     shoulders,   5  inches. 

These  pelts  represent  the  ex- 
tremes, that  is,  an  unusually- 
large  Western  and  an  under- 
sized  Eastern. 


64  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

grade,  making  fewer  grades.  'Western  Assortment'  has 
already  been  explained  and  after  making  comparisons  ship 
us  your  furs  and  state  which  assortment  you  prefer. 

"The  Twin  Raw  Fur  Company  pays  express  charges 
on  shipments  large  enough  to  warrant  their  doing  so,  and 
part  on  smaller  shipments  under  the  Eastern  Assortment, 
and  deducts  expressage  and  five  per  cent,  same  as  all 
concerns,  when  making  Western  Assortment." 

At  about  the  same  time  the  Twin  Raw  Fur  Company 
sent  out  their  "twin''  quotations  several  firms  changed 
from  the  ''one  price"  list  to  the  "from  and  to"  with  the 
exception  that  they  did  not  deduct  shipping  charges  and 
5%  like  the  original  ones.  There  are  now  firms  in  va- 
rious parts  of  North  America  that  have  adopted  the  "from 
and  to"  or  many  grade  method  of  quoting  although  some 
say  that  they  only  done  so  to  meet  competition  and  that 
the  "one  price"  and  fewer  grade  list  is  the  better  method. 

Price  Lists.  —  The  different  methods  or  ways  of 
quoting  and  grading  as  well  as  the  manner  in  which  re- 
turns are  made  out  and  sent  to  shippers  has  had  con- 
siderable to  do  with  securing  shipments  from  trappers 
and  small  shippers.  Some  years  ago  the  method  of 
quoting  known  as  "from  and  to"  became  quite  general 
and  no  doubt  induced  many  to  ship  as  such  quotations 
appeared  to  offer  more  than  the  lists  making  fewer 
grades.  No  buyer,  dealer  or  exporter  can  be  blamed  for 
their  method  of  quoting  and  classification  so  long  as  same 
are  not  misleading.  Unless  the  fur  owner  is  led  to  be- 
lieve they  can  get  more  by  shipping  than  selling  at  home 
there  is  no  inducement  to  ship.  The  "from  and  to" 
method  of  quoting  raw  furs  therefore  can  be  said  to 


Methods  of  Grading.  65 

« 

have  originated  from  dealers  soliciting  to  overcome  as 
much  as  possible  the  selling  at  home.  Fur  owners  that 
have  shipped  to  the  "from  and  to"  quoter  say  that  such 
quotations  do  not  necessarily  mean  any  more  money  for 
a  shipment  of  fur  than  to  a  dealer  who  quotes  one  price 
only  for  each  grade  and  makes  the  fewest  grades  possible. 
As  has  truthfully  been  said  by  some  one,  ''it  is  the  aver- 
age that  counts  not  the  high  price  for  one  skin." 

Some  well  known  and  reliable  firms  are  using  "from 
and  to"  quotations  while  others  are  using  the  "one  price" 
method.  If  the  sender  of  the  list  is  inclined  to  treat 
shippers  fairly  it  will  be  done  under  either  method  while 
if  of  the  dishonest  kind  incorrect  sort  or  classification 
can  be  given  making  no  difference  which  way  of  quoting 
has  been  used. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE   INSPECTION   ROOM. 

CHIS  chapter  was  written  by  an  Inspector  or  Grader 
as  they  are  generally  called  and  published  some 
years  ago  in  a  fur  magazine,  when  the  Inspector 
was  with  a  raw  fur  buying  firm  in  Minneapolis, 
Minnesota.  This  chapter  furnishes  a  pretty  good  insight 
to  the  ''inspection  room."  If  you  are  able  to  read  be- 
tween the  lines  it  will  reveal  that  this  Inspector  and  the 
firm  thought  that  their  assortment  and  price  were  always 
correct. 

It  is  only  natural  that  there  should  be  considerable 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  correct  ''inspection,"  sort, 
classification  or  grade  of  furs  as  looked  at  from  the 
standpoint  of  trapper  and  dealer.  Both  are  no  doubt 
right  in  some  of  their  views  and  both  equally  wrong  in 
others. 

Right  here,  however,  is  one  of  the  principal  reasons 
why  traveling  buyers,  sent  out  by  the  various  dealers, 
have  eaten  into,  the  shipping  trade,  for  they  grade  fairly, 
if  they  don't  they  cannot  buy.  Some  years  ago  certain 
houses  changed  their  method  of  quoting,  assorting,  etc., 
in  hopes  of  offsetting  the  home  selling.  The  method 
for  a  time  was  quite  successful  yet  caused  more  or  less 
dissatisfaction.  Some  say  there  would,  not  have  been  so 
much  complaint  made  by  shippers  if  all  dealers  would 
only  quote  market  value  and  grade  more  liberally. 


The  Inspfxtion  Room.  6j 

"I  have  for  the  past  five  years  occupied  a  position  in  the 
inspection  room  of  one  of  the  largest  raw  fur  concerns  on  this 
continent,  and  it  has  occurred  to  me  that  it  would  be  interest- 
ing to  the  trapper  and  country  fur  buyer  who,  after  delivering 
his  furs  to  the  express  company,  wonders  how  and  what  be- 
comes of  them;  to  know  how  they  are  handled  and  so  on. 

"A  good  many  who  ought  to  know  better,  look  upon  the 
fur  dealer  is  an  unscrupulous  individual  who  lies  awake  at  night 
thinking  of  schemes  to  'Do  them  up.'  With  a  reliable  house, 
and  their  names  are  legion,  this  is.  not  the  case.  There  are 
more  reliable  houses  than  unscrupulous  ones.  In  ninety-nine 
cases  out  of  a  hundred  the  shipper  gets  what  the  dealer  con- 
siders fair  value  for  his  furs. 

"Like  wheat,  corn  and  pork,  the  fur  market  fluctuates,  and 
it  depends  in  great  measure  on  the  ideas  of  the  individual  dealer 
as  to  the  value  of  a  skin.  His  ideas  must,  as  in  all  business  of 
such  nature,  be  based  on  what  he  can  sell  that  skin  for. 

"It  is  common  knowledge  that  there  are  often  two  deal- 
ers in  a  town,  one  paying  $3.00  for  a  mink  and  his  neighbor 
across  the  street  paying  $3.25  or  $3.50  for  the  same  skin.  They 
both  may  be  basing  their  prices  on  what  they  can  sell  for. 
A.  may  be  able  to  sell  500  or  1,000  mink  at  $3.25  or  $3.50 
while  B.  may  have  an  order  for  100  mink  at  $3.75  or  $4.00; 
then  again  the  spirit  of  speculation  may  enter  in  and  either 
one  of  those  dealers,  anxious  to  get  the  business,  may  pay 
'more  than  he  can  actually  sell  for;  if  there  happens  to  be  an 
advance  of  course  the  dealer  is  safe ;  if  a  decline,  why  then 
the  trapper  is  ahead  that  much  and  the  dealer,  unless  his  purse 
is  long,  mayhap  becomes  one  of  the  'Has  beens.* 

"The  trapper,  no  matter  where  located,  on  the  quarter 
section  adjoining  the  North  Pole  or  near  that  warm,  imaginary 
line  which  geographers  call  the  Torrid  Zone,  is  kept  pretty 
well  posted  by  the  circulars  of  the  hundreds  of  dealers  through- 
out the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  can  generally  figure  on 
what  his  furs  will  realize ;  to  do  this  intelligently  though,  he 
must  not  call  a  number  three  or  a  number  four  mink  a  num- 
ber one.     An  old  hand  at  his  business  will  not  do  so. 


68 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


en 

bfi  tJ 

5: 

C 

c 

0 

^ 
^ 

1j 

c 

T^ 

c 

C 

•  ^ 

's 

rt 

i- 

•• 

<u 

<u 

05 

p 

Td 

c^ 

C3 

.CI 

> 

02 

C 

>+-l 

0 

•_, 

> 

C/3 

1) 

^ 

.H 

0 

< 

'0 

^ 

PM 

0, 

g 

- 

§ 

G 
0 

o 

>1 

u 

<U 

0 

.CJ 

^ 

>^ 

UJ 

"^ 

^ 

< 

"o 

•n 

G 

pq 

0 

lU 

S 

,_, 

0 

^ 

0! 

m 

;-( 

O 

0 

W 

C/2 

'u 

en 

P 

Oa 

K 

(D 

0 

g" 

1) 

fo 

"yl 

IS 

Vi 

o 

M-i 

g 

0 

^ 

s 

^ 

o 

^ 

5 

>^ 

o 

0 

<+-i 

0 

« 

"+-1 

rt 

0 

TS 

« 

p 

G 

^ 

fe 

0 

c3 

p: 

rt 

tn 

0 

tn 

.^ 

0 

0 

0 

v^ 

<u 

0 

0 

C 

0 

1; 
0 

0 

^ 

irj 

i^ 

C<1 

lU 

€«- 

^ 

tn 

,r-j 

^ 

en 

H 

3 

The  Inspection  Room.  69 

"As  a  rule  the  trapper,  if  he  is  at  all  reasonable,  will  be 
satisfied  with  his  returns  when  he  knows  that  he  is  dealing 
with  a  reliable  house. 

"Please  bear  in  mind  that  I  am  not  referring  to  the 
country  dealer.  Some  of  them  are  good  and  a  few  are  bad. 
I  am  referring  to  the  dealers  in  the  larger  centers,  New  York, 
Chicago,  St.  Louis,  Minneapolis,  Detroit,  and  so  forth. 

"I  am  afraid  that  I  have  digressed  considerably  from 
what  I  started  to  speak  of,  that  is.  The  Inspection  Room. 
When  your  shipment  reaches  its  destination  it  is  taken  directly 
to  the  inspection  room;  if  it  is  in  a  sack,  bale  or  bundle  prop- 
erly tied  or  sewed,  the  express  company  gets  a  receipt  for  it 
'in  good  order.*  If  the  package  is  open,  torn  or  damaged  in 
any  way  it  is  signed  for  'in  bad  order,'  so  that  in  case  of 
shortage,  which  often  happens,  the  shipper  can  make  a  claim 
on  the  express  company  for  the  shortage.  Moral :  Before 
shipping  be  sure  that  you  have  counted  everything  correctly 
and  sewed  or  tied,  sewed  is  better,  the  package  securely. 

"The  tag  attached  to  the  package,  bearing  the  shipper's 
name  and  post  office  address,  is  handed  to  a  clerk  who  refers 
to  his  files  for  a  letter  from  that  shipper;  if  the  shipper  re- 
quests his  furs  to  be  held,  or  makes  a  reference  to  any  par- 
ticular skin  or  skins,  the  inspector  or  'grader,'  as  some  call 
him,  is  notified  and  he  governs  himself  accordingly. 

"Mr.  Grader,  after  opening  up  the  package,  proceeds  to 
grade  the  contents  in  their  respective  order ;  he  will  take  say 
first  mink,  then  coon,  etc.,  sorting  into  number  one  large, 
medium  and  small,  then  number  twos,  threes,  fours,  etc.  Mink, 
marten  and  otter  are  also  sorted  for  colors,  some  firms  making 
dark,  brown  and  pale,  while  others  only  sort  dark  and  pale. 
Each  skin  is  carefully  examined,  and  it  is  very  rarely  indeed 
that  an  expert  grader  will  throw  a  skin  into  the  wrong  'sort.' 

"After  completing  his  grade  or  sort,  he  calls  it  to  the 
clerk  or  bookkeeper,  who  enters  in  his  books  a  record  of  each 
skin,  giving  the  reasons  for  grading  No.  2,  3  and  4  such  as 
'unprime/  'damaged,'  'tainted,'  'summer  caught,'  and  so  on ; 
the  clerk  now  checks  his  book  record  with  the  shipper's  letter, 


70  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

and  if  everything  tallies,  the  furs  are  carried  to  their  respec- 
tive places. 

"In  the  course  of  my  experience,  I  have  run  across  some 
amusing  instances.  It  is  a  common  occurrence  to  receive  the 
common  house  cat  which,  ignorantly  or  designedly,  is  sent  as 
otter  or  black  marten.  Ferrets  are  often  sent  for  mink  or 
weasel.  Common  gray  fox  as  silver  grays,  dogs  as  wolf,  and 
lots  of  times  have  I  seen  muskrat  stretched  like  mink  with 
mink   tails   sewed   on. 

"That  the  shipper  in  those  instances  has  been  the  victim 
of  some  joking  or  unscrupulous  trapper  is  very  evident  from 
the  indignant  letter  he  will  write  to  the  dealer.  He  doesn't 
stop  to  think  that  he  is  the  one  who  has  been  fooled,  but  im- 
mediately accuses  the  dealer  to  whom  he  has  shipped  of  'beat- 
ing' him. 

"Sometimes  coon,  skunk  and  so  on  will  reach  the  dealer 
with  fat  on,  or  in  a  partly  green  state.  This  shouldn't  be,  both 
from  the  dealer's  and  trapper's  point  of  view.  Skins  shipped 
in  that  condition  are  very  liable  to  taint  or  slip.  Sometimes 
they  are  rendered  absolutely  worthless,  and  the  trapper  thus 
loses  the  fruit  of  his  labors.  They  are  handed  to  the  fleshers 
who  scrape,   stretch  and  dry  them. 

"Every  section  of  the  continent  produces  a  different  quality 
of  fur ;  the  mink  from  Texas  and  Louisiana  differ  from  those 
of  Kansas  and  Nebraska.  Nebraska  and  Kansas  differ  again 
from  Missouri  and  Iowa,  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin  differ  from 
Canada,  Eastern  Canada  differs  from  Western  Canada,  and  so 
on.  So  you  will  readily  understand,  Mr.  Trapper,  that  the  man 
who  does  the  grading  must  be  an  expert  at  his  work ;  only 
after  years  of  experience  can  a  fur  grader  fill  such  a  position. 
Each  kind  and  class  of  fur  is  put  in  a  pile  by  itself  and  is  so 
offered  to  the  manufacturers ;  if  the  dealer  is  doing  an  export 
business,  that  is,  shipping  to  the  London  sales,  his  furs  are 
compressed  and  baled  and  shipped  across  the  Atlantic,  there  to 
be  sold  by  auction  at  the  quarterly  sales,  held  in  January,  March, 
June  and  October  of  each  year. 


The  Inspection  Room.  71 

"These  sales  are  largely  attended.  Buyers  are  there  from 
every  part  of  the  world,  including  New  York  and  Chicago,  and 
it  very  often  happens  that  the  New  York  and  Chicago  dealers 
buy  lots  of  fur  in  London  and  bring  them  back  to  this  country 
at  20  or  30  per  cent  less  than  they  cost  the  dealer. 

"So  you  see,  Mr.  Trapper,  that  the  dealer's  lot  is  'not 
all  pie.' 

"I  close  with  this  advice  to  trappers.  First  find  a  reliable 
house  then  stay  with  them.  Stretch  and  dry  your  skins  thor- 
oughly before  shipping,  sew  your  packages  securely,  put  on  a 
tag  bearing  plainly  your  name  and  address,  and  write  the  same 
day  stating  the  number  and  kind  of  skins  you  have  shipped ; 
it's  then  'up  to'  the  dealer  to  do  the  rest,  and  if  he's  reliable 
he  will  do  it.  He's  in  business  to  stay,  and  he  knows  that  he 
can  not  keep  a  business  up  if  he  doesn't  treat  his  shippers 
right." 


CHAPTER  V. 

WHY   TRAPPERS   SELL  AT    HOME. 

CHE  following  was  written  under  date  of  April  8, 
191 5,  by  Mr.  G.  S.  Eddings  from  Southeastern 
British  Columbia,  some  300  miles  from  Van- 
couver, Canada,  and  about  the  same  distance  from 
Spokane,  Washington,  his  trapping  grounds  being  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  Mr.  Eddings  has  followed  trapping 
for  a  quarter  of  a  century  and  what  he  has  to  say  should 
have  some  weight.  While  there  are  honest  dealers  it  is 
too  true  that  many  take  advantage  of  the  shipper,  whether 
trapper  or  small  dealer,  when  furs  are  sent  in  to  them 
Requests  to  hold  furs  separate  has  helped  to  some  extent 
yet  the  dishonest  will  find  some  way  to  take  advantage. 
The  quoting  of  more  than  market  value  is  mostly  done  to 
induce  shipments.  Dealers  know  that  when  furs  come 
from  a  long  distance  there  is  little  danger  of  the  owner 
showing  up  even  if  they  are  graded  severely.  Again  the 
fact  should  not  be  overlooked  that  many  dealers  and  ex- 
porters of  raw  furs  lost  heavily  on  purchases  made  in 
1913  and  early  in  1914,  yet  there  is  no  denying  the  fact 
that  incorrect  or  dishonest  grading  has  caused  many 
trappers,  country  collectors  and  dealers  to  "sell  at  home'' 
where  they  can  see  the  grading. 

"I  have  several  of  the  books  that  you  publish  and  seeing 
your  advertisment  wanting  photographs  and  measurements  of 
Raw  Furs  for  a  new  book,  I  will  give  you  a  few  measurements 

(72) 


Why  Trappers  Sell  at  Home. 


73 


of  some  furs  I  caught  in  this  part  of  British 
Columbia,  Canada,  that  I  happened  to  take 
measurements  of,  season  1914-15,"  writes  G. 
S.  Eddings. 

"Largest  beaver,  length  40  inches,  width  33 
inches.  This  was  the  largest  beaver  I  ever 
caught.  The  smallest  ones  caught  here  in  the 
spring,  almost  one  year  old,  vary  from  24  to 
27  inches  in  length  and  from  21  to  24  inches 
in  width.  The  average  size  for  large  here  is 
about  36  inches  length  and  30  inches  width 
and  they  vary  all  sizes  between  small  and  large 
in  a  lot  of  40  skins. 

"The  largest  fisher,  33  inches  from  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  length  of  tail  21  inches,  total 
length  from  nose  to  tip  of  tail  54  inches; 
width  at  base  8i  inches,  at  shoulders  Gi-  inches. 
This  one  however  was  a  little  over  the  aver- 
age for  large  ones.  Smallest  fisher,  length 
nose  to  root  of  tail  27  inches,  tail  17  inches, 
total  length  44  inches ;  width  at  base  6i  inches, 
shoulders  5i  inches.  These  measurements 
taken  from  a  lot  of  twelve  skins. 

"Largest  mink,  nose  to  root  of  tail  24,  tail 
92",  total  33i  inches;  width  at  base  4|,  shoul- 
ders 3|.  This  though  was  over-size  for  aver- 
age large  ones.  Smallest  mink,  nose  to  root 
of  tail,  161  inches,  tail  6,  total  224  inches;  width  at  base  3|, 
shoulders  3  inches.  Taken  from  a  lot  of  fourteen  skins  from 
mink  caught  about  the  middle  of  March.  While  all  mink  are 
darker  in  the  fall  and  early  winter  note  the  color  of  the  one 
shown  which  was  caught  in  March. 

"White  weasel,  largest  nose  to  root  of  tail  14,  length  of 
tail  7  to  9,  total  21  to  23  inches ;  width  at  base  2f ,  shoulders  2i 
inches.  Smallest  weasel,  length  8  inches,  tails  3  to  31,  total 
length  11  to  lU  inches;  width  at  base  If,  shoulders  If  inches. 
Varying  to   all   sizes  between   smallest  to   the  largest.     Taken 


LARGE     BRIT- 
ISH  COLUM- 
BIA MINK. 


74 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


< 

H 

O 
H 

Pi 
W 

H 
W 

Q 
W 

Q 
(—1 
u 

w 

Q 


I— I 

Pi 

O 

H    -J 

o  P 


o 

H 

Q 
< 


Why  Trappers  Sell  at  Home. 


75 


from    a    lot    of    fifty    skins.      Measurements    taken    from    flesh 
side  of  all  skins. 

"The  men  that  do  all  the  hard  work  and  furnish  the  raw 
material  for  the  Fur  Trade  to  do  business  with,  take  the  risk, 
assume  the  hardships  and  finally  accept  one-half  the  real  value 

of    their    catch    of    raw    furs. 
These  are  facts  which  no  one 
cane  deny.     I  have  never  seen 
or  shipped   to   any   house   that 
would  give  you  a  square  deal 
all  the  time.     In  my  25  years 
of   handling   raw   furs   I   have 
not     found    one.      They    will 
flood     the     country    with    fic- 
titious  price   lists   and   market 
conditions.      But   that    is    only 
the    least    part     of    the     skin 
game.       If     they     should     pay 
w^hat  their  price  list  quotes  on 
the    different   grades  -but   they 
won't  grade  fair.     Let  me  say 
right   there   is   where   you   get 
it   proper    and   you    get    it    all 
the   time.     It  is   hard   to   take 
your    bunch    of    skins    in    the 
months      of      December      and 
January,    prime,    nice,    clean, 
well    handled,     and    have    the 
large  ones  marked  on  the  re- 
turns   Large    No.    2    or   maybe 
some  of  them   No.   1   medium. 
The  medium  will  be  small  and 
No.  2s.    The  dark  ones  will  be 
average    color;    brown   will    be   pale;    pale    will   be    No.    3    and 
springy. 

"The  illustration  shows  two  large,  prime  skins  both  caught 
in  the  month  of  December.  The  prairie  wolf,  or  coyote,  being 
of  the  following  dimensions:     Length  of  pelt  47,  tail  16,  total 


BRITISH    COLUMBIA    PRAI- 
RIE WOLF  AND  SIL- 
VER   FOX. 


'jG  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

63,  greatest  width  \\\,  shoulders  10  inches.  The  other  pelt  is 
a  silver  fox  of  the  following  dimensions :  length  of  pelt  38, 
tail  19,  total  57,  greatest  width  94,  shoulders  8  inches. 

"Not  only  are  skins  of  this  size  often  graded  as  medium 
but  are  sometimes  classed  as  rubbed,  poorly  furred  or  even 
shedders.  When  we  trappers  get  grading  of  this  kind  is  it  any 
wonder   that   a   price   list   means    little   or    nothing? 

"Now  just  take  any  price  list  at  random  from  anyone  of 
the  different  houses,  look  at  the  range  of  prices  and  grade. 
You  can  see  quickly  where  you  will  get  skinned  from  one-half 
to  three-quarters  of  the  real  value.  You  have  got  to  take  their 
word  for  everything  and  three  thousand  miles,  more  or  less, 
apart  you  have  got  a  lot  to  say.  Of  course  you  can  put  a  valua- 
tion on  your  skins  and  if  they  don't  pay  what  you  expect  they 
will  return  them.  But  see  here  they  sometimes  do  not  return 
the  bunch  you  sent  in.  I  honestly  believe  some  lots  were  re- 
turned that  did  not  contain  a  single  skin  that  was  sent.  Your 
furs  were  good  and  they  wanted  them,  they  have  got  them, 
they  are  going  to  keep  them.  If  you  send  the  bunch  you  got 
back  from  them  to  some  other  house  you  won't  get  enough 
to  pay  the  express  on  them.  What  are  you  going  to  do?  You 
can  write  and  'holler'  all  you  are  a  mind  to  but  you  are  a  poor 
working  man.  You  have  got  nothing.  No  one  pays  any  atten- 
tion to  you.  The  laws  of  the  country,  it  seems,  are  made 
to  protect  the  same  thieves  that  rob  you.  They  are  all  after 
money,  I  guess,  and  you  have  none,  so  you  are  not  in  it 
anyway.  Some  magazines  and  publications  say  that  the  adver- 
tisers in  their  columns  are  honest  and  reliable ;  if  not  so  will 
discontinue  their  advertisements.  Well  that  should  not  fool 
anyone.  If  they  should  do  that,  cut  out  the  dishonest  ones, 
they  would  have  very  few  fur  advertisements.  All  publications 
are  after  the  money  and  they  have  got  to  get  it  or  can't  live. 

"Sometimes  a  fur  house  will  give  you  the  top  price  and 
grade  on  the  first  lot  that  you  ship  them.  Nearly  every  time  it 
is  just  a  bait  to  catch  you  with  your  big  bunch  and  of  course 
all  your  friends  every  time.  Even  your  friends  will  turn  you 
down  after  that. 


Why  Trappers  Sell  at  Home.  'jj 

"It  is  amusing  if  you  don't  have  any  furs  to  sell  to  watch 
the  price  lists  as  they  come  out.  Every  one  says  the  demand 
for  furs  is  greater  all  the  time  as  the  season  advances ;  that  lots 
of  manufacturers  have  delayed  purchasing  until  late.  Conse- 
quences are  that  furs  of  all  kinds  are  advancing  in  price  but 
they  must  soon  go  down.  Ship  all  you  catch  and  all  you  can 
buy  at  once.  Every  bunch  you  send  you  will  get  less  than  you 
did  for  the  one  before.  Yet  the  price  lists  get  higher  each 
time ! 

"Another  thing  you  will  always  see  when  you  are  away 
back  in  the  woods  or  mountains  and  can't  get  out  until  March 
to  ship  your  furs,  that  by  the  time  the  furs  reach  the  dealer 
there  has  always  been  a  slump  in  the  market.  Your  skins  that 
were  caught  in  December  and  January  are  springy,  faded,  shed- 
ders,  Nos.  2  and  3.  Now  you  don't  suppose  they  got  that  way 
in  the  baggage  car  in  transit  because  the  weather  had  turned 
mild  and  a  thaw  was  on  do  you?  For  my  part  I  know  very 
well  the  skins  were  all  right.  Anyone  that  has  trapped  and 
handled  furs  for  25  years  don't  need  to  have  anyone  tell  him 
when  a  skin  is  springy,  faded,  shedder,  large,  small,  No.  1  or 
No.  2.  I  am  in  British  Columbia,  Canada,  at  present  and  I 
know  part  of  the  time  what  a  skin  is  just  as  well  as  they  do  in 
New  York,  St.  Louis  or  other  markets. 

Why  is  not  a  No.  1  skin  sold  in  May  or  June  just  as  good 
and  worth  just  as  much  money  as  when  sold  in  January?  I 
am  300  miles  from  Vancouver,  British  Columbia  or  the  same 
distance  from  Spokane,  Washington.  If  you  send  furs  to  either 
city  you  will  not  get  as  much  generally  as  to  ship  them  east 
and  sometimes  you  hardly  get  anything.  On  the  other  hand  if 
you  happen  to  be  going  into  these  places  and  take  some  furs 
with  you  going  to  the  same  places  you  shipped  to  —  of  course 
they  don't  know  anyone.  When  you  go  in  they  will  start  to 
play  you  for  a  fool  like  they  do  everyone.  Later,  or  as  soon 
as  they  see  you  know  something  about  the  game,  they  will  quiet 
down  and  you  can  soon  make  a  deal. 

"Two  years  ago  the  latter  part  of  May  we  sold  furs  for 
one-third   more   than    we    had   gotten   by    shipping   east    in    the 


78  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

winter  and  one-half  to  two-thirds  more  than  we  had  received 
by  shipping  to  the  same  houses  earlier.  It  makes  about  a  good 
one-half  average  more  all  around  when  you  can  walk  right  up 
face  to  face  with  Mr.  Skinner  and  beard  him  in  his  lair.  They 
want  furs  all  right  and  will  pay  for  them  when  they  can't  steal 
them.  When  you  ship  they  have  all  the  say  and  will  surely  skin 
you  nine  times  out  of  ten.  Say,  that  is  hard  earned  money  at 
best,  at  any  season,  for  the  trapper. 

"Trappers  that  know  what  fur  is  and  put  it  up  to  the  dealer 
in  shape  are  surely  entitled  to  some  part  of  its  real  worth.  So 
long  as  the  system  they  now  have  prevails  I  don't  see  how  we  can 
expect  for  anything  better.  If  the  trapper  would  do  like  the 
dealer  he  would  be  sent  to  the  pen  for  defrauding  people  through 
the  mails.  Trappers  could  form  an  association  if  they  would,  but 
they  won't  stick  together.  The  prices  are  all  right,  but  the 
grading,  with  many  it  is  down  right  thievery.  The  highway 
robber  is  entitled  to  some  respect  but  this,  The  Royal  Order 
of  Skinners,    seems  to  have  none  at  all." 


CHAPTER  VI. 

BUYERS    AND    COLLECTORS. 

RECENT  TACTICS.  — The  country  fur  buyer  and 
local  town  buyer  does  not  wait  now-a-days  for  the 
trapper  to  bring  in  his  catch,  but  go  out  after  it, 
visiting  him  at  home  and  on  the  trapping  ground  as 
well,  in  a  large  part  of  the  old  settled  country.  Such  are 
the  conditions  that  largely  exist  in  the  New  England 
States,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Michigan,  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  West  Virginia  and 
southern  Quebec  and  Ontario,  Canada.  In  Kansas,  Ne- 
braska, Missouri,  Arkansas  and  Oklahoma  there  are  not 
so  many  traveling  buyers  and  more  furs  go  direct  from 
trappers  and  small  collectors  to  St.  Louis,  Mo.  In  the 
Dakotas,  Rocky  Mountain  sections  and  much  of  Canada 
the  fur  catchers  are  so  scattered  that  a  large  per  cent  is 
shipped  direct  to  New  York,  St.  Louis,  Chicago,  Minne- 
apolis, Detroit,  Winnipeg,  Toronto  and  Montreal.  The 
last  three  named  being  in  Canada,  receive  Canadian  furs 
mostly. 

San  Francisco,  Portland,  Tacoma,  Seattle,  Victoria 
and  Vancouver  dealers  also  receive  more  or  less  furs 
direct  from  trappers  and  buyers  but  principally  from  the 
states  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains  as  well  as  British 
Columbia,  Yukon  and  Alaska,  although  of  recent  years 
a  greater  per  cent  has  been  sent  by  mail  direct  to  mar- 
kets farther  east. 

(79) 


8o 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Throughout  Kentucky,  Tennessee  and  Virginia  the 
furs  are  bought  by  hucksters,  merchants  and  produce 
dealers  to  a  greater  extent  than  elsewhere.  In  the  south 
and  southwest  they  are  bought  by  dealers  in  the  larger 
cities  although  hucksters,  merchants  and  produce  men 
handle  considerable  quantities.  The  steam  launch  is 
much  used  to  visit  trappers  located  along  the  larger  of 
the  streams  throughout  the  South,  as  the  weather  never 

gets    cold   enough    to 
stop  water  navigation. 
House  boats  are  also 
used  to  some  extent. 
Perhaps  the  horse- 
back    fur     buyer     is 
more  numerous  in  the 
south  than  elsewhere, 
although    their    num- 
bers are  becoming  less 
in  all  parts  of  Amer- 
ica as   roads   become 
better,  so  that  travel- 
ing with  wheeled  ve- 
hicles is  possible.     Automobiles  are  also  being  used  and 
perhaps   in  greatest  numbers   in  the  East  and   Central 
West. 

Within  a  radius  of  say  a  hundred  miles  of  any  im- 
-portant  fur  center,  many  trappers  take  their  catch  to  mar- 
ket so  that  there  is  not  much  left  for  the  traveling  fur 
buyer  in  such  localities,  whether  he  resides  in  the  country 
among  the  trappers  or  in  some  village.  Trappers  who 
take  their  catch  to  a  city  where  there  are  several  buyers 


A  HORSE-BACK  FUR  BUYER. 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  8i 

usually  manage  to  get  about  all  their  furs  are  worth  by 
visiting  several  buyers,  getting  offers,  then  selling. 

Once  furs  were  low  and  the  demand  weak  so  that 
the  trapper  sold  most  of  his  furs  through  seeking  a  buyer. 
But  under  the  conditions  of  higher  prices  and  strong  de- 
mand, a  large  share  of  his  furs  are  sold  at  home.  The 
earliest  of  these  visiting  buyers  collected  goods  with  a 
team.  Now  horses  are  too  slow  a  means  of  conveyance 
when  roads  and  the  automobile  has  taken  their  place. 
With  many  buyers  after  the  furs  it  is  a  question  of  pick- 
ing them  up  quickly  if  a  competitor  is  to  be  beaten  and 
new  customers  can  not  be  secured  nor  the  old  held,  if 
horse  travel  is  depended  upon. 

Not  many  years  ago  trappers  did  not  expect  to  sell 
any  furs  green.  Now^  the  traveling  buyer  will  generally 
buy  the  green  and  unskinned  furs  just  as  quickly  as  the 
cured  skins.  If  he  waits  until  he  can  call  again,  the 
chances  are  that  such  green  furs  will  be  sold  to  another 
buyer. 

Money  Furnished.  —  It  is  a  common  practice,  in 
some  localities,  with  local  collectors  at  present,  to  fur- 
nish men  and  money  to  buy  furs  for  them.  At  stated 
intervals  they  come -and  take  up  what  has  been  collected 
or  have  it  shipped  in  to  them.  These  buyers  are  usually 
trappers  who  imagine  that  they  understand  assorting  furs 
properly,  but  much  haphazard  work  is  done  by  them, 
partly  to  secure  as  many  furs  as  possible  and  partly  to  beat 
some  other  sub-buyer  and  largely  through  lack  of  knowl- 
edge. But  he  who  hired  them  is  so  anxious  to  secure  a 
large  lot  of  furs  that  he  overlooks  a  lot  of  bad  dealing  on 
the  part  of  his  noncompetents,  and  then  he  is  not  proof 

G 


82 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


against  making  bad  purchases  himself.  No  matter  how 
much  in  error  some  of  his  little  assistants  are,  he  must 
pay  them  the  promised  commission  on  all  they  collect. 

Getting  Business.  —  To  become  a  successful  fur 
buyer  and  seller  is  not  learned  in  a  day,  month  or  year  as 
a  knowledge  is  required  not  only  of  the  various  raw  furs 
but  experience  in  dealing  with  trappers  as  well  as  the 
large  buyer  is  part  of  the  game.  The  most  successful 
buyers  as  a  rule  began  in  a  small  way,  buying  of  trappers 

in  their  neighbor- 
hood and  extend- 
ing their  buying 
as  they  became 
better  posted  in 
fur  values. 

A  good  many 
years  ago  the 
writer  furnished 
money  to  numer- 
ous buyers  to  col- 
lect for  him.  During  those  years  thousands  of  dollars 
was  loaned  buyers  and  not  a  cent  lost.  Money  thus  fur- 
nished buyers  they  regarded  as  honor  bound  to  return. 
I  never  charged  interest,  seldom  asked  them  to  sign  a 
note  for  the  amount,  treated  such  buyers  fairly  and  re- 
ceived practically  all  the  furs  they  collected.  Towards 
spring  the  amount  loaned  was  deducted  from  their  pur- 
chases. No  large  amount  was  furnished  any  one  buyer 
for  at  that  time  my  buying  was  largely  in  the  counties  of 
Gallia  and  Meigs  in  Ohio  and  Mason,  West  Virginia. 
Traveling  was  mainly  by  horseback  or  horse  and  two- 


A    COUNTRY    COLLECTOR    OF    FURS 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  83 

wheeled  cart  (as  roads  were  not  piked  then).  I  made 
the  rounds  about  every  two  weeks  during  November,  De- 
cember, January,  February  and  March. 

The  first  years  that  I  bought  my  collections  were 
sold  mainly  to  traveling  buyers.  Later  I  secured  a  posi- 
tion on  salary  and  traveled  parts  of  Ohio,  Pennsylvania, 
West  Virginia  and  Kentucky.  I  gave  up  the  traveling 
position  spring  of  1897  ^^^  '^^  November  of  the  same 
year  began  buying  at  Gallipolis,  Ohio,  on  my  own  ac- 
count. I  placed  advertisements  in  the  county  and  other 
papers  and  bought  tens  of  thousands  of  skins  the  first 
year. 

At  that  time  competition  was  probably  not  so  keen 
as  now  yet  many  today  are  buying  thousands  of  skins 
each  season  from  trappers  and  small  collectors  in  numer- 
ous small  towns  and  cities  through  advertising  and  price 
lists.  Dealers  of  this  kind,  if  reliable,  soon  become 
known  to  trappers  and  a  good  many  furs  are  also  brought 
to  them. 

Buying  furs  right  is  not  all.  Selling  is  fully  as  im- 
portant. The  town  buyers  and  dealers  in  the  East  usually 
sell  at  home.  In  the  South,  West  and  North  where 
traveling  buyers  are  few  and  far  between  the  majority 
of  furs  are  shipped  to  some  of  the  raw  fur  centers.  Dur- 
ing my  years  in  the  fur  buying  and  selling  business  I  sold 
mainly  at  home  although  have  made  numerous  shipments 
to  about  all  of  the  leading  markets.  Returns  in  some 
instances  were  quite  satisfactory  while  others  v^ere  not 
what  they  should  have  been  by  any  means.  One  season 
I  shipped  several  thousand  dollars'  worth  to  a  New  York 
firm  by  special  agreement,  that  is,  they  allowed  what  I 


84  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

considered  market  price  and  a  per  cent  added.  At  times 
the  grading  was  a  little  too  severe.  One  year  with  an- 
other, best  results  —  most  money  received  —  I  found  was 
had  by  selling  to  traveling  representatives  who  called 
and  looked  at  my  goods  at  my  place  of  business. 

Under  date  of  November  5,  1897,  the  Weekly  Trib- 
une of  Gallipolis,  Ohio,  as  a  news  item,  published  the 
following : 

NEW  RAW  FUR  HOUSE. 

**A.  R.  Harding,  who  has  been  employed  as  traveling 
agent  for  some  years  by  an  Ohio  firm,  has  established  in 
business  on  his  own  account  in  the  building  occupied  by 
J.  M.  Ruth  on  Third  street  near  Court  street.  He  Vv^ill 
also  handle  hides,  pelts,  tallow,  etc.  Trappers  and  ship- 
pers will  find  him  strictly  honest  and  at  all  times  paying 
full  market  value  for  goods  sent  or  brought  him. 

"After  looking  around  at  towns  in  Southern  Ohio, 
Mr.  Harding  decided  on  this,  as  shipping  facilities  suit 
him  much  better.  His  trade  will  not  be  of  this  county 
alone,  but  will  extend  over  Ohio,  West  Virginia,  In- 
diana and  Pennsylvania." 

Perhaps  it  will  not  be  out  of  place  to  here  say  that 
my  trade  the  first  season  was  not  only  from  the  states 
mentioned  but  included  New  York,  Michigan,  Illinois 
and  Kentucky  as  well.  I  was  one  of  the  very  first  to  ad- 
vertise in  newspapers  for  raw  furs.  Those  advertise- 
ments, as  near  as  I  recollect,  in  various  papers  during  the 
season  of  1897-8  and  for  some  years  after,  were  as  fol- 
lows : 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  85 

ADVERTISEMENT  NO.  i. 


<i^^^^^ 


Clf  IIMIC  C-oon,  mink,  muskrat 
wHURII  and  all  other  raw  furs 
wanted  to  fill  manufacturing  and 
export  orders.     Send  for  prices. 

A.  R.  HARDING,  Gallipolis,  Ohio 


This  advertisement  is  one-half  inch  or  seven  lines. 
It  was  used  in  the  farm  papers  mainly,  including  Far- 
mers' Guide,  Huntington,  Indiana;  Ohio  Farmer,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio;  National  Stockman  &  Farmer,  Pittsburg, 
Penn. ;  Farm  Journal,  Philadelphia,  Penn.,  at  a  cost  rang- 
ing from  about  25  cents  up  to  $3.50  a  line  or  $1.75  to 
$24.50  for  each  paper  per  insertion.  These  small  adver- 
tisements appeared  in  the  weeklies  during  November  and 
the  November  issue  of  the  Farm  Journal  which  is  pub- 
lished monthly.  The  advertising  rates  in  these  period- 
icals is  considerable  higher  now. 

ADVERTISEMENT  NO.  2. 


RAW 

FURS 

Wanted 


t 

I  $S0,000  WORTH  I 

T  To  fill  American  Manufactur-             ^ 

T  ing  and  Foreign   Export  or-             ^ 

T  ders.    Send  for  prices,                          v 

I  A.  R.  HARDING  * 

f  GALLIPOLIS.  O.                          «^ 


86  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Tl 


During  the  months  of  November  and  December  I 
ran  an  advertisement  in  adjoining  county  papers  as  well 
as  a  few  other  local  or  county  papers  in  Southern  Ohio 
and  West  Virginia,  where  I  thought  furs  were  most 
plentiful.  The  cost  for  this  ranged  from  about  $1.50  to 
$4.00  for  the  two  months,  in  each  paper,  depending  upon 
their  circulation  which  was  probably  from  less  than  1,000 
to  nearly  3,000.     See  advertisement  No.  2. 

In  the  home  or  Gallipolis  weekly  papers  I  used 
larger  space  —  4  to  6  inches  double  column  —  occasion- 
ally at  a  cost  varying  from  $1.50  to  $3.00  per  week  de- 
pending upon  number  of  consecutive  weeks  used  as  well 
as  the  circulation  of  the  paper.  Most  publishers  claim 
for  their  paper  the  largest  circulation,  greatest  influence, 
etc.,  so  that  the  buyers  of  space  must  judge  for  them- 
selves largely.  A  pretty  safe  rule  to  follow  is  to  use  those 
carrying  most  advertising  as  chances  are  they  have  the 
largest  circulation.  Where  the  rates  in  your  county 
papers  are  cheap  it  probably  is  advisable  to  use  a  little 
space  in  each.  When  I  established  in  Gallipolis  there  were 
three  county  papers  in  the  city  and  I  used  them  all.  The 
copy  of  this  advertisement  was  as  follows : 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  S7 

ADVERTISEMENT  NO.  3. 

Wanted  Raw  Furs! 

To  Fill  an 
Eastern  Order 

1 0  000  Skunk  1 0,000  Muskral         1 0.000  Opossum 

5  000  Mink  5.000  Coon  2,000  HouseCat 

1 ,000  Red  Fox  500  Grey  Fox  500  Wild  Cat 

'100  Bear  100  Otter 

For  which  I  will  pay  highest  market  Cash  Price 
-ALSO  DEALER  IN— 

Hides,  Pelts,  Tallow,  Etc. 

Bring  your  Raw  Furs  when  coming  to  town,  or  ship  them  at 
my  expense.  Remember,  that  I  am  the  only  dealer  in  this  part  of 
the  state  that  deals  direct  with  MANUFACTURERS  and 
EXPORTERS. 

Reference:  First  National  Bank  or  the  editor  of  this  paper. 
Office  with  J.  M.  Ruth,  on  Third  near  Court  Street 

Write  for  my  quotations,  which  will  be  cheerfully  sent 
at  any  time. 

A.  R.  HARDING,  Gallipolis,  Ohio 


88  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

The  first  season  I  purchased  something  like  $I5;- 
ooo.oo.  Remember,  this  was  season  of  1897-8  when  skunk 
for  best  sold  around  $1.00,  opossum  less  than  25,  mink 
and  coon  but  little  more  than  $1.00  for  best  anl  other 
furs  proportionately  low.  Had  prices  been  as  high  as 
long  about  1911-12  my  purchases  would  have  been  well 
up  to  $50,000.00.  Thousands  of  dollars'  worth  of  furs 
were  brought  direct  to  me  not  only  by  trappers  but  buy- 
ers in  Gallia  and  adjoining  counties,  while  those  consid- 
erable distance  away  were  shipped.  All  shippers  were 
kept  regularly  posted.  I  wrote  many  of  my  buyers  quot- 
ing prices  for  the  various  furs  in  their  locality,  good  for 
a  week,  ten  days  or  maybe  twO'  weeks,  depending  upon 
the  condition  of  the  market. 

To  make  a  success  at  buying  furs,  especially  building 
up  a  shipping  trade,  requires  thought  and  foresight.  Your 
buyers  must  have  prices  as  high  as  any  reliable  firm  is 
sending  out  and  as  quick  as  the  other  fellow  to  be  able 
to  get  their  share  of  the  furs. 

Conditions  have  changed  a  great  deal  since  I  was  in 
the  raw  fur  business  at  Gallipolis.  As  already  stated 
there  were'  few  advertising  for  raw  furs  then.  It  was 
also  before  the  days  of  fur  magazines  and  price  lists 
were  mainly  of  the  one  price  kind.  During  recent  years 
numerous  dealers  from  not  only  the  leading  raw  fur  cen- 
ters, but  many  of  the  smaller  places,  are  advertising  for 
raw  furs.  The  best  mediums  to  advertise  in  are  of  much 
importance.  Briefly  this  may  be  said  to  include  county 
or  local  papers  to  leading  national  publications  and  trade 
magazines,  depending  upon  how  much  of  the  country  it  is 
desired  to  reach. 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  .  89 

Local  Buyers.  —  There  are  three  classes  of  local 
buyers.  One  is  the  large  town  buyer  who  often  collects 
from  $10,000  to  $15,000  worth  before  selling.  The  next 
is  the  village  buyer  who  collects  from  $600  to  $800  up 
to  $1,200  to  $1,500  worth  before  he  will  consider  any 
offers,  if  buying  on  his  own  account.  If  he  happens  to 
be  buying  for  the  bigger  town  dealer  then  his  collections 
do  not  accumulate  to  any  great  size  before  some  one  who 
is  in  the  employ  of  the  dealer,  to  whom  the  furs  are  con- 
tracted, comes  along  and  gathers  them  up. 

Many  times  agents  for  the  large  fur  houses  who 
travel  only  by  rail,  hear  of  a  good  bunch  of  furs  at  one  of 
these  small  towns  and  stop  off,  hoping  to  buy  the  lot, 
only  to  find  that  the  furs  are  being  collected  for  the  big 
speculator  and  are  not  for  sale. 

The  third  is  the  country  buyer  who  is  often  a  man 
with  sufficient  capital  to  make  a  collection  of  several 
thousand  dollars'  worth.  Some  of  them  have  built  a  fur 
house  while  others  keep  their  collections  in  the  barn  or 
grain  house  or  other  building  that  is  dry  and  can  be 
locked.  This  latter  class  are  exceedingly  shrewd  and 
some  of  the  hardest  bargains  are  driven  by  them  when 
they  sell  their  collection. 

The  country  dealer  usually  sends  word  to  several 
important  buyers  stating  that  he  will  try  to  sell  on  a  cer- 
tain day.  If  interested,  they  may  be  on  hand.  It  is  sel- 
dom that  any  of  those  notified  fail  to  appear  and  there 
may  be  another  one  or  two  who  come  uninvited.  Only 
one  of  their  number  can  buy  the  goods  and  a  pretty  strife 
ensues  to  see  who  shall  land  the  collection.  The  offers 
having  all  been  made,  the  owner  may  reject  them  entirely 


90  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

if  none  are  high  enough  to  meet  his  ideas.  It  happens 
sometimes  that  he  will  close  a  deal  before  the  crowd  of 
bidders  disperse  by  inducing  a  certain  one  to  raise  his 
own  bid.  It  is  not  often  that  any  money  is  to  be  made 
by  the  party  who  gets  the  goods  at  such  an  auction  sale 
and  the  chance  to  lose  is  quite  possible. 

The  traveling  representative  of  a  large  fur  house 
sometimes  encounters  the  country  buyer  in  town  when 
a  good  sized  lot  of  furs  are  for  sale.  The  traveling  buyer 
has  hard  and  fast  rules  for  assorting  furs  and  the  limit 
laid  down  that  he  may  add  to  what  the  goods  figure  up. 
He  can  not  forge  ahead  of  the  market  price.  His  local 
competitor  is  buying  with  his  own  money  and  is  not 
limited  except  that  he  expects  to  use  common  sense.  But 
he  wants  the  fur.  It  is  a  big  bunch  and  he  would  have 
to  travel  quite  a  few  days  to  accumulate  so  many  furs. 
He  has  found  out  by  experience  that  every  thousand  dol- 
lars' worth  of  furs  he  is  able  to  add  to  his  collection  will 
make  it  so  much  more  desirable  on  account  of  size.  He 
lays  his  plan  to  beat  the  traveling  agent  by  two  different 
means.  First,  he  assorts  the  goods  as  liberally  as  he  pos- 
sibly can  and  do  justice  to  himself.  Next,  he  raises  prices 
to  a  safe  point,  as  he  thinks,  according  to  future  pros- 
pects. Before  leaving  the  fur  room,  he  kicks  his  assort 
over  and  mixes  up  every  grade  with  other  grades  so  that 
his  competitor  will  have  nothing  to  work  on  except  his 
own  judgment  when  he  comes  to  examine  the  goods.  It 
is  hardly  worth  while  to  say  that  the  Country  Buyer 
secures  the  furs,  while  the  traveling  agent  who  offered 
a  good  price,  goes  away  wondering  what  sort  of  a  bump- 
kin he  encountered. 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  91 

In  the  case  of  the  large  lots  held  at  the  principal 
towns,  it  is  somewhat  different.  The  owner  usually  sends 
word  to  a  certain  fur  firm  or  agent  in  whom  he  has  con- 
fidence, that  on  such  a  date  he  will  be  ready  for  an  offer 
on  his  collections.  It  may  require  days  to  look  at  a  large 
lot  even  when  the  muskrats  are  figured  at  a  flat  price. 
But  it  takes  much  time  to  turn  and  examine  3,000  skunks 
or  more  and  perhaps  800  mink,  500  coon,  etc.  When 
the  assort  has  been  made  and  everything  figured  up  and 
added  together,  let  it  not  be  supposed  that  he  can  buy 
the  lot.  Not  at  what  it  figures  on  the  fairest  assortment. 
It  is  rare  that  any  sizable  lot  of  furs  ever  is  bought  at 
actual  value.  Percentages  must  be  added  and  often  a 
little  more  on  top  of  that  to  make  even  money. 

The  large  dealer  knows  that  after  a  buyer  has  spent 
several  days  looking  at  his  furs,  he  will  not  leave  them 
until  he  has  added  on  the  last  dollar  to  his  figures  that 
can  possibly  be  done.  It  is  the  dealer's  opportunity  to 
make  some  easy  money  and  he  takes  advantage  of  it.  The 
offer  made  may  net  him  a  good  profit  but  he  keeps  his 
own  counsel  and  without  changing  countenance  he  says, 
"Your  figures  .will  just  about  let  me  out  even.  I  am 
afraid  I  can  not  sell  to  you  unless  you  add  considerable 
to  your  price.  I've  spent  a  lot  of  time  on  this  fur  and 
have  hired  help  to  buy  and  handle  it  here  in  the  house. 
Now  I'll  tell  you  what  is  the  best  that  I  can  do.  You  add 
5%  to  your  figures  and  the  goods  are  yours." 

If  the  truth  had  been  told,  the  liberal  assort  given 
him  and  the  advanced  prices  made  him  a  reasonable 
profit,  outside  of  all  his  expense,  but  the  stakes  have  been 
stuck  and  it  is  meet  the  demands  or  leave  it  and  lose  all 


92  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

the  labor  expended.  The  same  buyer  feels  that  such  a 
demand  in  the  way  of  percentage  is  plain  extortion  but 
he  can  not  help  himself.  If  he  leaves  the  lot  behind,  the 
next  place  he  visits  the  deatl  may  be  equally  difficult  and 
who  wants  to  run  around  all  the  season  and  not  buy  any 
goods  ? 

So  the  dealer  makes  a  sale  at  his  own  terms  and  is 
secretly  exultant.  He  knew  how  it  would  come  out  be- 
forehand. He  has  made  a  study  of  human  nature  to  such 
good  purpose  that  it  has  enabled  him  to  obtain  a  dona- 
tion of  several  hundred  dollars  on  top.  of  fair  profits.  It 
is  just  like  finding  money.  Once  in  a  while  a  dealer  that 
is  particularly  candid  will  tell  you  that  the  most  of  his 
profits  these'  days  are  derived  from  what  he  forces  the 
buyer  to  add  on  to  his  original  offer.  "In  fact,"  said 
one,  "that  is  the  only  way  to  make  any  money  in  the  fur 
deal."  Another  says,  "The  trapper  is  continually  posted 
on  the  market.  He  receives  price  lists  from  everywhere 
and  knows  what  furs  are  worth  just  as  well  as  we  do. 
We  have  to  pay  him  New  York  quotations  and  give  him 
an  assort  that  we  can't  get  out  on,  so  how  are  we  going 
to  make  any  money  unless  we  get  a  percentage  added  to 
the  first  figures  when  we  unload?" 

The  foregoing  remarks  refer  to  buying  and  selling 
methods  in  ordinary  years,  excluding  depression  in  busi- 
ness, panics  or  foreign  wars.  In  good  times  quite  a  num- 
ber of  raw  fur  firms  endeavor  to  establish  buying  agen- 
cies in  the  larger  towns,  such  agents  being  men  whO'  are 
engaged  in  handling  furs,  wool,  hides  and  pelts.  Such 
negotiations  are  usually  begun  early  in  the  season,  some- 
times in  mid-summer,   so  that  when  the  active  buying 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  93 

season  begins,  a  single  fur  firm  of  New  York,  Chicago, 
Detroit,  or  elsewhere  has  a  large  number  of  buying  agents 
who  are  well  established  business  men.  Such  buying 
points  are  distributed  so  that  trade  will  be  drawn  from 
every  county.  This  system  makes  a  bad  condition  for 
the  traveling  agent  who  is  employed  to  buy  for  fur  houses 
who  have  no  agencies.  The  field  is  so  well  taken  up  by 
agencies  who  buy  on  contract  or  commission  that  the 
traveling  buyer  is  left  but  few  places  to  visit.  It  has 
driven  quite  a  number  ofif  the  road  or  at  least  prevented 
them  from  even  starting  out. 

These  contracts  are  only  binding  for  one  season  and 
must  be  renewed  yearly.  It  frequently  happens  that  one 
who  has  acted  as  agent  for  a  certain  house  one  season, 
makes  a  contract  to  buy  for  a  different  house  the  next 
season,  depending  upon  the  terms  offered  and  what  sort 
of  experience  was  had  with  the  former  engagement.  If 
the  treatment  was  not  deemed  satisfactory,  the  contract 
to  buy  furs  the  coming  season  is  made  with  another 
firm,  or  the  grievances  may  have  been  so  many  and  fla- 
grant as  tO'  cause  disgust  with  buying  on  a  commission 
contract  and  hereafter  they  will  buy  on  their  own  account. 

Fur  collectors  of  the  North  and  Northwestern  wilds, 
where  there  are  nO'  railroads,  operate  with  boats  when 
the  lakes  and  streajns  are  open  and  in  winter  with  dogs 
and  sledge,  just  as  in  the  old  days.  If  operating  on  Hud- 
son Bay  territory,  the  purchases  are  largely  secured  from 
the  Indians.  These  small  collectors  cut  into  the  trade 
and  are  a  source  of  annoyance  for  the  old  company.  To 
discourage  them  as  much  as  possible,  the  Hudson  Bay 


94 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Company  will  not  sell  supplies  to  the  small  trader  or 
assist  him  in  any  way. 

In  a  measure  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  have  the 
equity  in  the  case,  for  they  stake  the  Indians  with  needful 
supplies  in  advance  of  the  fur  catch,  trusting  them  to 
bring  in  their  furs  in  payment.  If  they  sell  to  the  outside 
dealer  (known  as  Free  Traders)  the  chances  are  that  the 


NORTHERN  FUR  BUYERRS  —  MACKENZIE  RIVER  DISTRICT. 


Sndian  who  has  received  such  supplies  will  continue  in 
debt  to  the  company.  At  the  best,  he  usually  owes  them 
the  year  round. 

The  small  or  outside  trader  has  found  here,  that  by 
giving  a  little  more  for  furs  and  more  goods  in  trade 
than  the  Indian  has  been  used  to  receiving,  will  induce 
him  to  put  honor  and  obligation  to  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 


Buyers  and  Collectors.  95 

pany  aside.  Those  who  have  had  much  experience  in 
the  handhng  of  furs  have  found  others  than  Indians  that 
do  not  always  Hve  up  to  agreements. 

Years  ago  Revillion  Freres  Trading  Company,  Lim- 
ited, estabhshed  fur  trading  posts  throughout  Northern 
Canada.  Many  posts  of  this  and  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany were  within  a  few  rods  of  each  other  sO'  that  strong 
competition  has  been  the  result  at  such  posts.  The  Re- 
villion Freres  Company  has  about  a  hundred  trading 
posts  in  Canada  and  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  some 
three  hundred.  Neither  company  controls  or  owns  the 
exclusive  right  to  trade  or  buy  furs  of  Indians  and  other 
hunters  and  trappers  so  that  there  are  many  independent 
buyers  (called  Free  Traders)  who  buy  where  there  are 
Posts  as  well  as  elsewhere  in  Canada. 

When  furs  are  in  great  demand,  the  strife  between 
buyers  is  terrific,  as  each  endeavors  to  secure  the  most 
furs.  If  opportunity  is  presented  to  crush  a  competitor 
it  is  done  without  the  slightest  compunction  of  conscience. 
As  one  buyer  expressed  it :    'Tt  is  a  case  of  dog  eat  dog." 

The  above  expresses  boom  times,  conditions  when 
any  amount  of  capital  is  in  sight  and  the  speculator  is 
hungry  for  furs,  all  he  can  get  and  pay  for,  at  least.  But 
let  depression  occur,  so  that  the  made  up  articles  of  fur 
do  not  sell  or  the  world's  market  has  been  destroyed, 
then  the  great  army  of  fur  speculators  with  their  branches 
and  big  resources  as  quickly  halt  and  sink  from  view. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

BUYING  AND  SELLING. 

BUYING.  —  The  inexperienced  buyer  will  have  more 
difficulty  in  buying  the  late  caught  furs  than  with 
any  other.  The  early  caught  will  turn  blue  and 
"speak  for  themselves,"  as  a  rule.  Opossum  is  an 
exception  and  even  when  caught  early  and  with  little 
or  nO'  fur,  the  pelt  may  appear  prime.  With  ''springy" 
furs  you  will  have  more  or  less  trouble  from  the  first 
of  February;  fox,  coyote,  wolves  may  be  rubbed,  coon 
and  skunk  are  shedding  and  also  become  thin  pelted; 
mink  are  shedding  and  have  lost  their  best  color.  When 
badly  rubbed  or  shedding  it  is  easy  to  tell,  but  with  furs 
that  have  only  begun  to  shed  is  where  the  inexperienced 
lose  out.  During  the  spring  months,  nine  times  out  of 
ten',  the  market  is  a  declining  one  and  in  addition  to  furs 
being  graded  hard,  prices  generally  tend  lower  each  week. 
The  water  animals  —  otter,  beaver,  muskrat  are  at  their 
best  during  the  spring  months  and  as  a  rule  do  not  de- 
cline at  this  season  of  the  year  like  the  land  animals. 
Bear  is  another  animal  whose  fur  is  best  during  the 
spring  months  and  even  into  June  in  the  northern  local- 
ities. 

Trappers  and  fur  catchers  often  have  poor  memories 
and  some  deliberately  lie  as  to  time  a  certain  pelt  or  pelts 
were  caught.  A  buyer  that  has  had  much  experience 
can  tell  pretty  close  to  the  date.     Suppose  it  is  early  in 


Buying  and  Selling. 


97 


98  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

December  that  a  buyer  is  looking  at  a  trapper's  or  fur 
hunter's  catch.  Certain  skins  are  blue  indicating  that 
they  have  been  caught  for  weeks  —  probably  latter  part 
of  October.  The  buyer  calls  attention  to  these  skins, 
saying  they  are  early  caught.  While  the  fur  owner  need 
not  tell  when  caught  they  are  pretty  apt  to  say  that  the 
first  pelt  was  taken  on  a  certain  night  only  a  week  or 
two  before.  The  experienced  buyer  knows  better  and  if 
a  good  trader  generally  buys  the  furs  graded  down  to 
where  they  belong.  It  is  not  advisable  to  dispute  date 
that  the  owner  says  they  were  caught  but  show  him  the 
defects. 

During  my  first  years  at  buying  I  recall  the  follow- 
ing: On  October  9th  I  had  some  business  in  a  little 
town  some  fifteen  miles  away.  Some  five  miles  before 
reaching  the  village  I  passed  a  house  where  a  medium 
coon  and  skunk  skin  (both  fresh)  were  stretched  and 
hung  up  to  dry  under  a  shed.  About  five  weeks  later, 
when  I  had  begun  to  buy  furs,  I  called  on  the  party  where 
I  had  seen  the  two  skins.  He  had  those  two  and  several 
others  as  well  which  had  been  caught  since.  The  coon 
was  graded  to  No.  3  and  the  skunk,  which  was  a  short 
stripe,  to  No.  3.  The  owner  wanted  those  skins  to  grade 
better.  I  told  him  that  I  presumed  they  had  been  caught 
about  October  10.  (I  was  pretty  sure  they  had  been 
caught  on  the  night  of  the  8th).  Oh,  no!  he  replied, 
there  is  not  a  skin  here  that  was  caught  until  after  No- 
vember I. 

I  took  the  two  skins  and  laid  them  by  some  recently 
caught  and  had  no  trouble  in  buying  them  graded  where 
they  belonged. 


Buying  and  Selling.  99 

Throughout  the  Central  West  and  Northwest  trading 
in  dealer's  lots  is  usually  flat,  regardless  of  size  or  color, 
also  allowing  a  small  per  cent  of  blue  pelts  on  such 
articles  as  skunk,  civet,  opossum,  coyote,  wildcat,  musk- 
rat  and  ermine.  Higher  priced  furs  such  as  mink,  fox, 
raccoon,  otter,  beaver,  marten,  etc.,  are  graded  first  as 
to  primeness  of  pelt,  then  as  to  size,  grading  into  three 
sizes — ^  large,  medium,  small.  The  prime  skins  are  as- 
sorted separate  from  the  unprime. 

In  the  states  of  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Iowa,  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota,  Dakotas  and  other  parts  of  the  Northwest, 
skunk  are  practically  all  long  and  narrow  stripes  so  that 
a  buyer  soon  learns  how  an  original  lot  of  skunk  from  a 
certain  locality  will  grade  out. 

Sometimes  a  collector  can  profit  by  selling  skunk  to 
one  house,  mink  to  another,  fox  to  another,  rats  to  an- 
other, etc.  The  reason  for  so  doing  being,  that  the  re- 
spective wants  of  the  various  houses  or  taking  chances 
on  London  sales,  causes  them  to  give  a  liberal  assortment 
and  advanced  prices.  As  a  rule,  however,  it  is  policy  to 
sell  collections  in  original  lots,  that  is,  as  bought. 

Selling.  —  Some  may  ask  how  the  countfy^jur 
buyer  makes  any  money  after  spending  his  time  and  keep- 
ing a  team  or  an  auto  in  repair  while  he  drives  around 
over  rough  roads  and  pays  outside  prices  for  furs  coupled 
with  assortments  that  are  much  too  liberal. 

The  question  is  not  so  difficult  to  answer  as  may  be 
thought.  The  wise  collector  of  furs  keeps  accumulating 
until  he  has  a  large  bunch.  Representatives  of  strong 
fur  firms  are  out  and  hunting  for  good  sized  collections 
and  he  who  buys  a  lot  of  seyeral  hundred  dollars'  worth 


loo  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

does  not  expect  to  secure  it  at  actual  quotations.  He 
either  offers  special  prices  or  if  not  able  to  do  that,  as- 
sorts the  lot  in  a  most  liberal  way  and  after  figuring  up 
at  his  limits,  frequently  adds  5%  or  more  to  his  figures. 

The  shrewd  country  buyer  keeps  account  of  all  his 
purchases  so  that  his  book  shows  him  at  all  times  what 
he  has  paid  out  to  the  cent  and  the  exact  number  of  furs 
on  hand  of  every  kind.  When  he  comes  to  sell  he 
prompts  the  visiting  buyer  when  he  sees  any  sign  of 
failing  to  be  liberal  in  grading.  Considerable  bluffing 
enters  into  the  transaction  and  if  he  finally  sells,  you  can 
safely  wager  that  with  liberal  grading  and  percentage 
added  he  has  secured  the  last  dollar  that  gab,  bombast, 
feigned  independence  and  indifference  could  achieve. 

Bluff,  banter  and  an  independent  mien  and  some- 
times deceit  is  practiced  and  every  trump  card  played  to 
induce  the  traveling  raw  fur  buyer  to  write  a  bigger 
check  than  the  lot  is  worth. 

When  the  deal  has  been  made  and  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  country  buyer  who  sold,  can  you  not  see  how  he 
makes  some  profit,  regardless  of  his  liberality  when  he 
bought  of  the  trappers  ? 

To  be  lofty,  arbitrary  and  dignified  is  a  leading  char- 
acteristic in  the  experienced  local  raw  fur  collector  when 
he  tries  to  sell  his  holdings  if  the  market  has  been  excited 
or  advancing  and  traveling  buyers  are  numerous.  He 
is  often  too  shrewd  to  commit  himself  in  any  way.  If 
asked  how  much  it  will  take  to  buy  his  collection  he  will 
not  set  a  price  for  fear  he  will  not  ask  enough.  He 
merely  answers,  ''Go  ahead  and  look  at  It  and  give  me 


Buying  and  Selling.  ioi 

your  offer  and  I'll  tell  you  mighty  quick  whether  you  get 
it  or  not." 

When  the  offer  is  made,  if  it  happens  to  be  more 
than  he  expected,  he  conceals  his  surprise  and  putting  on 
a  look  of  disappointment  mingled  with  contempt  for  the 
agent  and  his  small  offer,  demands  a  figure  considerably 
above  the  offer.  If  the  goods  are  nice  and  furs  are  in 
good  demand,  the  owner  frequently  succeeds  in  securing 
a  compromise,  or  split,  between  the  high  figure  demanded 
and  the  original  offer.  Such  an  excess  over  valuation  as 
this,  when  obtained,  is  all  clear  gain;  we  may  say  and 
rightly,  that  it  is  a  gift  and  unearned. 

Fur  buying  is  largely  a  gamble  and  selling  full  of 
bluff  as  a  game  of  poker,  under  a  condition  of  high 
prices  and  an  advancing  market.  When  important  fur 
markets  of  the  world  have  been  lost  by  a  great  war  or 
business  depression  or  unseasonably  warm  weather  has 
occurred,  then  all  confidence  and  independence  and  bluff 
formerly  accompanying  the  selling  of  furs,  is  not  seen. 

This  chapter  is  intended  to  show  up  some  of  the 
methods  practiced  in  fur  buying  and  selling  not  often 
mentioned.  It  is  to  reveal  the  strife  among  competing 
buyers  and  the  length  to  which  some  go  who  are  greedy 
and  make  the  handling  of  raw  furs  not  only  a  speculation 
but  a  gamble  as  well. 

We  can  hardly  brand  it  as  dishonest  to  sell  our  furs 
as  high  as  possible  so  long  as  deceit  is  not  practiced.  The 
trapper  gets  liberal  assort  and  outside  prices  from  us  and 
we  feel  that  we  must  sell  in  the  same  way  to  get  any 
pay  for  our  trouble. 

The  most  money  is  made  on  furs,  as  a  rule,  when 
prices  start  moderately  low  at  the  beginning  of  the  raw 


I02 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide, 


i!:'^ 


Q 
< 


'"  --{iB-J'-'' 

^ 

'         '   '-l'-ft,.%;' 

W 

<,-4>,i-:i'  'tKfi^ 

M 

SlP-':  > 

i:|-i': 

^ 

■¥'3'5  :,  ■             '  t 

P 

:3||S;£:^v 

-^  ^■■l- 

fSi'M;:'!  t-'f- 

1— 1 

'    .'¥'?''''''Sti:,'-''V 

IllliP*'*-;.        '""' 

.:**i:: 

,!^^'  , 

WS:iM'':t-i~-,:  f     ■  '"•'>■ 

l^^^^ag; 

:.,.#*■:•. 

f^ii 

--■-■;■!  ■: 

ff** 

:#l|pp«^p- ?  :^--- 

:i^ 

1' 

>          ? 

Buying  and  Selling.  103 

fur  season.  If  prices  are  low  or  even  conservative,  the 
chances  of  prices  advancing  while  goods  are  on  your 
hands,  are  far  better  than  when  prices  paid  were  high. 
As  prices  usually  do  start  at  moderate  figures  and  ad- 
vance slowly  for  a  few  weeks,  the  bulk  of  profits  secured 
for  a  season  are  made  before  the  holidays  or  at  the  first 
big  "clean  up." 

Early  Collections.  —  The  continual  rise  of  prices 
renders  a  collection  more  valuable  each  day  and  piles  up 
the  profits.  Another  way  that  money  is  made  on  autumn 
furs  is  that  some  skins  purchased  as  No.  2's  or  blue 
pelts,  sell  for  prime  or  No.  i,  because  they  were  not  suffi- 
ciently unprime  to  be  readily  noticed  by  the  big  dealer 
while  hurriedly  assorting.  In  order  to  please  the  fur 
owner  he  also  makes  every  slightly  unprime  skin  a  No.  i 
that  he  dares  and  not  get  called  down  too  hard  by  his 
employers. 

In  certain  years  mink  which  were  purchased  in  No- 
vember at  a  fair  price  have  sold  at  one  dollar  rise  each 
per  skin  six  weeks  later.  This  is  a  good  fat  profit  for  the 
country  buyer  and  covers  all  unwise  and  overly  liberal 
deals  he  has  made  and  leaves  a  good  margin  of  profit 
besides. 

After  mid-winter  when  mink  are  becoming  lighter  in 
color  and  no  further  rise  in  prices  can  be  expected,  there 
is  practically  no  room  for  speculation  and  profits  are 
generally  small.  What  I  wish  to  impress  upon  the  buyer 
is,  that  he  should  endeavor  to  collect  all  the  furs  he  pos- 
sibly can,  just  as  soon  as  the  trapper  has  accumulated  a 
bunch  and  will  sell  during  November  and  the  first  half 


% 


I04  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

of  December.  Then  prices  are  often  the  lowest  of  the 
season  and  fall  collections  are  the  heaviest. 

When  the  fall  and  early  winter  catch  has  been  made 
and  sold,  the  catch  after  that  is  much  smaller  and  in 
some  sections  there  will  hardly  any  be  caught  because 
they  do  not  exist.  In  cold  regions  winter  largely  curtails 
the  trapper  and  fur  hunter's  movements. 

So  if  you  are  going  to  buy  furs,  get  out  after  them 
early  and  travel  fast  and  work  hard.  You  can  rest  a 
plenty  a  few  weeks  later.  No  matter  how  much  capital 
you  may  have,  it  will  be  useless  when  your  competitors 
have  picked  up  part  of  the  furs  and  the  boys  have  shipped 
the  rest. 

Furs  Brought  In.  —  After  you  have  become  estab- 
lished as  a  buyer,  some  furs  will  be  brought  to  you. 
Then  is  when  opportunities  will  come  to  buy  for  what 
furs  are  worth.  Not  in  all  cases,  for  some  fur  owners 
drive  the  hardest  kind  of  a  bargain  always.  But  as  a  gen- 
eral rule,  you  can  buy  furs  or  anything  else  nearer  to 
what  it  is  worth,  when  it  comes  to  you,  than  when  you 
are  obliged  to  go  after  it.  When  you  drum  up  trade, 
he  who  owns  the  goods,  thinks  you  are  anxious  to  have 
furs  in  your  possession  and  so  acts  independent  to  get  a 
big  price. 

If  you  live  in  the  colder  latitudes  a  good  many  skins 
will  come  in  green  and  frozen  which  must  be  thawed  and 
placed  on  boards.  Sometimes  mink  are  brought  in  un- 
skinned  and  frozen.  These  should  be  bought  at  a  price 
low  enough  to  pay  you  well  for  thawing  out  and  skin- 
ning. Usually  the  owner  expects  such  deduction  will  be 
made. 


Buying  and  Selling.  105 

You  will  find  cases  where  you  can  never  buy  at  a 
reasonable  price  from  certain  individuals.  They  seem  to 
want  it  all,  market  price  and  profits,  too.  Some  buyers 
steer  clear  of  the  inordinately  greedy  fur  owner.  It 
does  not  pay  to  banter  half  a  day  or  more  and  not  trade 
or  else  make  a  bad  deal.  There  are  other  instances  where 
too  big  demands  are  made  because  the  fur  holder  is  not 
ready  to  sell.  Where  this  sort  of  fellow  exists  do  not 
crowd  him.  Make  your  offer  and  then  let  him  alone  for 
a  few  days.  He  must  sell  somewhere  and  you  do  not 
want  the  fur  if  it  can  not  be  bought  right.  Every  week 
that  he  holds  his  unprime  furs  they  will  look  worse  and 
more  unprime  and  presently  he  comes  across  and  informs 
you  that  you  can  have  that  fur  now  at  the  price  you 
made  him  some  days  ago. 

Now  and  then  a  pelt  will  be  found  that  although 
primcy  has  no  fur.  Either  mange  or  some  obscure  ail- 
ment has  weakened  the  victim  so  that  there  was  not  suffi- 
cient strength  to  produce  the  winter  coat.  Such  a  pelt 
is  worthless.  Some  skins  are  offered  that  have  been 
badly  bitten  by  dogs  or  thickly  peppered  with  shot.  Such 
damaged  furs  must  be  bought  according  to  how  much 
damaged.  A  mink  with  head  and  shoulders  shot  away  is 
termed  a  "piece"  at  raw  fur  centers  and  the  returns  sel- 
dom exceed  a  dollar. 

Shipping.  —  There  are  certain  times  when  traveling 
fur  buyers  keep  off  the  road  —  when  the  market  is  in  bad 
shape  or  the  country  rather  bare  of  fur  collections.  Then 
you  may  find  it  necessary  to  select  some  good  fur  firm 
and  ship  your  collection.  But  by  all  odds  it  is  preferable 
and  most  profitable  to  sell  large  lots  to  a  traveling  buyer 


io6 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


whose  prices  and  assortments  are  satisfactory  when  he 
visits  you  at  your  home. 

If  you  ship,  keep  flesh-out  pelts  together  and  those 
fur-out  together,  mink  and  other  small  skins  should  be 


TWO    LYNX,    RED   AND   CROSS   FOX   PELTS. 

(1)     Lynx,   nose  to  tail,   40;  greatest  width,   10^/^;  shoulders,   9  inches. 
(2)     Lynx,    nose    to    tail,    38;    greatest    width,    10%;    shoulders,    9    inches. 

(3)  Cross  fox,   large,   length  nose  to   root  of  tail,   39;   greatest  width, 
9%;     shoulders,    8    inches. 

(4)  Red   fox,    large,    length   nose  to   root  of  tail,   41;  greatest  width, 
9^4;    shoulders,    8    inches. 

packed  in  bundles  of  six  to  a  dozen  and  tied  together. 
It  is  also  well  to  wrap  them  in  a  strong  paper  before 
sacking  them.  Shipments  should  fit  the  sack  snug  so 
that  there  is  no  tumbling  around  when  the  sack  is  handled. 
If  the  sack  is  too  large,  rip  it  from  top  to  bottom,  lap  it 


Buying  and  Selling.  107 

about  your  package  snug  and  sew  it  with  sack  needle  and 
sack  twine.  Place  your  name  and  address  on  a  tag  or 
card  and  put  inside  your  furs  besides  the  tag  attached 
outside  after  being  sewed  up.  Always  write  a  letter  and 
send  when  you  ship  notifying  the  receiver  of  your  ship- 
ment and  state  the  number  of  skins  contained  in  it  of 
each  kind,  also  state  if  you  want  your  goods  to  be  kept 
separate  from  other  furs  until  you  accept  or  reject  their 
offer. 

Never  crowd  valuable  skins  into  a  sack  with  other 
furs,  for  when  rumpled  and  doubled  up  any  way  to  get 
them  in,  they  arrive  at  destination  mussed  and  wrinkled 
and  such  a  shipper  does  not  receive  the  best  returns.  We 
must  bear  in  mind  that  attractive  appearances  count  as 
much  in  selling  furs  as  does  intrinsic  worth  and  this 
holds  true  in  all  our  dealings  and  in  social  life. 

In  some  raw  fur  seasons  conditions  are  such  that  in- 
dications point  to  higher  prices  later  on.  Do  dealers  and 
exporters  in  the  fur  centers  tell  in  their  circulars  and 
price  lists  to  hold  collection  or  do  they  urge  you  to  ship 
at  once?  Many  dealers  seem  to  think  that  not  only  the 
trapper  but  small  collectors  as  well,  are  in  business  to 
enable  them  (the  dealer)  to  get  rich. 

If  furs  are  to  be  higher  later  in  the  season  it  is  per- 
fectly right  for  the  trapper  and  country  fur  buyer  to  hold 
and  sell  when  the  market  is  higher.  Of  course,  no  one 
absolutely  knows  the  future  of  the  market  but  during 
years  when  business  in  general  is  normal  they  can  form 
a  pretty  fair  idea.  Occasionally  a  dealer  takes  a  chance 
and  buys  on  an  anticipated  advance  which  does  not  come, 


io8  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

but  usually  prices  and  information  sent  are  made  up  for 
the  sende/s  benefit  and  not  the  seller's. 

Exporting.  —  Now  and  then  a  country  collector 
gets  the  idea  that  there  is  more  money  made  by  exporting 
than  to  sell  to  either  a  traveling  buyer  or  ship.  Occa- 
sionally the  exporter  does  well,  but  there  is  an  old  saying, 
"Export  all  your  furs  and  go  broke."  The  charge  of 
London  commission  merchants  is  6%  to  sell,  besides  the 
expense  of  insurance,  handling  and  freight  or  express  so 
that  on  light  furs  it  costs  about  io%  while  on  heavy  and 
cheaper  goods,  such  as  beaver,  otter,  coon,  skunk,  opos- 
sum, bear  the  cost  may  be  as  much  as  12  to  15%  from 
some  points. 

If  the  market  is  at  all  active  just  before  closing  dates 
for  goods  to  be  shipped  for  the  winter  sales,  dealers  and 
exporters  generally  "buck"  one  another  so  thai  the  seller 
is  able  to  get  all  his  goods  are  worth.  This  is  supposing 
that  he  has  a  large  lot  on  hand  and  traveling  buyers 
visit  him,  or  that  he  has  been  in  business  long  enough  to 
know  the  best  houses  to  send  furs  to. 

Some  Canadian  wholesale  houses  in  Victoria,  Van- 
couver, Winnipeg,  etc.,  make  a  practice  of  receiving  furs 
for  sale  on  5%  commission.  On  receiving  one  or  more 
lots  they  notify  all  buyers  in  the  city  that  they  will  receive 
bids  on  a  certain  date.  In  this  way,  when  the  market  is 
active,  the  seller  gets  full  value  which,  after  deducting 
commission,  means  more  money  than  consigning,  accord- 
ing to  certain  large  trappers  and  small  collectors.  Of 
course  only  lots  of  some  size  (at  least  $100)  can  be 
handled  to  best  advantage. 


Buying  and  Selling.  109 

There  are  many  good  firms  in  the  larger  Canadian 
cities  that  treat  shippers  fairly,  but  like  handlers  of  furs 
on  this  side  of  the  boundary,  there  are  those  who  do  not 
treat  shippers  as  they  should. 

World's  Catch.  —  The  value  of  the  world's  catch 
of  raw  furs  is  around  $100,000,000,  based  on  estimates 
made  by  Mr,  Brass,  who  devoted  considerable  time  to 
gathering  statistics.  According  to  his  figures  the  yearly 
value,  based  on  three  years  —  1907,  1908  and  1909  —  was 
as  follows : 

North  America,  about $24,000,000 

South  America,  about 2,000,000 

Australia,  about   6,000,000 

Europe,  about   24,000,000 

Africa,    about    2,000,000 

Asia,  about  26,000,000 

According  to  the  same  authority  the  yearly  catch  of 
the  various  fur  animals  in  North  America  for  1907,  1908 
and  1909  averaged  as  follows : 

Muskrat    or    musquash 8,000,000 

Skunk    1,500,000 

Opossum    1,000,000 

Mink    600,000 

Raccoon    600,000 

Fox,  red   200,000 

Fox,  gray   50,000 

Fox,  white   30,000 

Fox,  cross   15,000 

Fox,  blue   6,000 

Fox,  silver   4,000 

Fox,  kit    4,000 

Weasel  (Ermine)    400,000 

Marten    120,000 


no  R  Bu\ 

Civet   Cat    100,000 

Lynx  and  Wild  cat 90,000 

House   Cat   80,000 

Beaver    80,000 

Prairie  Wolf   40,000 

Timber  Wolf  -. .  8,000 

Otter    30,000 

Badger    30,000 

Bear,  Black  20,000 

Bear,   Brown    8,000 

Bear,  Grizzly   1,200 

Bear,    White    400 

Fisher    10,000 

Wolverine    ■ 3,000 

The  approximate  average  of  the  world's  production 
yearly  for  the  three  years,  1907,  1908  and  1909,  exclusive 
of  skins  used  by  the  natives,  hunters  and  trappers  for 
supplying  their  own  needs,  was  as  follows : 

Bears  —  Wihite.  Polar  regions,  Asia  and  Europe, 
600;  America,  400.  Grizzly,  American,  1,200.  Brown, 
American,  2,000;  Asia,  6,000.  Black,  American,  20,000; 
Asia,  1,000.    Common  Brown,  Asia,  3,000;  Europe,  2,000. 

Beaver.  American,  80,000;  Asia,  1,000;  Europe,  a 
few  skins  only. 

Nutria.    South  America,  1,000,000. 

MusKRAT.    America,  about  8,000,000;  Russia,  3,000. 

Chinchilla.  South  America  (Peru  and  Bolivia) 
12,000.  Bastard  Chinchilla,  Bolivia,  3,000;  Chili,  (South 
America)  25,000. 

Badger.  Europe,  100,000;  America,  30,000;  Asia, 
Japan  and  China,  30,000. 

Squirrel.  Siberia,  15,000,000;  China,  500,000. 
Squirrel-Tails,  Siberia,  73  tons ;  China,  2  tons. 


bELLIlS  III 

Fox  —  Red.  North  America,  200,000 ;  Siberia,  60,- 
000;  Russia,  150,000;  Mongolia,  China  and  Japan,  50,- 
000;  Australia,  30,000;  Western  and  Central  Asia,  50,- 
000;  Norway,  25,000;  Germany,  250,000;  other  Euro- 
pean countries,  350,000.  Karganer  Fox,  Siberia  and  Cen- 
tral Asia,  150,000.  Cross  Fox,  America,  15,000;  Siberia, 
3,000.  Gray  Fox,  North  America,  50,000.  Kit  Fox, 
North  America,  4,000;  Central  Asia,  60,000.  White  Fox, 
Asia,  70,000;  America,  30,000;  Europe,  5,000.  Blue 
Fox,  America,  6,000;  Siberia,  4,000;  Northern  Europe, 
1,000.  Silver  Fox,  America,  4,000;  Siberia,  300.  Japan 
Fox  (raccoon  dog),  Japan,  80,000;  China,  150,000;  Ko- 
rea, 30,000.  South  American  Foxes,  Pampas  Fox  and 
Patagonian  Fox,  total  about  15,000. 

Hamster.  Germany,  2,000,000;  Austria-Hungary, 
250,000. 

Hares  —  Polar.  Siberia,  about  5,000,000;  North 
America,  200,000. 

Weasel  (Ermine).  American,  400,000;  Siberia, 
700,000;  Europe,  10,000. 

Polecat  (not  Skunk  or  Civet  Cat).  Germany,  60,- 
000;  Russia  and  Siberia,  150,000;  other  European  coun- 
tries, 80,000. 

Fisher  (Pekan).    America,  io,oco. 

Rabbit,  Coney.  France,  30,000,000;  Belgium,  20,- 
000,000;  Germany,  500,000;  Galicia  and  Russia,  1,000,- 
000;  Australia,  20,000,000. 

House  Cat.  —  Germany,  120,000;  Holland,  200,000; 
Russia,  300,000;  other  European  countries,  150,000;  Asia, 
China  and  Japan,  150,000;  America,  80,000. 


112  Fur  Buyers    Guide. 

Kolinsky.  Siberia,  150,000;  Manchuria^  50,000; 
China  (weasel)  500,000;  Japan  (mink)  200,000. 

Lynx  and  Gray  Wildcat.  America,  90,000;  Asia, 
30,000;  Europe,  10,000.  Wildcat  (other  than  gray) 
South  America,  10,000;  Asia,  40,000;  Europe  and  West- 
ern Asia,  10,000. 

Marten  —  Hudson  Bay  Marten  or  Sable.  America, 
120,000;  Siberia,  70,000;  China,  20,000;  Japan,  5,000. 
Baum  Marten,  Europe,  180,000;  Northern  Asia,  30,000. 
Stone  Marten,  Europe,  350,000;  Northern  Asia,  30,000. 

Marmot.    Asia,  4,550,000;  America,  30,000. 

Mink.  North  America,  600,000;  Russia  and  Siberia, 
about  40,000;  Europe,  a  few. 

Otter,  Land.  America,  30,000;  Asia,  55,000;  South 
America,  5,000;  Africa,  500;  Europe,  30,000.  Otter, 
Sea,  Northern  Pacific,  400. 

Opossum..    Australia,  4,000,000;  America,  1,000,000. 

Persian  and  Black  Lambskins.  Central  Asia, 
Persians,  1,500,000;  Broadtails,  100,000;  Russia  and  Cen- 
tral Asia,  Astrakhan,  1,000,000;  Crimean,  60,000;  Schiras 
and  salted  skins,  200,000. 

Raccoon.    North  America,  600,000. 

Fur  Seals.  Alaska,  Northern  and  Southern  waters, 
68,000. 

Skunk.  North  America,  1,500,000;  South  America, 
5,000. 

Civet  Cat.     North  America,  100,000. 

Wolverine.  North  America,  3,000;  Siberia,  4,000; 
Europe,  1,000. 

Wolf  —  Timber.     America,  8,000.     Wolf,  Prairie, 


\ 

Buying  and  Selling.  113 

America,  40,000;  Siberia,  10,000;  China,  5,000;  Central 
Asia  and  Russia,  6,000;  Europe,  1,000. 

These  figures  are  given  for  what  they  may  be  worth 
although  it  is  well  known  that  many  species  during  recent 
years  have  been  hunted  and  trapped  so  closely  in  various 
parts  of  the  world  that  the  annual  supply  is  much  less 
today.  In  fact  some,  such  as  grizzly  bear  and  sea  otter, 
are  practically  extinct.  Muskrat,  skunk,  civet  cat  and 
raccoon  are  found  in  America  only  and  nearly  all  mink 
and  beaver  as  well  are  caught  here,  should  be  kept  in 
mind  by  buyers  and  dealers. 

The  rise  and  fall  in  value  of  certain  furs,  owing  to 
the  demand  or  fashion  fancies,  is  in  reality  best  for  the 
trade.  To  illustrate,  take  mink  which  was  a  fashionable 
fur  from  1906  to  1912  but  gradually  lost  out  and  the 
price  in  19.14,  even  before  the  war  began,  was  less  than 
half  of  a  few  years  previous.  By  1910  and  191 1  trap- 
pers began  complaining  that  mink  were  getting  very 
scarce.  True,  as  no  animal  can  long  hold  its  numbers 
if  persistently  hunted  and  trapped. 

^  When  black  furs  are  in  fashion,  the  brown  and  white 
fur  bearing  animals  are  not  so  persistently  trapped ;  if 
brown  are  in  demand,  then  black  and  white  are  not  so 
closely  trapped;  if  white  are  in  vogue,  then  black  and 
brown  are  not  so  high  and  are  trapped  less. 

The  Hudson  Bay  Company,  when  they  had  little  or 
no  competition,  had  the  keeping  up  of  the  supply  well  ni 
hand.  If  a  certain  fur  bearer  was  becoming  scarce,  or 
too  closely  trapped,  price  was  reduced  on  that  article. 
After  two  or  three  years,  or  when  the  animal  had  in- 
creased, prices  were  advanced. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

SPECULATING. 

CHE  smallest  speculator  in  raw  furs  is  the  trapper 
who  can  muster  a  few  dollars  and  invest  them  in 
furs  which  he  usually  adds  to  his  own  catch  and 
sells  them  together.  The  caught  furs  generally 
pan  out  all  right  but  the  bought  ones  may  lose  him  a  part 
of  his  money  unless  he  understands  grading  properly. 
If  the  little  dabbler  in  furs  with  from  twenty- five  to  one 
hundred  dollars  capital  loses  ten  or  fifteen  dollars,  it 
hurts  him  just  as  bad  in  proportion  as  a  loss  of  thousands 
by  the  big  capitalist  dealer  in  furs.  There  are  hundreds 
of  small  irregular  speculators  in  raw  furs.  Some  make 
a  collection  every  season  except  when  the  outlook  to  make 
money  is  exceptionally  bad. 

When  furs  are  in  strong  demand  some  of  these 
small  speculators  plunge  into  the  buying  field  and  put  on 
prices  of  their  own,  regardless  of  quotations  and  give  an 
assortment  so  out  of  reason  in  liberality  that  they  can 
never  hope  to  get  their  money  back.  The  only  way  that 
they  do  see  their  money  again  is  when  they  happen  to 
sell  to  some  reckless  buyer  who  is  determined  to  secure 
furs  at  some  price.  Such  buying  as  this  comes  under 
the  head  of  ''Wild  Speculation." 

Practically  all  country  buyers  are  speculators.  Some 
of  them  have  considerable  capital  at  their  command  and 

(114) 


Speculati 


NG. 


115 


M 

c 

^ 

r 

>^ 

H 

!^ 

C 

w 

1— 1 

n 
w 

0 

1— 1 

^^ 

d 

H  J^ 

ffi 

(/) 

W 

C/2 

^ 
N 

H 

H 

^^ 

00 

^ 

> 

W 

W  K| 

H 

1— 1 

n 

K 

r 

> 

w 

(/2 

rn 

w 

1 

M 

C 

C/2 

g 

W 

> 

> 

0 

H 

K 

> 

> 

d 

0 

^ 

r 
0 

W 

Cfi 

t— 1 

H 

H 

W  td 

k; 

> 

o 


ii6  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

under  normal  conditions  make  a  raw  fur  collection  just 
as  large  as  they  can  pay  for,  before  they  will  sell  or  con- 
sider any  offers  on  their  holdings.  There  are  two  objects 
in  holding  furs  a  reasonable  length  of  time.  One  is  to 
rec^ve  all  the  benefits  of  an  advancing  market  and  the 
othe:r  is  to  acquire  a  good  sized  lot  before  selling  for  the 
reason  that  important  buyers  will  bid  stronger  on  a  large 
collection  of  furs  than  they  will  on  a  small  one. 

The  established  dealer  in  town  who  handles  wool 
hides,  pelts,  tallow,  raw  furs  and  roots  can  not  really  be 
termed  a  speculator.  He  buys  according  to  conservative 
quotations  and  such  furs  as  are  offered  that  are  held  at 
too  high  a  price  for  present  profit,  he  lets  pass  on  to  sonip 
one  else.  There  are  exceptions  to  the  foregoing  when 
the  fur  buying  excitement  in  its  contagion  spreads  and 
overwhelms  the  local  dealer  as  well.  Becoming  affected 
by  it  similar  to  the  frenzied  special  fur  buyer,  the  former 
well  rooted,  steady-going,  business  man  gets  out  of  his 
rut  and  goes  after  the  furs,  instead  of  waiting  for  them 
to  come  along  in  little  dribs  when  the  country  buyer  has 
happened  to  miss  a  few  scattering  lots. 

The  local  hide  man  now  makes  a  discovery.  He 
finds  that  it  is  more  difficult  to  buy  furs  at  a  reasonable 
price  when  you  seek  the  owner  at  his  home  or  camp  than 
when  he  brings  them  in  voluntarily.  He  thinks  right 
away  that  the  market  must  be  booming  or  Brown,  the 
dealer,  would  not  come  out  from  town  and  try  to  buy 
them.  This  feature,  combined  with  the  purchases  of  Mr, 
Country  Buyer  near  by,  the  prices  he  paid  and  is  paying 
and  standing  offers  he  has  left  all  along,  makes  a  pretty 
poor  condition  for  the  late  comer.     But  Brown  is  an  ag- 


Speculating.  117 

gressive  man  when  aroused  and  he  sa)/s,  "I've  got  just 
as  much  money  as  your  wild-eyed  Country  Buyer.  I'll 
give  you  so  much  more  than  his  offer." 

Brown  picks  up  some  furs  in  competition  with  the 
mad  crowd  at  prices  and  on  such  assortments  as  to  make 
the  outlook  for  profits  rather  dubious.  This  local  buyer 
usually  picks  up  furs  as  they  come  along-  and  considers 
them  a  sort  of  side  line  to  his  general  business.  He  sells 
regularly,  let  the  profits  be  what  they  will ;  he  does  not 
haggle  and  drive  hard  bargains  or  hold  auction  sales. 
But  now  that  he  has  accumulated  a  bunch  of  furs  that 
are  far  more  costly  than  common,  he  decides  to  hold  them 
awhile,  hoping  for  a  still  higher  plane  of  prices  and  in 
this  resolve  he  also  becomes  a  speculator. 

The  many  junk  dealers  throughout  the  country  are 
largely  handlers  of  furs,  to  some  extent,  but  unless  mak- 
ing special  effort  to  make  large  collections  of  furs  in  com- 
petition with  other  buying  forces,  can  not  be  termed  spec- 
ulators. 

In  years  when  furs  are  in  good  demand  the  little 
cross  roads  buyer  is  soon  relieved  of  the  few  skins  he  has 
accumulated  when  the  big  country  buyer  comes  along. 
If  the  owner  of  a  few  furs  could  hold  them  for  a  few 
weeks,  they  would  often  sell  for  more  money,  but  unfor- 
tunately the  money  is  needed  immediately  in  most  cases 
and  the  furs  must  be  sold  for  what  they  will  command 
as  soon  as  dry  enough  to  market. 

The  large  country  buyer  makes  this  his  opportunity. 
He  buys  early  of  those  who  must  sell  and  his  greatest 
profit  is  made  on  the  rise  of  furs  purchased  while  prices 
are  moderate.    It  requires  money  to  buy  furs  and  a  large 


ii8  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

amount  of  it,  to  secure  a  small  quantity,  when  the  prices 
are  high.  The  country  buyer  may  possess  considerable 
cash  capital  and  yet  if  he  is  a  good  buyer  and  attempts 
to  handle  comparatively  large  lots,  his  capital  will  soon 
be  tied  up.  If  he  is  confident  that  it  will  be  a  good  sea- 
son to  make  money,  he  is  prompted  to  borrow  money.  A 
buyer  of  responsibility  who  can  give  security  sometimes 
borrows  $3,000  or  $4,000  for  three  months  or  more  as  he 
sees  a  need  of  it.  With  interest  to  pay  on  such  a  sum, 
which  is  high  for  a  short  time  loan,  and  being  compelled 
to  compete  with  other  buyers,  grant  the  most  liberal  as- 
sortments, pay  top  notch  prices,  it  may  be  wondered  how 
he  can  make  any  money. 

One  way  in  which  profits  may  be  realized  has  been 
mentioned;  that  of  buying  the  bulk  of  a  collection  early 
before  excitement  has  raised  values  to  the  limit.  The  re- 
maining way  is  his  policy  of  selling  out  on  competitive 
bids,  whereby  he  endeavors  to  work  the  prospective  buy- 
ers up  to  an  unnatural  degree  of  eagerness  that  may 
cause  them  to  temporarily  lose  their  heads.  As  an  in- 
stance of  what  strife  between  buyers  will  amount  to  when 
bidding  on  a  good  sized  bunch  of  furs,  we  remember  one 
case  where  the  low  bid  was  $1,350;  $1,650  was  finally 
paid,  $300  more  or  22  per  cent  added  to  the  lowest  offer, 
which  was  a  fair  price  in  itself. 

When  furs  are  bought  at  highest  market  prices  and 
under  extremely  liberal  assortments,  10  per  cent  is  a  big 
addition  and  if  any  money  is  to  be  made  at  the  time,  3  to 
5  per  cent  is  enough  to  add  to  the  actual  figures.  The 
reason  that  big  percentages  are  added  to  actual  values  is 
that  competition  compels  it.     And  then  there  always  ex- 


Speculating.  119 


ists  that  fascinating  hope  of  an  advance  in  prices.  As- 
suming that  $1,350  represented  the  value  of  the  furs 
mentioned  and  at  that  price  would  yield  10  per  cent  profit, 
which  is  low  enough  estimate,  the  percentage  put  on  top 
of  this  by  the  one  who  secured  the  furs,  added  to  the 
probable  10  per  cent  profit  in  the  first  offer,  totals  32  per 
cent,  $384  profit  on  an  investment  of  about  $1,200.  It 
caused  the  buyer  to  remark  exultantly,  "I  made  money 
like  hay  that  time." 

But  the  country  buyer  works  hard.  He  makes  long 
drives  in  the  cold,  often  goes  without  meals  and  gets 
home  long  after  dark  and  has  a  lot  of  furs  to  fix  up  be- 
fore he  can  retire  for  the  night. 

Whether  the  large  fur  firms  are  speculators  depends 
upon  what  disposal  they  make  of  their  collections.     If 
they  have  been  shippers  to  Europe,  entering  their  goods 
to  be  sold  at  auction,  we  may  say  they  are  speculators 
because  they  sell  on  the  chance  of  making  money.    There 
are  certain  large  buyers  of  raw  furs  who  never  enter  any 
goods  to  be  sold  at  the  auction  sales  in  Europe  or  else- 
where.    They  have  a  direct  outlet  to  the  manufacturing 
furriers  and  often  are  directly  interested  in  such  business. 
Such  firms  know  exactly  what  they  are  going  to  do  with 
their  furs  and  very  close  to  what  their  margin  of  profit 
will  be.     This  is  regular  business  and  can  not  be  called 
speculation. 

Such  fur  firms  often  purchase  large  lots  of  a  certaui 
kind  of  fur  from  those  concerns  who  buy  to  sell  agam 
in  the  raw  state.  The  article  wanted  may  be  skunk  and 
if  so,  certain  houses  who  hold  large  collections  are  com- 
municated with  in  a  quiet  or  round-about-way  so  as  not 


I20 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


^.2 


H 
O 

K 
H 

O 

W 

M 

H 
O 

I— I 
O 

I— I 

o 
o 

Pi 
W 
P 

< 

H 

W 
W 

Pi 
o 

P^ 
O 
H 

< 

U 

w 

Ph 
c/2 


ftpH 


UJ  .—I 


U3    03 

.2 

to     r^ 


°  In  t^ 

co-O  rt 
tn        « 

3  w  i; 
2  ""j: 


Spe^lating.  121 


.*,. 


to  awaken  suspicion  that  word  of  an  advance  in  prices 
has  been  received.  "What  do  you  ask  for  the  skunks  that 
you  have  on  hand  for  the  four  grades  ?"  is  about  the  way 
their  question  is  worded.  Sometimes  the  owners  do  not 
tare  to  sell  at  present  but  if  they  do,  the  price  they  make 
to  the  inquiring  firm  is  pretty  sure  to  be  above  the  market 
and  not  attractive  unless  a  compromise  can  be  made.  If 
a  price  is  agreed  upon,  it  is  usually  contingent  upon  being 
able  to  agree  upon  the  sort  of  grading  the  purchasers 
want. 

It  frequently  happens  that  speculators  get  caught 
with  considerable  quantities  of  furs  on  hand,  when  a  sud- 
den break  in  the  market  occurs.  Furs  may  really  be 
worth  no  less  but  manipulation  by  those  in  control  at  the 
main  trade  centers,  having  forced  prices  down,  all  the 
lesser  dealers  throughout  the  country  are  victims  of  such 
action.  Then  there  is  a  scramble  to  unload  as  quickly  as 
possible  before  prices  tumble  still  more.  Perhaps  no 
money  can  be  made  by  selling  at  this  time  and  is  not 
expected,  but  they  do  endeavor  to  get  out  whole  or  with 
the  least  possible  loss.  If  buyers  do  not  call,  they  are 
sent  for  and  the  worst  feature  in  selling  on  a  declining 
market  is  that  buyers  are  practically  all  alike.  Their 
prices  are  about  the  same  and  there  is  no  bidding  against 
each  other  nor  adding  on  percentages  and  every  buyer  is 
strict  in  grading.  If  traveling  buyers  are  kept  off  the 
road  by  their  respective  firms  the  only  recourse  is  to  ship 
the  fur  in  to  them  and  be  entirely  at  their  mercy. 

When  furs  are  in  demand,  buyers  are  numerous  and 
money  plentiful.  But  let  a  substantial  break  in  the  mar- 
ket come  and  all  that  great  array  of  formerly  anxious 


122 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


i; 


THE  SPECULATOR'S  RETURN  FROM  THE  NORTH  COUNTRY. 
TWENTY-TWO  SILVER  FOX  SKINS,  VALUE,  1915.  $4,000.00. 
NOT  A  VERY  PROFITABLE  RETURN  — THESE  SKINS  TWO 
YEARS  PREVIOUS  WOULD  HAVE  BROUGHT  ABOUT  $10,000.00. 


Speculating.  123 

speculators  fade  from  view  like  dew  before  a  July  sun. 
When  conditions  improve  they  all  flock  back  again  with 
a  good  many  new  ones  added  to  their  ranks  and  former 
reverses  are  forgotten. 

In  connection  with  speculating  in  furs,  we  feel  it 
necessary  to  observe  that  honesty  and  fair  dealing  does 
not  always  prevail  and  tricks  and  hocus  pocus  are  com- 
mon. As  proof  of  it  w^e  need  only  repeat  the  instructions 
of  a  large  raw  fur  house  to  each  of  its  buying  agents 
before  starting  out  on  the  road,  which  are  as  follows: 
"You  must  be  guided  at  all  times  by  your  own  judgment 
subject  to  our  instructions.  You  are  not  to  be  influenced 
one  iota  by  w^hat  a  fur  owner  tells  you  he  received  for  his 
last  lot  or  what  he  can  get  now.  You  will  sack  up  all 
furs  yourself  as  soon  as  purchased  and  see  that  the  count 
is  correct.  In  some  cases  it  will  not  do  to  leave  a  lot  of 
partly  assorted  furs  while  you  go  to  a  meal.  The  assort 
may  be  changed  in  your  absence,  or  some  inferior  grades 
substituted  for  a  portion  of  those  you  have  looked  at.  We 
'also  forbid  you  to  leave  a  lot  of  furs  you  have  purchased 
to  be  shipped  after  you  leave  town.  Your  drafts  are 
often  paid  before  the  goods  arrive  and  unless  you  attend 
to  shipping  them  yourself,  we  have  no  means  of  knowing 
whether  we  are  receiving  the  same  goods  you  bought  or 
not.  If  such  an  irregularity  in  the  deal  exists  or  there 
is  a  shortage  in  the  count,  there  is  no  redress.  Sack  all 
furs  purchased  at  once.  Sew  up  securely  and  attach  a 
tag  to  each  sack,  giving  them  a  running  number,  hence : 
Lot  Xo.  10,  Number  of  sacks  6,  as  the  case  may  be. 
Place  all  purchases  in  the  express  company's  hands  and 
get  a  receipt  and  mail  it  to  us  at  once  together  with  a  list 


124  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

of  the  furs  and  your  assortment.  If  a  lot  is  too  small  to 
warrant  your  missing  a  train  while  you  attend  to  shipping 
the  goods  yourself,  then  do  not  buy  them." 

One  buyer  for  a  large  firm  made  the  somewhat  pes- 
simistic statement  that  in  a  sale  of  furs  he  would  not 
trust  his  own  brother.  We  are  not  so  lacking  in  confi- 
dence as  that.  We  have  found  many  honorable  men  en- 
gaged in  handling  raw  furs,  but  we  do  advise  a  buyer  to 
be  guided  by  his  own  judgment  at  all  times  and  he  must 
keep  his  eyes  open  for  various  tricks  and  fraud  where 
he  does  not  know  the  people  with  whom  he  is  dealing. 

Perhaps  it  will  be  well  to  add  here  that  many  raw 
furs  are  sold  to  traveling  representatives  who  call  on  the 
buyers  and  collectors  in  the  New  England  states,  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia,  Maryland,  Ohio,  In- 
diana, Illinois,  Michigan,  Wisconsin  and  to  some  extent 
in  a  few  other  states  and  parts  of  Southern  and  Eastern 
Canada.  This  method  is  followed  mainly  where  furs  are 
of  good  quality,  railroads  or  other  means  of  travel  good, 
and  collections  of  fair  size  are  made  by  the  town,  village 
or  country  buyer. 

A  traveling  representative  will  come  and  examine 
lots  of  a  few  hundred  dollars  if  on  or  near  a  railroad  or 
the  seller  is  a  regular  customer.  When  furs  are  in  active 
demand  numerous  traveling  buyers  are  seeking  all  large 
lots  and  even  those  of  two  or  three  hundred  dollars  value. 
There  are  far  more  dealers  than  is  generally  known  in 
the  states  and  parts  of  Canada  named  that  collect  several 
thousand  dollars  worth  of  furs  each  season,  selling  largely 
to  traveling  representatives  from  the  leading  raw  fur 
centers. 


Speculating.  125 

Fur  buying,  at  best,  is  somewhat  of  a  risky  business. 
Those  who  sell  every  week  or  ten  days  are  operating  on 
the  safest  plan  and  when  followed  regularly  is  a  good 
method  of  keeping  accurately  posted. 

Do  not  attempt  to  speculate  on  poor  furs.  There  is 
some  money  to  be  made  on  furs  that  are  a  trifle  unprime 
but  there  are  no  margins  to  be  made  in  No.  3's  and  No. 
4's,  the  slightly  furred  and  all  hair  pelts.  The  best  No. 
2's  that  are  only  faintly  bluish  will  sometimes  go  for 
prime  skins  when  mixed  in  with  prime  furs  in  large  lots. 
Remember,  however,  that  a  slightly  blue  pelt  bought  early 
is  apt  to  get  bluer  the  longer  held  unless  weather  is  cold. 
Some  country  buyers  begin  collecting  just  as  soon 
as  there  is  anything  caught,  buying  as  cheaply  as  possible, 
often  holding  until  January  or  February  before  selling. 
This  method  is  followed  more  or  less  by  country  col- 
lectors also  village  and  town  dealers  in  the  skunk  produc- 
ing states  of  the  East  and  Central  West. 

Buying  of  muskrat  for  speculation  is  followed  more 
or  less  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  holding  and  shov- 
ing ahead  of  grades  means  great  profit. 

Numerous  buyers,  even  in  small  towns,  advertise, 
send  out  price  lists  in  quantities  which  often  quote  more 
than  the  market.  Some  of  these  are  taking  a  chance  on 
prices  advancing;  others  expect  to  grade  the  goods 
"worth  the  money." 

The  close  observer  of  the  best  time  to  sell  furs  says 
that  just  before  the  closing  date  for  shipments  to  reach 
the  London  January  sales  is  best ;  others  say  early  Feb- 


126  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

ruary ;  still  others  say  latter  part  of  December.  February 
has  often  proved  the  month  of  highest  values,  yet  serious 
breaks  in  value  have  taken  place  in  early  February  from 
prices  ruling  in  January.  A  review  of  prices  paid  for 
years  back  will  probably  show  January  the  best  month 
to  sell. 

While  speculating  is  done  in  all  furs  and  in  all  parts 
of  North  America,  yet  skunk  is  the  one  article  in  which 
it  is  carried  on  most.  Why?  For  two  reasons,  one  being 
that  the  value  of  the  yearly  catch  of  skunk  in  America 
is  greater  than  that  of  any  other  fur  —  even  greater  than 
all  the  foxes  —  black,  silver,  cross,  red,  gray,  blue  and 
white  combined.  The  other  reason  is  that  skunk  are 
classified  not  only  as  to  primeness  but  stripe  as  well,  thus 
offering  an  excellent  opportunity,  especially  as  many 
skunk  are  caught  by  boys  and  inexperienced  men  as  to 
the  actual  value. 

Skunk  is  usually  started  off  by  the  trade  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  season  at  much  lower  prices  than  the 
article  is  really  worth  and  prices  advance  from  time  to 
time  until  they  may  be  anywhere  from  20%  to  75% 
higher  before  the  season  ends.  Of  course,  this  article, 
like  all  others,  does  go  lower  from  the  price  at  which  it 
opens  at  the  beginning  of  the  season  but  from  1890  to 
191 5,  a  period  of  twenty-five  years,  figures  will  prove 
that  it  advanced  twenty  times  to  where  it  declined  five. 
In  other  words,  the  ''speculator"  who  bought  and  held, 
would  have  won  twenty  out  of  the  twenty-five  years  and 
lost  five.  This  is  in  the  ratio  of  winning  four  times  and 
losing  once. 


Speculating.  127 

While  other  furs  usually  advance  from  opening  fig- 
ures, due  partly  to  the  better  quality  of  fur,  yet  the  buyer 
who  speculates  has  found  it  profitable  more  times  than 
otherwise.  One  great  danger  to  the  buyer  and  holder 
of  raw  furs  is  holding  too  long.  In  late  February  you 
have  shedders,  rubbed,  etc.,  to  contend  with.  Even  though 
your  collection  is  prime  goods  when  springs  begin  to  ar- 
rive, it  usually  hurts  the  others  as  well,  for  not  only  is 
price  apt  to  ease  ofif,  but  the  assort  will  generally  be  more 
severe.  Sell  when  goods  are  still  prime  —  mid-winter  — 
is  a  good  rule. 

Of  course,  water  animals  —  otter,  beaver,  muskrat 
are  prime,  except  in  the  South,  until  late  in  April.  Bear 
is  also  prime  until  late  May  or  even  well  into  June  in 
the  more  northern  parts.  A  few  dealers  who  sell  some 
of  their  collection  to  manufacturers  have  found  it  profit- 
able to  have  tanned  not  only  certain  prime  skins  but  those 
that  are  early  caught  and  slightly  blue  pelts  also  late 
caught  which  will  not  bring  full  price  in  the  raw  state, 
but  tanned,  generally  go  in  at  full  value. 

When  furs  are  forced  by  speculators  higher  than 
actual  values  or  market  price,  is  a  good  time  to  sell. 
Trappers  and  dealers  throughout  the  country  want  to  give 
this  careful  attention  and  act  accordingly.  The  demand 
now,  late  December  or  early  January,  we  will  say  is  good 
and  prices  high  for  nearly  all  kinds  of  raw  furs.  Is  it 
not  a  good  time  to  sell?  An  extremely  cold  winter  with 
small  catches  might  see  prices  stififen  some  on  certain 
articles  later.    At  the  same  time  is  it  not  reasonable  that 


128  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

an  open  AA^inter,  with  heavy  catches,  and  only  moderate 
sales  of  manufactured  goods,  prices  will  be  lower? 

Some  years  ago  trappers  and  collectors  held  their 
furs  until  February  and  often  profited  by  so  doing.  The 
conditions  are  often  different  now.     Then  skunk  started  j 

at  about  $i.oo  for  No.  i  and  prices  advanced.    The  same  \ 

was  true  to  a  certain  extent  of  other  articles  when  the 
quotations  were  moderate,  or  low,  at  the  beginning  of 
the  season. 

In  the  far  North  and  parts  of  the  Rocky  Mountain 
states  there  is  not  as  great  an  opportunity  to  speculate  as 
in  the  more  settled  states.  Northern  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tain trappers  are  usually  many  miles  from  a  town  or  rail- 
road so  that  they  do  not  bring  their  catch  in  more  than 
twice  during  a  season  and  sometimes  only  once.  The 
catch  here  include  foxes  —  all  kinds  —  lynx,  mink,  mar- 
ten, fisher,  otter  and  beaver. 

Instead  of  dealers  and  collectors  being  speculators, 
as  is  the  case  elsewhere,  in  the  parts  of  the  country  men- 
tioned, trappers  are  the  speculators  not  so  much  from 
choice  as  from  the  fact  that  the  oppportunity  to  market 
is  not  to  be  had.  Usually  they  snow  shoe  to  a  trading 
post  or  some  frontier  village  just  before  the  holidays 
with  their  catch,  which  is  apt  to  consist  largely  of  fox, 
marten,  lynx,  mink  and  ermine.  Taken  year  after  year, 
this  is  a  good  time  to  sell,  as  values  are  quite  often  at 
their  best  then.  The  next  sale  is  usually  at  the  close  of 
the  trapping  season  and  may  be  anywhere  from  April  to 
June  or  even  later,  and  includes  not  only  fox,  wolves, 
mink,  marten,  lynx,  cats,  fisher,  ermine  but  otter,  beaver 


Speculating.  129 

and  muskrat.    The  water  furs,  otter,  beaver  and  muskrat 

—  they  may  be  able  to  sell  for  full  value  but  on  the  other 
furs  prices  have  ''gone  off"  from  mid-winter  even  though 
there  has  been  no  decline  in  actual  market  value.  Thus 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  ''speculation"  —  necessary  holding 

—  by  the  trapper  in  the  out  of  way  places  is  to  their  sor- 
row. During  recent  years,  those  who  are  not  too  incon- 
venient to  a  post  office  have  been  sending  out  mail  pack- 
ages of  the  most  valuable  furs  and  the  ones  most  apt  to 
decline. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

PRICES  OF  LONG  AGO. 

PERHAPS  fur  handlers  of  the  present  time  are  inter- 
ested in  values  of  former  years,  especially  many, 
many  years  back.  ''An  Old  Time  List"  is  repro- 
duced in  this  chapter  just  as  sent  out  by  Mr.  E.  C, 
Boughton  in  1879.  At  that  time  the  writer  was  only  eight 
years  of  age  but  remembers  well  his  lists  as  sent  out  a 
few  years  later.  Returns  are  a  splendid  guide  to  fur 
values  and  one  of  these,  dated  as  far  back  as  1873,  is 
herewith  publish  together  with  others  in  the  70's  and  8o's. 

Prices  in  the  70's.  —  In  looking  over  my  files  of 
fur  sales  of  past  years  I  came  across  the  following  which 
may  be  of  some  interest,  writes  a  Massachusetts  trapper 
and  buyer,  as  far  as  a  comparison  of  prices  is  concerned 
between  those  of  some  years  back  and  those  of  the 
present  day. 

On  March  4th,  1873,  I  received  the  following  returns 
from  John  G.  Hayes,  of  Portland,  Maine 


2  Fox,  No.  1 

1  Mink,  No.  1,  Small 

1  Mink,    No.   1,    Medium 

1  Mink,  No.  1,  Large,  dark... 

2  Coon,  No.   1 

2  Coon,   No.  2 

11  Rats,  No.  1 

(IPO) 


.00 

$4.00 

3.50 

.  .  . 

4.00 

.  .  . 

5.00 

.75 

1.50 

.50 

1.50 

.18 

1.88 

Prices  of  Long  Ago. 


131 


6  Rats,  No.  1,  Small. 
2  Rats,  Kitts   


.10 
.05 


,60 
10 


$21.58 


At  a  later  date,  that  of  February  8th,  1877,  I  find 
returns  from  Pember  &  Prouty,  of  West  Broadway,  N. 
Y.,  the  following: 


2  Raccoon,  No.  3 @ 

2  Skunk,  No.  3 @       , 

2  Skunk,  No.  4 @       , 

1  Weasel 

2  Rabbits    @       . 

9  Marten,   No.   1 @     1, 

1  Marten 

1  Mink,  No.  1 

1  Mink,  No.  3 

1  Fisher,  No.  1 >  "*. , 

1  Fisher,  No.  2 S. 

46  Muskrats  @ 

12  Muskrats,  Small   @ 

15  Kitts    @ 

1  Otter,  No.  2 

9  Fox,  No.  1 @    1 

11  Fox,  Ex.  No.  2 @     1 

4  Fox,    Good,   No.   2 @     1 

2  Fox,  Poor,  No.  2 @    1 

2  Fox,  No.  3 @ 

2  Fox,    No.    4 @ 

1  Skunk,  Half  Stripe  • 


25 

.50 

30 

.60 

15 

.30 

. . 

.05 

03 

.06 

35 

12.15 

,  , 

.75 

,  , 

2.25 

,  ^ 

.40 

,  , 

13.00 

,  , 

6.00 

18 

8.28 

12^4 

1.50 

06 

.90 

,  , 

7.00 

90 

17.10 

50 

16.50 

40 

5.60 

20 

2.40 

.60 

1.20 

.20 

.40 

•• 

1.00 

$97.94 


In  an  account  of  sales  received  from  the  same  party 
a  month  previous  to  this,  best  pale  marten  such  as  we 


132 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Prices  of  Long  Ago.  133 

get  in  this  region  (Massachusetts)  were  worth  $1.50  for 
the  best,  and  fisher  skins  sold  for  $14.00.  On  March  2d, 
1875,  fox  were  selHng  for  $2.00,  Marten  $2.75,  spring 
rats  30  cents.  On  another  list,  that  of  January  25th, 
1884,  I  find  with  other  furs  I  sold  four  No.  i  mink  at 
$1.50  each,  also  four  small  No.  i  at  $1.00  each,  one  faded, 
75c,  one  No.  2,  75c.  Again  on  March  loth,  1883,  No.  i 
red  fox  sold  for  $1.65,  No.  i  raccoon,  90c,  No.  i  skunk, 
$1.30. 

The  lowest  price  at  which  I  sold  fox  was  during  the 
year  1878,  when  I  sold  No.  i  skins  for  $1.35.  I  have 
saved  all  returns  from  sales  since  1872  and  find  them 
quite  interesting  at  times  as  regards  the  variation  of 
prices  on  the  different  skins. 

An  Old  Time  List.  —  The  following  is  reproduced 
from  a  list  dated  October  15,  1879.  The  firm  is  no  longer 
in  business,  but  no  doubt  many  will  be  interested  in  prices 
paid  at  that  time,  as  well  as  the  way  the  list  is  gotten  up. 

I  will  pay  the  following  prices,  cash  on  delivery,  for 
Raw  Furs  up  to  the  30th  of  October,  1879: 

Black  Skunk Fall,  40  to  60 

Small   Stripe "     30  to  35 

Wide  Stripe   "     20  to  25 

Mostly  White    "     15  to  18 

All  skins  very  poor,  with  scarcely  any  fur  on  them, 
6  to  10  cents. 

Red  fox  from  25c  for  very  poor  to  $1.00  for  pretty 
fair. 

Wood  grey  fox  from  loc  for  very  poor  to  30,  40  and 
60. 


134  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Fall  muskrat,  large  ii,  medium  9,  small  7,  kitts  3c. 

Otter  skins  from  $4.00  for  large,  to  50c  for  very 
poor. 

Mink  from  8c  for  very  poor  to  20,  30,  40  and  60. 

Opossum  from  2c  for  ''trash''  to  12  for  large. 

Raccoon  from  8c  for  ''trash"  to  40  for  large. 

Send  in  your  skins  as  soon  as  you  get  a  few  of  each 
kind  together  and  I  will  assort  them  and  send  you  a  mem- 
orandum of  prices  and  check  for  same  on  the  day  I  re- 
ceive the  skins,  and  will  keep  the  skins  just  as  I  received 
them  until  I  hear  from  you.  If  not  satisfactory,  you  can 
return  the  check  and  I  will  return  you  the  furs  and  pay 
the  freight  to  this  city  myself  and  you  can  pay  it  at  the 
other  end.  Send  skins  by  express  or  some  other  quick 
conveyance. 

I  will  send  List  of  Prices  when  requested. 

Please  drop  a  few  lines  and  let  me  know  if  you  are 
getting  in  any  skins  and  give  any  other  information  you 
have.  Also  tell  me  if  my  prices  are  not  fully  as  high 
as  other  quotations. 

Acknowledge  receipt  of  this  circular  as  soon  as  re- 
ceived. 

If  you  send  me  any  skins,  send  this  circular  in  your 
letter. 

Muskrat,  fox,  mink,  otter,  opossum  and  wild  cat 
should  be  taken  off  the  animal  whole  and  stretched  out 
on  a  board  about  the  shape  of  the  animal  and  left  to  dry 
three  or  four  days,  when  it  will  do  to  take  off  and  be 
ready  for  sale.  Raccoon  skins  should  be  cut  open  in  the 
middle  of  the  belly  and  nailed  out  on  a  board  and  left 


Prices  of  Long  Ago.  135 

three  or  four  days.  No  skins  should  be  allowed  to  dry 
in  the  sun  or  near  the  fire. 

Pay  the  expressage  at  home,  if  possible,  for  I  fear 
they  overcharge  sometimes  at  this  end  of  the  route.  In 
case  they  will  not  receive  it,  send  them  without. 

FOR   SALE. 

No.  1  whole  buffalo  robes $7 .  50 

No.  2  whole  buffalo  robes 6 .  50 

No,  1  seamed  buffalo  robes 6.50 

No.  2  seamed  buffalo   robes 5 .  50 

NEWHOUSE  CELEBRATED  TRAPS. 

Newhouse,  No.  0,  no  chains  $2.00  per  dozen.  With  chains,  $2.66 
Newhouse,  No.  1,  no  chains,  $2.25  per  dozen.  With  chains,  $3.12 
Newhouse,  No.  2,  no  chains,  $6.00  per  dozen.  With  chains,  $7.00 
Less  30%  discount.  ^    ^   Boughton, 

33  Howard  St.,  N.  Y. 

Prices  of  Furs  in  1885. — Mr.  M.  J.  Wood,  a  travel- 
ing raw  fur  buyer  of  many  years  experience  and  who 
operated  largely  in  the  state  of  Michigan,  furnishes  the 
following  in  connection  with  a  lot  bought  in  Southern 
Michigan  January  3,  1885.  Mr.  Wood  bought  furs  for 
about  fifty  years  but  owing  to  advanced  age  and  ill  health 
retired  in  1913. 

January  3,  1885. 
Mr.  M.  J.  Wood, 

Bought  of  L.  D.  Halsted,  Coldwater,  Mich. 
For  Henry  A.  Newland  &  Co. 
Five  sacks  and  two  bales. 

3  Blk.  Cat  @     .20      $0.60 

4  Common  Cat  @     .10       40 


136 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


1  Sampson   Fox 


14  No. 
8  No. 

42  No. 
50  No. 
20  No. 
31  No. 


1   Coon 

1  Ord.  Coon. , 

2  Coon 

3  Coon 

4  Coon 

4  Small  Coon. 


52  No.  1  Large  Mink 

19  No.  1  Large   Pale   Mink, 

47  No.  1  Med.    Mink    

75  No.  1  Small  Mink    

18  No.  2  Extra  Mink' 

52  No.  2  Mink    

3  Mink    

4  Mink    


49  No. 
46  No. 


63  Blk.   C   Skunk 

1  Blk.  Open  Skunk. 
74  y^      Ord.    Skunk... 

1  V-z   Ord.   Skunk 

37  N.    St.    Skunk 

47  Broad   Skunk    

25  Unprime   Skunk    . . . 

7  Stagy  Skunk    


.80 

11.20 

.65 

5.20 

.40 

16.80 

.25 

12.50 

.10 

2.00 

.05 

1.55 

.50 

26.00 

.40 

7.60 

.40 

18.80 

.30 

22.50 

.30 

5.40 

.25 

13.00 

.20 

9.80 

.05 

2.30 

.80 

50.40 

... 

.70 

.60 

44.40 

.50 

.35 

12.95 

.20 

9.40 

.20 

5.00 

.10 

.70 

.30 


$49.25 


$105.40 


$124.05 


$278.90 


Cost  $311.41.     Too  High. 


$280.00 
$311.41 


$311.41 


Prices  of  Long  Ago.  137 

Coon  and  mink  are  not  desirable  in  quality  at  the 
cost  in  this  lot.  This  same  bunch  of  fur  this  season 
(1913)  would  bring  over  $1,200. 

Prices  of  Long  Ago.  —  I  always  shipped  to  C.  G. 
Gunther's  Sons,  at  that  time  a  very  good  and  reliable 
firm.  I  send  you  herewith  one  of  their  statements  for 
furs  I  shipper  them  in  1887. 

The  statement  referred  to  reads  as  follows : 

W.  W.  Hubbard,  Monroe  Co.,  N.  Y. 

80  Muskrats,  2  fall $0.11  $8.80 

30  Muskrats,    kitts    63  .90 

74  Skunk,  1  cased 1.25  92.50 

18  Skunk,    1  brown  and  woolly 1.00  18.00    - 

55  Skunk,  2  cased 75  41.25 

33  Skunk,  3  cased 40  13.20 

27  Skunk,  4  cased 20  5.40 

4  Skunk,  scabs 03  .12 

2  Mink,   1 60  1.20 

1  Mink,   2 40 

2  Mink,  scabs    10  .20 

3  Red   Fox,    1 1.25  3.75 

6  Coon,    1. 80  4.80 

6  Coon,   2 40  2.40 

5  Coon,   3 20  1.00 

9  Coon,  scabs 06  .54 

$194.94 
Off  freight  2.75 

Check   $192.19 

We  enclose  check  for  the  above.  We  have  allowed 
you  full  circular  prices  on  skunk,  but  this  article  had  de- 


138  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

clined  20%  last  week  at  the  London  ss(es,  making  with 
the  decHne  in  June  last,  15%,  in  all  35f/i?  lower  than  one 
year  ago. 

We  shall  send  you  our  new  circuU  r  tomorrow,  quot- 
ing No.  I  skunk  at  $1.00. 

Respectfully  yaars, 

C.  G.  Gunther's  Sons. 

This  old  record  should  prove  interesting  to  present 
day  fur  shippers,  and  if  they  are  inclined  to  kick  about 
present  day  fur  values  it  will  make  them  feel  better  to 
remember  that  in  1887  No.  i  mink  were  worth  60  cents 
and  No  i  skunk  $1.25. 

W.  W.  Hubbard. 


CHAPTER  X. 

MISCELLANEOUS  INFORMATION. 

PRICE  LISTS  — Some  large  fur  dealers  send  out 
prices  that  are  much  under  the  market.  This  is 
probably  done  so  that  their  traveling  buyers  can 
more  easily  buy  of  dealers  as  they  often  allow  their 
representatives  to  pay  from  5%  to  15%  above  quotations. 
Such  houses  seem  to  feel  that  it  is  best  to  protect  the 
dealer  trade  and  secure  most  of  their  collections  through 
traveling  buyers. 

Other  firms,  not  having  traveling  representatives, 
send  out  prices  from  10%  to  15%  above  actual  market 
value  to  induce  shipments,  expecting  to  make  up  for  the 
inflated  prices  in  the  assort  —  an  easy  thing  to  do  after 
the  goods  come  in.  The  two  illustrations  show  the  ex- 
tremes. There  are  many  firms  that  quote  correct  values, 
grade  fairly  and  to  whom  shipments  can  safely  be  sent. 
The  High  Quoter.  —  This  class  of  dealers  are  not 
only  injuring  the  shipping  trade  but  some  at  least  have 
hurt  themselves.  How?  By  sorting  so  severe  that  re- 
turns were  usually  less  than  those  quoting  actual  market 
values.  There  are  others  who  start  out  quoting  about 
correct  values,  but  as  some  have  raised  skunk  a  nickel 
or  quarter,  they  go  them  better  and  add  more,  which 
makes  the  article  considerable  above  the  market.  Some 
think  this  is  the  only  way  to  get  shipments,  when  in  fact 

(139) 


140  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

it  does  little  good  and  only  causes  the  dealers  to  "buck" 
one  another  and  later  perhaps  take  it  out  of  the  assort- 
ment. 

Trappers  and  shippers,  in  all  parts  of  America,  are 
learning  to  rely  upon  market  quotations.  When  they 
receive  prices  i(X)%,  50%  or  even  25%  above,  they  feel 
confident  there  is  something  wrong.  If  they  ship  any 
furs  to  the  extreme  high  quoter  they  generally  request 
same  held  separate  and  value  submitted  for  approval. 

Sale  Reports.  —  Some  dealers  and  many  trappers 
cannot  understand  hov^  it  is  that  prices  do  not  decline 
or  advance  more  in  accord  with  the  reports  sent  from  the 
London  Sales.  Exporters  and  large  dealers  know,  as  a 
rule,  whether  or  not  such  an  article  is  in  demand  and 
about  what  the  results  of  the  sales  will  be,  the  quantity 
offered  as  well,  having  something  to  do  with  prices.  The 
advance  or  decline  of  most  articles  is  anticipated  (fore- 
told) by  dealers  so  that  most  of  the  changes  have  been 
met  or  made  in  their  prices.  Watch  prices  of  the  various 
exporters  and  large  dealers  just  before  closing  date  for 
shipping  to  the  sales.  If  demand  is  good  prices  are  apt 
to  be  advanced ;  if  catch  large  or  demand  poor,  prices  are 
apt  to  be  lowered  to  meet  expected  changes  in  price  at 
the  sales. 

Skunk,  Mink,  Muskrat.  —  Throughout  most  of 
America  these  fur  bearers  are  found  and  the  value  of 
their  pelts  is  as  much  as  all  the  rest  —  foxes,  marten, 
lynx,  otter,  beaver,  weasel,  bears,  wolves,  etc.,  combined. 
Not  only  the  great  value  of  skunk,  mink  and  muskrat  but 
the  fact  that  they  are  caught  and  handled  largely  by  boys, 


Miscellaneous  Information. 


141 


farmers,  inexperienced  trappers  and  bought  more  or  less 
by  this  class  before  reaching  the  larger  dealers,  that  so 
much  detailed  information  is  deemed  advisable.  This 
explanation  is  made  especially  for  those  in  the  far  North 
and  parts  where  foxes,  marten,  beaver,  lynx,  etc.,  are 
the  principal  fur  producers. 

Throughout  the  states  bordering  on  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  north  to  the  Ohio  River  also  Arkansas,  Okla- 
homa and  Missouri, 
opossum  is  another 
article  of  consider- 
able importance  and 
coon  in  the  same 
states,  even  of  greater 
value  than  opossum 
as  they  are  found  in 
good  numbers  much 
farther  north.  Civet 
cat  is  another  fur  pro- 
ducer of  considerable 
worth  to  trappers  and 
collectors,  especially  in 
the  Central  Western 
and  Southwestern 
states. 

Worthless  Skins.  —  So  far  there  has  been  little 
demand  for  moles  or  ferrets.  Both  of  these  animals  pro- 
duce a  furred  pelt.  Brown  weasel  is  variously  quoted 
from  worthless  to  five  cents ;  rabbit  about  one  cent  each. 
These  four  articles  will  no  doubt  some  day  become  of 
enough  value  that  the  pelts  will  receive  more  attention. 


(1)     FOX    squirrel.       (2)     BELGIAN 
HARE.      (3)    BROWN    WEASEL. 


142  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Groundhog  and  American  squirrels  have  no  fur  value, 
in  fact,  the  pelts  have  no  fur  on  them  —  only  hair. 

Cased  and  Open.  —  As  is  pretty  generally  known, 
bear,  beaver,  badger  and  timber  wolf  should  be  handled 
open  and  other  furs  cased.  Some  of  the  cased  skins 
should  be  turned  as  soon  as  dry  as  dealers  prefer  them  in 
that  condition,  especially  fox,  coyote,  marten,  lynx,  wild 
cat  and  fisher;  raccoon  may  be  handled  either  cased  or 
flat ;  otter  and  weasel  either  flesh  or  fur  out ;  mink,  musk- 
rat,  skunk  and  opossum  should  be  flesh  out. 

Handling  Wet  Fur. — How  do  you  handle  wet  fur; 
that  is,  fur  from  animals  that  are  drowned  and  which  you 
skin  immediately,  such  as  mink,  coon,  civet  cats  and  the 
like  ?  A  good  way  after  removing  the  skin  from  the  car- 
cass is  to  take  it  by  the  nose  and  swing  it  to  and  fro, 
swinging  it  quickly  as  you  would  a  whip  to  make  it  snap. 
Take  care  in  whipping  the  skin  to  and  fro  that  the  tail 
does  not  tear  oi¥.  In  treating  the  skin  this  way,  you  will 
be  surprised  to  see  how  much  water  you  can  get  out  of 
it.  Change  and  swing  the  skin  holding  it  by  the  tail  and 
hind  legs.  However,  I  would  not  recommend  this  treat- 
ment for  very  large  skins. 

Clean  and  Unclean  Furs.  —  What  are  unclean 
furs  ?  They  are  the  ones  that  are  fat,  fleshy,  mud  in  fur, 
burrs  in  fur  or  tail,  smeared  with  blood,  etc.  Clean  furs 
are  free  from  all  these. 

Does  it  pay  to  clean  raw  furs?  Yes.  Why?  Be- 
cause they  show  the  quality,  look  better,  require  less 
work,  less  chance  of  spoiling  and  less  risk.  Good,  clean 
furs  seldom  spoil  if  properly  cured,  while  unclean  ones 


Miscellaneous  Information.  143 

often  do.  Some  lists  say :  "All  furs  must  be  well  cleaned 
to  be  No.  I." 

Up-to-date  trappers  realize  that  it  pays  to  clean  furs 
and  their  outfit  includes  three  very  important  articles, 
namely :  comb,  brush,  fleshing  knife. 

Tails.  —  Tails  of  mink,  coon^  skunk  and  civet  cat 
often  spoil.  This  danger  can  be  eliminated  by  splitting  tail 
the  entire  distance,  same  as  done  with  otter,  tacking  tail 
out  flat.  Even  with  bone  taken  out  (and  this  should  always 
be  done)  a  good  many  spoil,  especially  in  warm  or  rainy 
localities.  Tails  are  split  before  tanning  these  skins  so 
it  does  not  lessen  their  value.  Fox  tails  should  not  be 
split  but  if  the  tip  end  were  split,  say  a  half  inch,  and  a 
little  salt  jabbed  in  with  a  wire  or  strong  stick  is  advis- 
able. Hang  pelt  head  up  so  salty  water  will  drip  from 
end  of  tail.  Do  not  put  any  salt  on  pelt.  Other  skins 
such  as  marten,  fisher,  wolf,  can  be  handled  same  as  fox. 

Fleshing  and  Curing. — A  trapper  and  collector 
of  many  years'  experience  says :  'T  have  always  found 
that  it  pays  well  to  give  furs  the  proper  attention  as 
thousands  of  dollars  worth  are  ruined  every  year  by  im- 
proper fleshing  and  stretching.  Furs  with  the  flesh  and 
fat  on  may  cause  the  pelt  to  be  damaged  and  often  fur 
slips  so  that  pelts  of  this  kind  will  grade  Nos.  2,  3  and  4. 

Get  an  old  twelve-inch  file,  take  it  to  a  blacksmith, 
have  him  taper  the  front  end  to  a  point,  same  as  the  other 
end,  so  that  a  handle  can  be  put  on  each.  Now  put  on  a 
grindstone  and  grind  all  the  rough  off  on  both  sides  and 
edges,  leaving  four  edges.  After  all  the  roughness  is 
off,  grind  so  that  each  edge  is  sharp,  then  you  have  four 
edges  to  do  the  cutting. 


144  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Select  a  pelt  of  little  value  to  practice  on  —  an  opos- 
sum is  good  — ■  as  they  flesh  easier  than  most  any  other. 
Slip  the  pelt  on  the  fleshing  pole,  then  take  two  nails  and 
drive  through  the  ears  into  the  pole.  Drive  only  deep 
enough  to  hold  the  pelt  from  slipping  down  and  so  that 
they  can  be  easily  pulled  out.  Use  the  knife  edgewise. 
Use  a  little  elbow  grease  to  start  the  flesh.  After  you 
once  have  it  started  you  need  not  push  very  hard  as  it 
will  go  easy,  but  be  sure  to  have  all  burrs  and  mud  off 
the  fur  or  you  will  cut  a  hole  the  size  of  the  burr.  Flesh- 
ing may  seem  a  little  awkward  at  first  but  don't  get  out 
of  patience  and  it  won't  be  long  until  you  can  flesh  easily 
and  rapidly.  Muskrat  will  seem  to  flesh  different  from 
any  other  animal  but  they  can  be  fleshed  under  the  same 
plan  with  a  little  practice.  Muskrat,  however,  except  the 
thick  pelted  or  with  flesh  and  fat  on  usually  do  not  need 
the  knife. 

As  soon  as  your  pelts  are  fleshed  they  should  be 
stretched.  If  they  have  to  be  left  any  length  of  time, 
turn  them  fur  side  out  or  they  may  shrink.  After  furs 
are  stretched  hang  them  up  in  a  cool,  dry  place  where  the 
air  circulates  freely  by  leaving  windows  open.  If  they 
are  kept  in  a  closed  room  they  will  not  cure  well.  Do 
not  dry  by  a  fire  as  skins  so  dried  are  brittle  and  crack. 

This  outfit  is  intended  for  small  animal  pelts  such  as 
skunk,  coon,  opossum,  muskrat  and  others.  Mink,  mar- 
ten, foxes,  weasel  and  other  thin  pelted  skins  do  not  need 
fleshing.  I  have  tried  many  different  tools  and  ways  but 
have  never  found  anything  equal  to  this  outfit." 

Northern  Furs.  —  In  parts  of  the  Far  North  furs 
do  not  reach  market  for  some  months  after  close  of  the 


Miscellaneous  Information. 


14: 


n 

> 

> 

O 

> 

> 

Tl 

W 


M 


n 
> 

H  in 


C  ^ 

r  ^ 

5\!   ^ 


-<   I— < 


!^^ 
H 


3>  ►^ 


> 

o 

w 
o 

o 


10 


146  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

trapping  season.  Perhaps  the  following  from  an  Ed- 
monton, Canada,  paper  showing  date  and  number  of  each 
kind  of  fur  brought  in  by  a  large  trader  will  be  inter- 
esting: ''D.  Desjarlais,  a  fur  trader  of  the  Lesser  Slave 
Lake  country,  arrived  in  Edmonton  from  the  north  by 
way  ofAthabasca  Landing  on  Friday,  July  4,  with  his 
winter's  trade  of  fur  consisting  of  1,051  marten,  243 
beaver,  57  bear,  109  lynx,  125  mink,  7  wolverine,  12 
cross  fox,  15  red  fox,  i  silver  fox,  12  wolves,  29  skunk. 
133  ermine  (weasel),  12  fisher,  10  otter,  7,190  rats,  18 
pounds  of  castoreum.  These  were  sold  the  following 
Wednesday  morning  to  the  highest  bidder  for  $12,000." 

Dealers'  Calendar.  —  January.  —  All  fur  bearing 
animals  caught  in  this  month  are  fully  furred.  Will 
grade  No.  i  unless  damaged  in  some  way. 

February.  —  Skunk,  mink  and  marten,  beginning  to 
fade  are  still  prime,  but  not  so  good  in  color  as  those 
caught  in  December  and  January. 

March.  —  Most  all  rats  caught  the  first  part  of  the 
month  will  pass  as  Spring,  and  average  better  sizes. 
Coon,  mink,  skunk,  etc.,  are  springy  or  shedding. 

April.  —  Beaver,  bear,  badger,  otter  and  rats  are 
fully  prime.  Most  all  the  other  animals  are  shedding. 
Some  will  grade  as  No.  2,  others  as  No.  3.  Unwise  to 
catch. 

May.  —  Otter,  beaver,  bear,  badger  are  shedding. 
Most  all  animals  are  suckling  their  young.  It's  cruel  as 
well  as  unlawful  to  kill  them. 

June.  —  All  furs  now  are  called  shedders  and  have 
little"  or  no  value.  It  is  against  the  law  to  kill  them.  Let 
them  live  and  multiply. 


Miscellaneous  Information.  147 

July.  —  Same  conditions  as  in  June,  have  no  fur  on 
them,  have  no  value  at  all.  It  is  both  cruel  and  unlawful 
to  catch  them.     Conform  to  the  law. 

August. —  All  kinds  of  fur  bearing  animals  caught 
this  month  will  grade  as  unprime,  being  thin  furred.  It 
is  unwise  as  well  as  unlawful  to  kill. 

September. —  There  is  an  old  adage  that  every  month 
with  R  in  it  has  fur  value.  It  is  true,  but  the  first  and 
last,  September  and  April,  they  have  but  little. 

October.  —  No  fur  bearing  animals  should  be  caught 
this  month  as  they  would  only  grade  as  No.  2,  3  or  4; 
it  is  unwise  as  well  as  unlawful  to  kill. 

Noz'ember.  —  Lawful  to  catch  furs.  Fore  part  of 
the  month  furs  will  grade  mostly  No.  2.  Latter  part  of 
month  Nos.  i  or  2,  according  to  kind. 

December.  —  Most  all  furs  caught  in  December  are 
fully  prime,  of  good  color,  except  beaver,  bear,  badger, 
otter,  muskrat,  which  are  best  in  the  spring  months. 

Scheming.  —  Some  skins  In  a  certain  locality  are 
"pushed"  by  the  large  dealer  into  a  section  that  is  worth 
more.  To  illustrate :  Central  Ohio  skunk,  while  quoted 
less  than  Northern  Ohio,  are'  really  worth  as  much,  for 
the  Central  Ohio  has  the  size,  luster  and  quality  of  fur 
equal  to  the  best  or  Northern.  Most  dealers  realize  as 
much  for  furs  caught  in  the  Central  part  as  the  Northern 
dealer  gets  for  those  caught  in  that  portion  of  the  state. 
This  applies  to  several  species  of  fur  bearers  in  various 
parts  of  the  country,  but  not  to  all.  Neither  does  it 
apply  to  all  states  —  Texas  and  California  being  among 
the  exceptions  owing  to  their  size.    In  others  the  various 


148  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

climates  owing  to  altitudes,  which  range  from  sea  level 
to  thousands  of  feet,  mean  considerable  difference  in  fur 
values. 

Tricks.  —  It  is  a  case  of  the  "pot  calling  the  skillet 
black,"  for  there  are  trappers,  buyers  and  sellers  that  will 
resort  to  mean  tactics,  practically  stealing,  to  get  more 
for  their  furs,  yet  they  are  all  found  out  sooner  or  later, 
so  that  the  old  saying,  "honesty  is  the  best  policy,"  holds 
good  in  the  fur  game  as  well  as  elsewhere. 

During  my  more  than  thirty  years'  connection  with 
the  trapping,  buying  and  selling  of  raw  furs,  numerous 
crooked  transactions  have  been  witnessed  and  otherwise 
learned.  One  of  the  most  common  deceptions  practiced 
in  the  east  and  central  west,  especially  by  trappers,  is  the 
tampering  with  white  on  skunk.  Some  cut  out  the  stripe, 
sew  up  and  when  partly  dry  turn  fur  out.  Again  the 
stripe  may  be  blacked ;  others  remove  the  white  and  draw 
the  black  fur  and  hair  over  the  bare  spot  using  some 
sticky  substance  underneath  to  cover  up  the  defect;  still 
others  have  been  known  to  cut  out  the  white  strip  when 
skinned,  then  turn  the  pelt  fur  out,  not  stretching  but 
selling  when  frozen. 

If  the  fur  of  fox,  wolf,  coon,  skunk,  is  rubbed,  nine 
times  out  of  ten,  such  pelts  will  be  flesh  side  out.  As 
these,  with  the  exception  of  fox,  are  mostly  handled  that 
way,  unless  the  buyer  is  on  his  guard,  "one  may  be  put 
over  on  him."  Cotton  mink  and  '^singed"  otter  are  very 
apt  to  be  offered  the  buyers  flesh  side  out. 

Muskrat  smeared  with  blood,  to  give  the  appearance 
of  Spring  rats,  is  also  resorted  to  in  some  localities  by 
those  who  wish  to  make  "spring  rats"  out  of  those  that 


Miscellaneous  Information.  149 

belong  a  grade  or  two  lower.  Southern  muskrat — largely 
Louisiana  —  sometimes  find  their  way  north  where 
''somehow"  they  get  mixed  with  other  rats  worth  about 
twice  as  much.  This  trick  was  worked  pretty  strong 
some  years  ago.  Louisiana  and  some  other  of  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  state  rats  not  only  average  small  but  the  fur 
is  short.  Southern  rats  sent  north  is  not  apt  to  be  prac- 
ticed except  when  they  are  high.  At  such  times  they 
have  been  found  not  only  among  village  and  town  col- 
lectors's  goods  but  in  trapper's  and  country  buyer's  col- 
lections as  well. 

Some  fur  handlers,  not  only  trappers  but  collectors, 
are  poor  at  figures  and  counting.  Dishonest  buyers  have 
been  known  to  work  the  "forgot  to  pack"  trick  on  them. 
It  is  done  as  follows :  Suppose  that  the  seller  says  that 
he  will  sell  for  certain  prices,  which  he  names  for  the 
various  grades  on  the  different  articles  he  has  to  sell. 
They  should  say  so  much  for  the  entire  lot  of  furs  but  it 
seems  certain  ones  would  rather  sell  on  price  and  assort. 
The  buyer  assorts  the  goods  and  figures  them  up  but  in 
totaling  ''forgets  to  pack"  one,  two  or  more,  depending 
upon  the  size  of  the  lot.  Suppose  the  correct  totaling  of 
the  lot  is  $340.60.  We  will  say  that  the  first  column 
under  dollars  was  totaled  fifty.  Instead  of  "packing" 
five,  the  buyer  only  ''packed"  three,  in  which  case,  instead 
of  $340.60  the  total  would  show  $320.60,  or  $20.00  less 
than  the  correct  amount.  Of  course  the  seller  could  get 
some  one  to  figure  up  for  him  later  providing  he  kept  or 
secured  a  copy  of  the  assort.  Then,  if  discovered,  the 
buyer  would  simply  say  a  mistake  in  "adding  and  pack 
ing." 


150  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

A  good  many  of  the  larger  trappers  as  well  as  many 
country  collectors  like  to  have  several  buyers  bid  on  their 
furs.  A  trick  that  I  have  known  buyers  to  work  on  their 
competitors  was  to  hand  in  a  bid  reading  like  this :  "Pro- 
viding no  bid  is  over  $ ,  I  bid  10  cents  more  than 

high  man."  While  no  business  man  would  allow  such 
methods,  yet  I  have  known  it  to  be  gotten  away  with. 

Northern  vs.  Southern  Furs.  —  Many  trappers 
as  well  as  some  country  buyers  and  collectors  in  the' 
south,  southwest  and  west  do  not  realize  the  difference 
in  quality  of  furs  from  those  sections  compared  with 
farther  north.  This  difference  is  more  noticeable  on 
skunk,  mink,  coon,  wolf,  opossum  and  other  land  animals, 
Beaver  and  otter  hold  up  better  than  any  of  the  other  fur 
bearers.  The  muskrat  from  all  southern  localities  is 
much  inferior  to  those  caught  in  central  .and  eastern  sec- 
tions. 

Not  only  is  the  fur  longer,  denser  and  of  better 
wearing  qualities  but  the  pelts  average  much  larger  on 
most  of  the  different  animals  and  what  perhaps  is  least 
known  of  all,  the  hide  is  thicker  and  stronger  —  hence, 
better  in  the  north.  Why  such  is  the  case  can  be  ex- 
plained from  the  fact  that  where  the  fur  grows  long, 
thick  and  heavy  it  requires  a  thicker  hide  for  the  hair 
and  fur  roots. 

While  it  is  hard  to  define  a  dividing  line  between  the 
thin  and  thick  pelt  and  fur  sections,  yet  in  a  general  way 
the  ^fortieth  parallel,  which  passes  through  Philadelphia, 
near  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  north  of  In- 
dianapolis, Ind.,  near  Springfield,  111.,  through  northern 
Missouri,  the  northern  boundary  of   Kansas,   north  of 


Miscellaneous  Information.  151 

Denver  and  through  Colorado,  then  leaving  the  fortieth 
parallel  and  north  along  the  western  boundary  of  Wyo- 
ming and  Montana.  While  some  thick  pelted  skins  are 
secured  as  much  as  a  hundred  miles  south  of  the  line 
mentioned  they  are  from  the  mountainous  and  hilly  parts. 
On  the  other  hand,  some  thin  pelts  are  secured  north  of 
that  line. 

Manufacturers  are  mostly  wise,  too,  about  where  the 
best  pelts  come,  from  and  this  accounts  for  dealers  being 
able  to  pay  more  for  furs  from  the  best  sections,  namely, 
where  the  fur  is  long,  heavy  and  the  hide  thick  so  as  to 
turn  out  the  best  finished  product.  Manufacturers, 
dressers  and  tanners  allude  to  pelts  from  the  south  as 
"soft,"  which  means  thin  leather,  thin  underfur  and  tears 
easily. 

Quality  of  fur  is  governed  mainly  by  the  weather. 
Altitude  (height)  don't  make  as  much  difference  as  many 
think.  Along  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Pacific  Coast, 
where  it  is  warm,  furs  are  of  poor  quality  but  along  the 
Atlantic  Coast  from  New  York  north,  where  it  is  cold, 
furs  are  of  good  quality.  Down  around  Southern  Florida 
or  the  extreme  southern  parts  of  Texas  or  California 
coon  caught  during  mid-winter,  that  is  in  December  or 
January,  may  and  in  fact  are  often  blue  pelts.  This  is 
explained  from  the  fact  that  the  fur  growth  is  short  and 
the  hide  thin.  Nature  does  wonders  in  providing  a  coat 
of  fur  and  a  suitable  hide  for  the  root  growth  of  fur 
bearing  animals  in  the  various  parts  of  the  country.  This 
accounts  for  the  difference  m  value  of  the  various  skins 
for  commercial  use. 


CHAPTER  XL 

FOXES BLACK,    SILVER,    CROSS,   ARCTIC. 

SILVER  FOXESy. — These  foxes  are  found  more  often 
in  the  provinces  of  Canada  than  elsewhere  yet  they 
are  found  in  Alaska  and  occasionally  in  some  of 
the  most  northern  states  of  the  United  States.  The  best 
specimens  are  the  most  valuable  fur  bearing  animals  on 
earth.  With  an  increased  number  of  wealthy  individ- 
uals who  demand  costly  furs,  the  preservation  and  prop- 
agation of  animals  which  produce  such  furs,  is  becoming 
an  absorbing  enterprise.  The  supply  of  the  better  grades 
of  fox  as  well  as  certain  other  wild  furs  is  not  adequate 
to  meet  the  demand  of  recent  years  therefore  hunters 
and  trappers  can  not  be  depended  upon  to  furnish  suffi- 
cient quantities.  In  fact,  unless  breeding  animals  under 
scientific  fur  farming  methods  is  followed,  some  valuable 
species  are  sure  to  disappear  from  earth  entirely. 

Silver  foxes  in  all  their  color  variations  are  only 
chance  colors  of  the  common  red,  yet  these  valuable 
colors  are  only  produced  in  the  north.  A  black  fox  is 
merely  a  dark  silver  specimen,  which  may  occur  in  a 
litter  of  pups  from  red  parents.  It  is  rather  strange  that 
a  pair  of  silver  foxes  do  not  produce  some  red  pups  but 
experience  has  proved  that  silver  parents  breed  silvers 
almost  without  exception.  Realizing  the  tremendous  pos- 
sibilities in  fox  breeding,  as  a  money  making  venture,  a 
large  number  of  individuals  and  companies  have  gone 

(152) 


Foxes  —  Black,  Silver,  Cross,  Arctic.         153 


RED,    CROSS,   SILVER  FOX   SKINS. 

(1)  Red,    length   of  body,   36;   tail,    21^;    width,    7%  inches. 

(2)  Cross,    length   of  body,    35'/^;    tail,    I8V2;    width,    7   inches. 

(3)  Silver,    length  of  body,    36 J^ ;   tail,    18;    body,    7%   inches. 


154  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

into  the  business  and  some  on  a  large  scale.  Most  of 
such  farms  are  situated  in  Eastern  Canada,  both  on  the 
mainland  and  several  islands.  In  the  years  1912  and 
191 3  more  than  $12,000,000  capital  was  incorporated  and 
invested  or  held  in  reserve  for  fox  breeding.  More  than 
7,000  red  foxes  and  crosses  were  purchased  for  breeding 
purposes  in  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia  and  Prince 
Edward  Island. 

The  market  price  of  highest  quality  in  black  fox 
skins  range  from  $500  to  $3,000  but  on  account  of  the 
eager  competitive  demand  existing  to  secure  the  best 
stock  for  breeding  purposes,  superior  black  foxes  have 
sold  for  as  high  as  $35,000  per  pair.  It  can  not  be  fore- 
told what  effect  increasing  the  supply  of  silver  foxes  to 
considerable  numbers  will  have  on  market  values;  but  if 
the  supply  is  large,  prices  obtained  in  the  past  and  at 
present  can  not  be  expected. 

A  large  amount  of  data  is  obtainable  in  regard  to 
previous  attempts  at  fox  breeding.  Much  of  this  infor- 
mation does  not  concern  the  average  reader  because  of 
non-success.  Some  of  the  failures  resulted  because  of 
poor  fencing,  lack  of  warm,  dry  nests  for  the  young, 
mothers  not  being  separated  by  family  pens  from  the 
other  adult  foxes  and  many  of  the  pups  were  killed. 
Prices  were  not  high  enough  to  warrant  continued  and 
extensive  experiments  by  those  who  possessed  the  neces- 
sary capital  and  enthusiasts  usually  lacked  the  means  to 
make  further  investigations.  But  when  prices  advanced 
along  in  the  90's  and  woven  wire  fencing  came  on  the 
market,  all  was  changed.     Former  doubt  and  hesitancy 


Foxes  —  Black,  Silver,  Cross,  Arctic. 


155 


gave  way  to  optimism  and  capital  to  invest  in  Fox  Farm- 
ing was  abundant. 

Color  Variations.  —  The  prime  object  in  silver  fox 
breeding  is  to  produce  the  darkest  shades  of  color.  The 
red  fox  is  red  on  the  back  and  white  underneath  with 

black  ears  and  legs.  The 
Bastard  is  red  above  and 
dark  beneath   the  body 
land   on   the   neck   with 
darker  points.    An  infe- 
rior cross  fox  is  mainly 
red  and  dark  above  with 
silver    patch    down    the 
back  and  over  the  shoul- 
ders and  hips.     A  good 
cross    is   somewhat   red 
on  the   sides,  neck  and 
ears,  dark  below  and  sil- 
very over  the  back  and 
rum'p.      Light   silver   is 
silvery   all   over   except 
possibly    the    neck;     is 
dark    underneath    and 
white    on    tip    of    tail. 
Dark  silver  is  black  all 
over  except  tip  of  tail  which  is  white  with  some  dark 
silvery  hairs  that  are  only  noticed  by  close  examination. 
Silver  foxes  produce  the  same  colored  young,  never  red 
or  cross,  except  that  an  amalgamation  of  silver  and  red 
hairs  sometimes  occurs  that  is  neither  silver  nor  red  but 
a  sort  of  roan.     Red  foxes  usually  produce  red  but  on 
occasions  a  litter  will  contain  one  cross  or  one  silver  pup. 


silver  fox  carcass. 


156  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

When  silver  and  red  are  crossed  the  product  is  red 
pups  with  blacker  markings  than  is  natural  in  the  red  fox. 
These  foxes  are  spoken  of  as  "Bastards"  by  furriers.  If 
a  bastard  is  mated  with  a  silver,  the  results  are  usually 
50  per  cent  of  silver  pups.  Bastard  reds  have  been  known 
to  produce  one  silver  in  a  litter  and  sometimes  dark 
enough  to  be  termed  black.  Silver  foxes  are  never  alike 
in  color  unless  black.  In  a  collection  of  silver  skins,  it  is 
seldom  that  any  two  will  match  very  closely.  One  will 
have  a  white  tip  to  the  tail  while  another  only  shows  a 
few  hairs  of  white.  Some  have  white  patches  on  their 
legs  or  breast  while  the  main  coat  is  silver  or  black. 

Cross  fox  skins  are  of  various  colors  and  value.  The 
darkest  are  hard  to  distinguish  from  the  silver  while  the 
pale  are  only  a  few  shades  darker  than  the  best  red  skins. 
Some  very  good  red  fox  skins  are  secured  from  parts  of 
Montana,  the  Dakotas,  etc.  On  the  other  hand  the  cross 
secured  there  are  generally  quite  pale  and  often  coarse 
haired.  Such  skins  are  worth  little,  if  any,  more  than 
the  best  grade  of  reds. 

Perhaps  the  illustration  —  Silver  Fox  Carcass  — 
showing  a  good  average  size  and  color  silver  as  caught 
by  a  trapper  in  Alberta,  Canada,  will  convey  the  idea  as 
to  the  relative  shades  from  silver  to  cross,  cross  to  red, 
remembering  that  the  best  shades  of  red  are  worth  about 
as  much  as  the  poorer  shades  of  cross. 

The  Best  Silver  Fox.  —  A  silver  fox  skin  may  pos- 
sess many  faults.  It  may  be  blue  pelted,  when  it  is 
termed  unprime,  or  it  may  be  springy  or  it  is  rubbed  in 
places,  which,  if  only  slightly  rubbed,  damages  greatly  an 


Poxes  — Black,  Silver,  Cross,  Arctic.         i57 


158  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

otherwise  valuable  pelt.  Some  skins  of  valuable  foxes 
have  been  poorly  handled  or  damaged  by  dogs  or  badly 
shot  or  are  greasy  and  heated.  The  best  skins  are  black 
on  the  neck  wherever  silver  hairs  do  not  predominate. 
To  be  exact  in  our  description,  the  color  is  a  bluish  black 
over  the  entire  body  and  the  under  fur  is  of  a  dark  shade 
also.  The  darkest  of  silver  foxes  have  slate  colored 
under  fur  that  is  dark  to  its  roots. 

In  the  best  skins  only  a  few  silver  hairs  appear  and 
are  evenly  distributed  throughout  the  coat.  Softness, 
termed  silkiness,  determines  the  value  as  well  as  the  color. 
There  must  also  be  gloss.  It  is  caused  by  fineness  and 
general  physical  condition  of  the  animal  and  locality 
where  it  grew.  A  good,  well  furred  silver  fox  skin  will 
weigh  a  pound  or  more,  even  as  much  as  20  ounces.  Size 
also  is  taken  into  consideration.  The  finest  and  most 
valuable  silver  foxes  are  probably  found  in  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island  where  fox  farming  is  being  carried  on. 
However,  few  are  killed  by  those  engaged  in  fox  farming 
except  the  culls  and  old  ones.  The  fur  here  is  prime  in 
November  but  none  are  killed  until  December.  A  fox 
eight  months  old  is  full  furred  and  as  large  as  the  old 
ones.  The  young  fox  has  less  silver  than  when  three 
years  old  or  more,  but  the  fur  of  a  young  fox  is  usually 
softer  on  account  of  fineness  than  is  found  in  the  older 
animals. 

Both  silver  and  red  foxes  from  Prince  Edward 
Island  have  sold  at  the  London  sales  for  the  highest 
prices,  a  fact  that  indicates  their  superiority.  When 
black  colors  occur  in  any  of  these  island  foxes,  they  are 
usually  possessed  of  exceeding  fineness   and  luxuriant 


Poxes  — Black,  Silver,  Cross,  Arctic.         159 

fur.     The  finest  silver  or  black  foxes  held  in  captivity 

on  tjae  island  came  from  ancestors  that  were  dug  out  in 

the  same  territory.     The  silver  and  red  foxes  found  in 

/Alaska  in  the  regions  of  the  Yukon  and  Athabasca  Rivers 


TWENTY-EIGHT    SILVER   FOX    SKINS. 

These  skins  were  bought  by  a  trader  in  the  Peace  _  River  Country 
of  Canada,  from  trappers  in  the  spring  of  1914,  but  owing  to  the  war 
brought  only  $3,200.00,  as  they  did  not  reach  ,the  European  market  until 
fall.     The   pile   on   the   ground  are   red   fox   skins. 

are  often  very  valuable,  the  fur  being  long,  heavy  and 
lustrous.  Some  valuable  skins  are  also  secured  from 
Quebec  and  other  eastern  provinces. 

When  a  black  phase  of  color  occurs  in  one  of  the 
pups  of  wild  red  foxes,  the  fur  is  usually  of  the  finest 


i6o  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

character  and  may  command  a  small  fortune.  Silver 
foxes  and  their  allies,  the  cross  and  patch  foxes,  inhab- 
iting Labrador  and  Newfoundland  are  heavy  furred  but 
somewhat  coarser  than  those  found  elsewhere.  It  is  be- 
lieved that  the  sea  breeze  here  affects  the  fur  but  as  the 
finest  furred  foxes  are  produced  on  other  islands  of  the 
sea,  the  above  theory  does  not  appear  reasonable. 

Much  must  be  known  in  order  to  grade  silver  or 
black  foxes  for  what  they  are  worth.  A  lack  of  such 
knowledge  may  be  very  costly.  A  Michigan  fur  buyer 
once  found  a  supposed  black  fox  pelt  in  the  course  of 
his  travels.  The  price  asked  was  $i,ooo.  He  finally 
secured  it  for  $700.  In  time  he  sold  it  for  $40  and  the 
purchaser  was  also  beaten  for  it  was  only  a  dark  red  bas- 
tard fox  and  was  worth  about  $10. 

No  silver  or  black  foxes  are  found  in  Southern  and 
Central  United  States  and  are  not  numerous  in  Northern 
parts.  The  cross  fox  is  more  common  and  instead  of 
being  marked  with  red,  black  and  silver  like  those  in  a 
far  northern  range,  they  are  mostly  red  all  over,  except 
that  a  stripe  several  inches  wide,  almost  black,  crosses 
the  shoulders  and  another  starting  from  the  scalp  crosses 
the  other  in  the  center  and  extends  well  down  the  back. 
Of  course  markings  vary  in  different  foxes  and  scarcely 
any  two  are  exactly  alike  but  often  differ  materially. 

In  purchasing  fox  furs  the  buyer  must  ever  be  pre- 
pared for  fresh  surprises  in  the  matter  of  quality  and  in- 
dividual markings  such  as  he  has  never  seen  before. 
This  relates  particularly  to  the  different  variations  in 
silver,  cross,  patched  and  bastard  foxes.  The  grading 
of  straight  red  foxes  is   a  simple  matter  compared  to 


Foxes  —  Black^  Silver^  Cross,  Arctic.         i6i 

handling  and  appraising  foxes  of  various  color  phases, 
mixtures  or  blends. 

Final  Value  of  Silver  Fox  Fur.  —  Silver  foxes 
of  lov^  value  are  worth  from  $40  to  $75  or  $80  according 
to  paleness  and  how  well  furred.  Medium  dark  and  fine 
will  sell  at  $150  to  $300.  Dark  and  fine  with  luster,  $500 
to  $1,500  and  choice  black  as  high  as  $3,000.  The  major- 
ity run  to  pale  and  medium  shades  and  often  a  whole 
winter  will  not  see  one  black  fox  pelt  taken  in  a  wide 
region. 

It  requires  experience  as  well  as  expert  judgment  to 
be  able  to  determine  the  value  of  the  varying  shades  of 
foxes  from  red  to  cross,  cross  to  silver  and  the  many 
different  shades  of  silver  to  the  very  best  specimens 
which  are  black.  Of  course  the  quality  of  fur  in  such 
valuable  skins  must  be  exa^jiined  as  well  as  the  color  con- 
sidered. Size  also  is  a  factor  in  determining  values  when 
a  pelt  is  being  examined  that  is  worth  hundreds  if  not  a 
thousand  or  more  dollars. 

The  three  pelts  shown  on  page  153  vary  but  little  in 
size  or  primeness.  The  first  is  an  ordinary  red  secured 
in  Central  Canada  sections  and  worth  (191 5)  about 
$6.00;  middle  one  is  a  cross  and  worth  three  times  as 
much  or  $18.00;  the  third  is  a  silver  but  not  very  dark 
yet  worth  thirty  times  as  much  as  the  red  or  ten  times 
as  much  as  the  cross  or  $180.00. 

Measurements  of  various  raw  fur  skins  are  usually 
as  shown,  that  is,  if  the  fur  side  is  out  the  figures  indi- 
cate fur  side ;  if  pelt  side  shown,  measurements  were 
taken  on  pelt  side.  Not  only  foxes  but  the  measurements 
of  various  other  furs  are  mostly  taken  on  side  as  shown 

11 


1 62 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


in  illustration.  A  skin  measured  on  fur  side  must  be 
larger  (wider)  before  it  classes  large  than  if  measure- 
ments had  been  taken  on  flesh  or  pelt  side. 

"Arctic   Foxes,   Blue.  —  The  blue  fox  ranges  the 

more  Southern  latitude  of  the 
Arctic  regions,  rather  between 
the  habitat  of  the  Arctic  white 
fox  and  the  land  of  reds  and 
silvers.  They  inhabit  Alaska, 
certain  islands  of  the  Behring 
Sea  and  other  territory  adjacent 
to  the  polar  regions. 

Species  and  Color.  —  Both 
blue  and  white  foxes  are  one 
and  the  same  species.  They  are 
the  polar  or  Arctic  foxes,  the 
only  difference  being  phases  of 
color.  White  is  probably  the 
natural  color,  as  the  number  of 
blue  fox  skins  secured  are  about 
one-tenth  of  the  number  of 
white  pelts  taken.  The  blue 
furred  strain  of  the  polar  fox 
sells  for  $20  to  $75,  which  is 
several  times  more  than  those  of 
white  fur  command.  The  blue 
color  in  this  fox  is  not  an  indigo 
or  sky  blue  but  more  on  the 
order  of  the  blue  seen  in  the 
fur  of  maltese  cats. 


blue  fox  pelt. 

Large — Length  nose  to 
root  of  tail  35;  tail  16; 
total  51;  greatest  width  11; 
shoulders  10  inches.  This 
pelt  represents  an  average 
large  from  the  Blue  Fox 
section  which  is  Northern 
Alaska  and  Northern  Can- 
ada including  the  islands 
in   the   Arctic   Ocean. 


Foxes  —  Black,  Silver,  Cross,  Arctic.         163 


Sizes.  —  The  average  weight  of  the  blue  fox  is  10  to 
13  pounds,  live  weight,  though  some  specimens  will  weigh 
much  more.    The  female  weighs  on  an  average  of  7  to  11 

pounds.  About  8  pounds  may 
be  said  to  represent  the  weight 
of  the  largest  number.  The 
average  length  of  male  blue  fox 
skins  when  cured  and  ready  for 
market  is  30  inches  and  the 
width  II  inches  at  rump.  The 
tail  is  14  to  16  inches  in  length, 
making  entire  length  nearly  4 
feet.  The  fur  of  the  male  is 
usually  of  better  quality  than 
that  of  the  female  and  the  fur 
of  a  male  two  or  three  years  old 
is  the  choicest  of  all. 

White    Fox.  —  The    white 
fox  occupies  or  lives  in  the  polar 
regions  ranging  much  nearer  the 
pole  than  the  majority  of  blue 
foxes.      On    account   of    a    less 
food   supply,   it   is   thought   the 
white   species   are   smaller   than 
the  blue,  which  are  better  fed. 
The  white  fox  in  winter  has  a 
coat  of   clear   white   fur  exter- 
nally, of  good  length,  but  the  under  fur  is  not  so  white 
but  of  a  yellowish  hue.     They  are  white  in  winter  and 
brown  in  summer  on  back  and  sides  and  a  drab  color 
underneath  the  body. 


arctic  white  fox 

SKIN. 
Large — Length     nose     to 
root     of     tail    30;     tail     15; 
total    45;    greatest   width   9; 
shoulders  8  inches. 


164  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Price  of  this  fur  has  been  low  compared  with  the 
blue  variety.  Trappers  have  never  made  any  great  effort 
to  catch  white  fox  owing  to  its  value.  A  change  in  fash- 
ion summer  of  191 5,  when  white  furs  were  worn  around 
the  fair  sex  neck  caused  this  article  to  rise  in  value. 
White  fox,  however,  is  one  of  uncertain  value  as  the 
uses  to  which  it  is  put  are  constantly  changing  owing  to 
the  peculiar  furry  fancies  for  white  furs. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

FOXES RED,  GREY,   KITT  OR  SWIFT. 

CHE  RED  FOX  — RANGE.  — Alaska,  Canada,  its 
islands  and  practically  all  of  the  United  States  are 
inhabited  by  foxes.  Aside  from  the  common  grey 
and  kitt  fox,  all  other  foxes  are  red  or  of  that 
species  in  chance  colors  and  numerous  variations.  Freaks 
of  color  in  the  red  fox  are  not  common  in  the  United 
States  but  occur  often  in  Canada,  Alaska,  Labrador  and 
other  sections  of  the  far  North.  As  red  is  the  prevailing 
color,  our  purpose  is  to  discuss  that  natural  coloring 
alone,  only  making  such  departure  as  is  necessary  to  men-r 
tion  the  several  shades  of  this,  so  called  red,  production 
in  foxes. 

Naturalists  have  divided  the  red  fox  into  at  least 
five  sub-species.  Different  strains  might  exist  in  the 
same  breed  of  foxes  or  other  wild  animals  just  as  they 
do  in  domestic  animals  or  poultry  but  it  is  only  fair  to 
assert  that  any  difference  as  to  size,  color  and  quality  of 
fur  in  the  red  fox  must  be  assigned  to  location  in  a 
geographical  sense,  character  and  quantity  of  food  ob- 
tained, together  with  the  survival  of  the  strongest  in  a 
particular  type ;  but  after  we  are  through  speculating,  the 
red  fox  of  Alaska  and  the  red  fox  of  Southern  United 
States  are  one  and  the  same  as  regards  species.  If  we 
should  plant  a  Northern  climate  with  red  fox  stock  from 

(165) 


i66 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


South   Carolina,   a   few   generations    in   the   Northland 
would  bring  out  a  far  different  type  of  fox  no  doubt. 
The  largest,  longest  furred  and  most  brilliant  colored 


WELL  HANDLED   CANADIAN   RED   FOX   SKINS. 

These     pelts    were    from     foxes     caught,     skinned     and     stretched    by 
the    trapper    who    had    them    and    himself    photographed    before    selling. 

red  fox  inhabits  Alaska  and  other  sections  of  its  most 
Northern  range,  although  there  is  said  to  be  a  very  few 
of  an  extra  large  type  and  the  largest  of  all  foxes  which 


Foxes  —  Red,  Grey,  Kitt  or  Swift.  167 

inhabit  Kodiak  Island.  Newfoundland  and  Nova  Scotia 
red  foxes  are  of  good  size,  the  fur  long  and  heavy,  but 
rather  coarse  and  the  colors  pale.  Quebec,  New  England 
and  the  Adirondack  region  of  New  York  produce  some 
splendid  reds. 

The  fur  and  color  of  red  foxes  differ  in  every  North- 
ern district,  as  well  as  in  the  sections  of  the  United  States. 
The  Kamchatka  red  fox  is  superior  to  all  others  in  length, 
fineness  and  luster.  The  average  red  fox  is  red  or  yel- 
lowish red  on  the  back  and  sides,  the  tail  rather  darker 
than  the  body  and  tipped  with  white.  The  belly  is  either 
white  or  a  dingy  white  and  the  ears  and  lower  portions 
of  the  legs  are  black. 

Size.  —  The  largest  of  the  species  mentioned  will 
measure  4^  feet,  tail  included,  and  some  specimens  still 
more,  depending  upon  length  of  tail,  which  measures 
from  16  to  18  and  even  20  inches.  In  Northern  and 
Central  sections  of  the  United  States,  30  inches  from  tip 
of  nose  to  end  of  pelt,  where  tail  joins,  and  8  to  8^ 
inches  wide  at  base  for  the  cured  skin,  represents  a  large 
skin.  Medium  size  is  about  2  inches  shorter,  a  trifle 
narrower  and  the  small  sizes  in  the  same  proportion.  In 
many  cases  the  principal  difference  is  in  length.  A  small 
pelt  will  be  shorter  than  a  medium  but  not  much  more 
narrow.  A  skin  may  be  appreciably  shortened  by  stretch- 
ing it  wider  than  it  should  be. 

This  fur  bearer  varies  wonderfully  but  is  usually 
largest  in  the  Northern  states  and  Canada.  An  excep- 
tion, however,  is  noted  in  a  skin  from  Tennessee  that 
stretched  in  correct  proportions  yet  had  a  length  of  5  feet 
and  5  inches.     The  fox  was  said  to  have  weighed   19 


HEAVY  FURRED  NORTH 
DAKOTA  RED. 

Large,  length  of  pelt,  32;  tail. 
18;  total,  50  inches;  greatest 
width,  10;  shoulders,  8%.  Prime 
pelt  caught  February  18.  Meas- 
ured on   fur  side. 


(168) 


ONTARIO  FULL  FURRED, 
GOOD  COLOR  RED. 

Large,  length  of  pelt,  36;  tail, 
18^/^;  total,  54 H  inches;  greatest 
width,  101^;  shoulders,  9.  Meas- 
ured on  fur  side.  Many  skins 
from  the  Provinces  of  Eastern 
Canada  and  Northeastern  United 
States  are  of  this  class. 


Foxes  —  Red^  Grey,  Kitt  or  Swift. 


169 


MICHIGAN  REDS  — PELT  AND  FUR  OUT. 

Dimensions  as  shown  (fur  side  in) :  Length 
of  pelt,  32;  tail,  18;  total,  50;  width  at  hips,  8; 
shoulders,    7   inches. 

Dimensions  same  sized  fox  (fur  out) :  Length 
of  pelt,  30;  tail,  18;  total,  48;  width  at  hips,  9; 
shoulders    _  8    inches. 

These  skins  are  just  ordinary  sizes  for  Southern 
Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Northern  Ohio,  Indiana, 
Illinois,  Pennsylvania  and  Northeastern  states. 
Other  Central  and  Southern  states  somewhat 
smaller. 


pounds.  The 
average  of  good 
Northern  fox  is 
around  i o 
pounds  and  the 
pelt,  including 
tail,  is  some  4 
feet  6  inches  in 
length,  but  of 
course  depend- 
ing upon  width 
as  well. 

Handling.  — 
For  a  skin  that 
will  stretch  32 
inches,  it  will 
require  a  board 
36  inches  long 
by  about  8 
inches  at  base. 
The  board 
should  begin  to 
taper  about  10 
inches  from  the 
nose'  of  the 
board.  Foxes 
are  thin  and  ten- 
der in  pelt  and 
care  must  be 
taken  in  skin- 
ning that  the 
skin  is  not  torn. 


170 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


It  will  not  do  to  have  a  fox  pelt  on  the  stretcher  until 

fully  dry.  Not  only  is  there  danger 
of  tearing  it  in  removing  but  turning 
a  fox  pelt  that  is  fully  cured,  may 
rip  it.  The  head  and  nose  will  be  espe- 
cially difficult  to  turn.  As  the  pelt  is 
to  be  sold  fur  side  out,  it  should  be 
removed  from  the  board  and  turned 
when  about  half  dry.  Three  or  four 
days  will  be  sufficient  for  a  partial 
drying  as  a  rule.  The  fox  pelt  is 
thin  and  never  burdened  with  grease 
and  so  dries  quickly.  When  turned, 
a  thin  board  should  be  inserted  to 
hold  the  shape  until  fully  dry.  If 
the  fur  contains  burrs  or  mud  or  is 
matted  through,  having  been  wet  be- 
fore skinning,  should  be  combed  and 
brushed  out. 

Color  and  Quality.  —  A  No. 
I  fox  pelt  is  prime  as  to  color  on 
flesh  side  when  it  is  all  red  or  white. 
The  fur  should  be  long,  thick  and 
fine  and  a  bluish  or  mouse  color  from 
just  below  the  surface  to  the  roots. 
Outwardly  there  must  be  a  liberal 
CENTRAL  NEW  YORK  supply  of  guard  hairs  of  even  distri- 
LARGE  RED.  butiou,  the  tips  of  which  are  silvery, 

36^Ya!i;i85ftot°al 'liy;  while  the  fur  itself  is  a  fine  bright 
i2fs\'^uiSl*  An"^in.  ^^^'  ^uch  skius  scll  at  the  top  mar- 
Sred"?n¥u/sid"."  ^^^^'    kct  price  when  wcll  handled.    A  skin 


Foxes  —  Red,  Grey,  Kitt  or  Swift. 


171 


that  is  not  quite  so  fine,  will  have  all  the  requirements 
mentioned,  except  that  the  color,  instead  of  being  a  deep 


CAPE    BRETON, 

NOVA  SCOTIA 

RED. 

Large,  length  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  34; 
tail,  18;  total,  52 
inches;  greatest 
width,    10;   shoulders. 


TWO    NEW   HAMPSHIRE    REDS 
—  LARGE  AND  MEDIUM. 

(1)  Large,  length  of  pelt,  34; 
tail,  18;  total,  52  inches;  greatest 
width,    10;   shoulders,   8. 

(2)  Medium,  length  of  pelt,  30; 
tail,  16;  total,  46  inches;  greatest 
width,    8;    shoulders,    7. 

Measurements   taken    on    fur    side. 


red,  is  yellowish,  and  instead  of  a  large,  full  furred  tail 
with  a  shade  of  black  mingled  with  the  red,  the  tail  in 
the  second  case  is  greyish  and  dull  in  coloring  and  per- 


172  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

haps  small  and  unattractive.  Some  foxes  are  of  a  very 
poor  color  in  mid-winter,  the  worst  ones  being  of  a  straw 
or  dead  grass  shade.  Such  skins  must  sell  at  a  lower 
value. 

A  young  fox  of  one  or  two  years,  is  usually  well 
furred  and  the  color  good,  while  the  coat  of  an  eight  or 
ten  year  old  fox  will  be  greatly  faded.  It  may  be  from  a 
buff  or  dun  shade  down  to  a  smutty  white.  Again  we 
have  a  prime  skin  of  good  color  and  the  under  fur  is 
perfect  but  there  are  no  guard  hairs  and  the  whole  coat 
appears  flat  without  them.  Another  prime  skin  is  rubbed 
in  spots,  lessening  the  value  according  to  how  much  it  is 
rubbed.  The  cause  may  be  lice  or  fleas  or  mange,  which 
induced  the  victim  to  so  chafe  himself.  Sometimes  a  fine, 
large,  well  furred  pelt  is  defective  through  being  rubbed 
at  the  hips.  Another  is  well  furred  and  of  good  color 
until  the  hips  are  met  and  here  the  fur  is  decidedly  grey, 
as  if  crossed  with  the  grey  fox.  All  of  these  ofif  colors 
and  qualities  are  not  worth  top  prices. 

Primeness  must  also  be  taken  into  account.  The 
slightly  unprime  are  blue  pelts  termed  No.  2.  Such  a 
pelt  may  seem  well  furred  at  a  little  distance  but  a  closer 
view  reveals  its  coarseness  in  a  superabundance  of  top 
hair.  If  such  a  skin  had  been  take  a  month  later,  it  would 
have  been  No.  i,  but  unprime  it  sells  for  one-fourth  to 
one-third  less.  No  fox  should  be  taken  of  poorer  quality 
than  No.  2  but  No.  3  and  No.  4  are  quoted. 

A  No.  3  is  black  on  the  pelt  side  and  the  growth  of 
fur  is  small.  No.  4  are  trash  and  not  to  be  considered. 
Skins  that  are  torn,  badly  shot  and  much  bitten  by  dogs, 
are  damaged,  and  even  if  prime  are  not  No.  I.    The  poor- 


Foxes  —  Red,  Grey,  Kitt  or  Swift. 


173 


est  sample  of  red  fox  is  the  Samson.  Probably  this 
name  had  its  origin  in  the  account  of  Samson  and  the 
foxes  as  told  in  the  Scriptures.  Certain 
it  is  that  this  poor  specimen  bears  a 
singed  appearance  as  if  it  had  been 
through  a  burning  bush.  Not  only  is 
the  coat  burned  in  appearance  but  the 
growth  is  scanty,  kinked  and  curled  at 
the  ends,  which  turn  toward  the  head  in 
little  locks  and  is  clotted  and  matted  to- 
gether. The  Samson  is  of  small  size 
and  the  supposition  is  that  ill  health  is 
the  direct  cause  of  its  being  undersized 
and  its  fur  a  distorted  perverted  growth. 
The  value  is  low — hardly  enough  to  war- 
rant skinning  and  handling. 

Grey  Fox  —  Range. — The  grey  fox 
inhabits  the  Central  and  Southern  states 
and  portions  of  the  West.  It  is  also 
found  on  the  Pacific  Coast  but  is  most 
plentiful  in  the  Southern  States.  While 
differing  somewhat  in  size,  as  to  section, 
the  general  dimensions  of  the  animal 
alive  is  about  36  inches  including  the 
tail.  The  fur  is  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  red  fox  and 
the  value  is  correspondingly  low.  There  is  a  mountain 
species  or  strain  of  the  grey  fox  which  is  much  better 
furred  than  those  of  the  general  country.  The  fur  is 
longer  and  darker  colored,  the  contrast  being  that  between 
light  and  dark  grey.  The  back  is  furnished  with  the 
longest  hair,  which  is  rather  coarse,  is  darkest  through 


ROCKY    MOUN- 
TAIN GREY. 

Medium,  length 
nose  to  root  of 
tail,  24;  greatest 
width,  7^;  shoul- 
ders, 6^  inches; 
tail,  15;  total,   39. 


174 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


the  center  and  lighter  on  the  sides.  The 
tail  is  long  and  darker  than  the  body  on 
its  upper  side  and  the  sides  are  often 
tinged  with  red.  The  grey  fox  tail  is  not 
so  large  and  full,  as  adorns  the  red  fox. 
Uses.  —  Although  a  cheap  fur  grey 
fox  is  serviceable  and  is  made  up  by  the 
furrier  in  great  variety  for  the  class  of 
trade  who  must  use  furs  of  moderate 
cost,  sometimes  it  is  dyed  black  or  blue 
and  sold  as  imitation  of  other  furs. 

Sizes.  —  As    to 
sizes   of  grey   fox. 


VIRGINIA  GREY. 

Large,  tip  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  34;  tail, 
16;  total,  50;  greatest 
width,  8;  shoulders, 
7^  inches.  Although 
nose  is  stretched  some 
inches  too  long,  yet 
the  pelt  is  large,  rep- 
resenting the  larger 
sizes  from  the  hilly 
and  mountainous  parts 
of  Virginia,  Mary- 
land, Pennsylvania, 
West   Virginia,    etc. 


southern 

GREY. 

Medium,  length 
nose  to  root  of 
tail,  23;  tail,  14; 
total,  37;  greatest 
width,  7;  shoul- 
ders,   5%  inches. 


EASTERN 
GREY. 

Medium,  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  26j4; 
tail,  15;  total, 
41p2 ;  greatest 
width,  8;_  shoul- 
ders,   6H    inches. 


Foxes  —  Red^  Grey_,  Kitt  or  Swift. 


175 


the  value  is  so  low  that  the  grader  will  make  but  little 
difference  in  skins  if  disposed  to  be  fair,  the  only  distinc- 
tion being  to  class  the  extra  small  ones  by 
themselves.  As  to  quality,  the  raw  fur  firm 
quotes  four  grades,  but  as  a  No.  2  or 
slightly  unprime  skin  is  only  worth  60  to  75 
cents,  it  can  readily  be  seen  how  meagre 
a  sum  a  No.  3  or  4  will  bring.  It  is  only 
a  waste  of  time  to  skin,  handle  and  deal 
in  such  poor  peltries  and  it  is  hardly  worth 
while  to  give  any  directions  for  assorting 
them.  If  compelled  to  buy  No.  3  and  No. 
4  foxes  of  any  kind  along  with  a  purchase 
of  other  desirable  goods,  class  such  where 
they  belong,  remembering  that  their  value 
is  but  little. 

The  grey  fox  falls  far  short  of  the' 
red  in  cunning.  He  is  much  easier  trapped 
and  when  driven  by  hounds,  his  run  is 
short  and  only  in  small  circles.  It  never 
leads  away  for  a  long  run  before  the  dogs 
and  either  goes  into  the  ground  or  ascends 
a  tree  which  it  can  do  almost  as  quickly  as 
a  cat,  while  if  the  red  is  compelled  to  tree, 
it  can  only  ascend  a  leaning  trunk. 

The  illustration  showing  six  grey  fox 
red    especially   skius    bringfs    out    forcibly    the    fact    that 

around  ears.  *=>  ^  J 

where   furs    are   shipped   and   the!   dealer 
wishes  to  take  advantage  in  the  grade,  that  can  easily 
be    done.      From    description    underneath    these    skins* 
it    will   be    seen    that   there    is    a    difference    in    length 


v^  E  s  T    V I  R- 

GINIA  GREY. 

Large,    nose    to 
root    or    tail,     27 
tail,  15;  total,  42 
greatest  width,   8 
shoulders,     7^ 
inches.      The    fur 
on  head,  hind  legs 
and    tail    which 
shows   dark   on   il- 
lustration is   quite 


176 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


of  five  inches  between  largest  and  smallest,  half  inch  in 
width  at  tail  and  one  and  one-half  at  shoulder,  yet  all 
were  graded  as  large.     These  foxes  were  caught  by  a 


SIX   southern   PENNSYLVANIA   GREY  FOX   SKINS. 

(1)  Length  of  body,    31;    width   at   tail,    10;   shoulders,    8%   inches. 

(2)  Length  of   body,   31;   width   at   tail,    9^^;   shoulders,   7>4   inches. 

(3)  Length  of    body,    80;    width    at   tail,    9%;    shoulders,    8   inches. 

(4)  Length  of  body,   29;   width   at  tail,   9%;   shoulders,   7^   inches. 

(5)  Length  of   body,    27%;    width    at    tail,    9^/^ ;    shoulders,    8%   inches. 

(6)  Length  of   body,    26;    width   at   tail,    9^/^;    shoulders,    7   inches. 
Length  of  tail   varied  2  inches,    being  15   on   No.  6  and  17   on   No,  1, 

others  between  these   lengths. 

trapper  in  Fulton  County,  Pennsylvania,  which  is  one  of 
the  most  southern  in  that  state,  bordering  on  the  state  of 
Maryland.  A  buyer  who  makes  many  classifications  and 
usually  sends  out  prices  above  market  would  have  graded 


Foxes  —  Red,  Grey_,  Kitt  or  Swift. 


177 


about  two  large,  two  medium,  two  small  and  probably 
paid  10%  to  20%  less  for  the  six  than  the  buyer  quoting 
much  less  but  grading  more  liberal  —  in 
fact,  to  state  it  correctly,  will  say  honestly. 
Kitt  Fox.  —  This  small  fox  only 
measures  about  18  inches  to  two  feet  in 
length.  It  is  a  light  grey  in  color  with 
long,  interspersed  white  hairs.  The  sides 
are  a  tawny  yellow  and  the  belly  is  white. 
It  carries  a  full  tail  when  in  fur  about  one 
foot  long,  which  is  grey  except  on  the 
under  side,  where  it  is  yellow  and  the 
guard  hairs  tipped  with  black.  The  fur 
is  rather  dense,  soft  in  quantity  and  the 
pelt  is  light  in  weight.  Its  fur  value  is 
somewhat  less  than  that  of  the  grey. 
SWIFT  OR  KITT  jt  jg  fo^^d  principally  in  the  South- 

FOX  PELT.  ....     V-    1        1  •  A  11 

Large    length  ^^^   parts    01    British    Columbia,   Alberta 
nose  to  tail,  22;   ^^^  Saskatchewan  in  Canada  and  in  the 

tail,     12;     total 

length,  34;  great-  xjuitcd  Statcs  from  the  Dakotas  west  to 

est     wiath,      7%; 

shoulders,    6  j-^e   Pacific   Coast,   which   includes   Mon- 

mclies.  ' 

tana,  Idaho,  Oregon  and  Washington,  al- 
though it  is  in  other  parts  of  the  West  and  Northwest. 
It  is  never  found  in  the  Eastern,  Central  or  Southeastern 
states. 

This  animal  is  said  to  exceed  in  swiftness  most  other 
fur  animals  and  is  often  called  "Swift  Fox."  It  has  never 
been  very  plentiful,  but  of  recent  years  has  become  scarce, 
yet  its  fur  is  quoted. 


12 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

MINK. 

RANGE.  —  This  valuable  fur  animal  inhabits  an  ex- 
tensive range  of  territory,  being  found  from  the 
Arctic  regions  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Alaska, 
Canada,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Labrador, 
North  Eastern  United  States  and  the  Lake  Superior  re- 
gion yield  the  most  valuable  skins  on  account  of  dark 
colors,  fineness  of  fur  and  gloss.  The  least  valuable  mink 
come  from  the  Gulf  States,  the  climate  being  so  warm 
that  a  thick  winter  coat  would  be  a  burden. 

Shades  of  Color.  —  No  mink  is  ever  strictly  black. 
A  dark  brown  is  the  nearest  approach  to  black.  While 
more  dark  mink  are  found  in  the  far  North  and  East 
than  in  the  Central  Western  and  Southern  sections  of 
North  America,  still  a  good  many  skins  taken  in  the  best 
sections  are  only  a  medium  brown  and  some  are  light 
brown  or  pale.  The  most  valuable  mink  pelt  is  not  only 
dark  on  the  surface,  but  the  fur  is  dark  clear  to  its  roots. 
The  grader  determines  this  and  also  its  fineness  and  den- 
sity by  blowing  into  the  fur  until  it  separates.  The  mink 
along  the  Atlantic  Coast  from  Massachusetts  north  are 
especially  valuable,  having  both  size  and  color. 

Besides  being  dark,  fine,  thick  and  having  luster  or 
gloss,  the  perfect  skin  must  contain  a  proper  amount  of 
guard  hairs.    They  should  be  darker  than  the  rest  of  the 

(178) 


Mink. 


179 


fur  and  contain  much  of  the  gloss.  They  should  stand 
out,  bristling  and  lively  in  appearance  also.  Some  mink 
pelts  that  have  a  good  coat  of  fur  in  general  are  lacking 
in  guard  hairs,  either  having  been  rubbed  off,  or  else  for 
some  unknown  cause,  none  have  grown.  Many  a  well 
furred  mink  is  dull  in  color  and  possesses  no  luster  what- 
ever.    This  statement  does  not  apply  to  Northern  mink 


FOURTEEN  NORTHERN   WISCONSIN   MINK   SKINS. 

The  first  four  and  last  one  are  medium,  the  other  nine  large.  The 
large  average  about  25  inches  from  tip  to  tip,  3i/^  at  hips,  3  at  shoulders; 
medium  average  tip  to  tip  23  inches,  3  at  hips,  2%  at  shoulders.  These 
skins  class  with  the  Lake  Superior  sections  and  Maine,  where  none  are 
large  but  dark,  fine  furred  and  among  the  most  valuable  in  America. 


or  any  particular  section  but  anywhere  that  mink  are 
found. 

Sizes  and  Handling.  —  The  next  consideration  is 
size  and  manner  of  handling.  Northern  mink  are  so 
much  smaller  than  those  of  other  sections  that  we  are 
almost  justified  in  pronouncing  them  a  distinct  species. 
A  so-called  large  mink  of  the  North  country  is  smaller 
than  a  medium  sized  mink  of  Central  United  States  and 


i8o 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


a  medium  Northern  mink  is  smaller  than  one  rated  as 
small  a  few  hundred  miles  South.  Canadian  mink  and 
those  of  Maine,  North  Michigan,  North 
Wisconsin  and  similar  latitudes  require 
boards  for  the  three  sizes  about  as  fol- 
lows :  Large,  width  at  base  3^  inches,  at 
shoulders  3  inches,  length  of  board  should 
be  about  28  inches,  length  of  skin  when 
stretched,  from  tip  of  nose  to  end  of  tail 
24  to  26  inches.  Medium  size,  width  at 
base  of  skin  or  hips  3  inches,  at  shoulders 
2j.^  inches,  length  of  board  28  inches, 
length  of  stretched  pelt  from  tip  to  tip  22 
to  24  inches.  Small,  width  of  board  at 
base  2^  inches,  at  shoulders  2  ir^ches, 
length  of  board  26  inches,  length  of  skin 
from  tip  to  tip  stretched,  about  20  inches. 
It  will  be  readily  seen  that  the  North- 
ern mink  are  very  small  compared  with 
their  cousins  inhabiting  Illinois  and  sim- 
ilar sections,  which  I  shall  mention  and 
yet  the  small  species  are  far  more  val- 
uable, just  as  a  five  dollar  gold  piece  ex- 
ceeds the  more  bulky  silver  dollar  in  worth, 
no^e^  ^?  %oot  ^*of   ^^    ^^    movc    southward    into    Southern 

tail,  22;  tail,  8; 
total,  30;  greatest 
width,  4;  shoul- 
ders, 3%  inches. 


NEW  ENGLAND 

PRIME  MINK 

SKIN. 


Michigan,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Penn- 
sylvania and  similar  sections  we  find  mink 
much  larger,  a  little  coarser  in  fur,  not  so 
glossy  and  fewer  dark  ones.  They  average  a  good  brown 
in  shade  from  November  ist  to  about  January  ist.  After 
that  they  begin  to  fade.     Some  pale  skins  are  secured  at 


Mink. 


i8i 


FOUR  LAKE  ERIE  AND  SIMILAR  MINK. 

(1)  Large  (tur  out),  length,  end  of  nose  to  tip  of  tail,  27;  greatest 
width,   5;     shoulders,   4   inches. 

(2)  Large  (pelt  out),  length,  including  tail,  28;  greatest  width,  4; 
shoulders,   3%   inches. 

(3)  Medium  (pelt  out),  length,  including  tail,  24;  greatest  width, 
3%;     shoulders,    3^/4  inches. 

(4)  Small  (pelt  out),  length,  including  tail,  22;  greatest  width,  3^/^; 
shoulders,  3  inches. 

Both  large  mink  were  of  same  size  before  being  turned,  namely,  2'8 
long  and  4  inches  at  hips.  These  sizes  are  about  correct  for  the  best 
grade  of  skins  from  the  Lake  Erie   and   Southern   Lake   Michigan   sections. 


l82 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


all  times.  Mink  of  these  sections  average  as  to  size  for 
large,  28  to  31  inches,  tail  included  when  stretched,  the 
board  being  3^  to  4  inches  at  base  and  3^  to  3^  at 
shoulders.  Medium  size,  length  from  end  of  nose  to  tip 
of  tail  about  26  or  27  inches,  width  of 
board  at  base  3^,  at  shoulders  3 
inches.  Small,  total  length  boarded 
24  inches,  width  at  base  2^  to  2^, 
at  shoulders  2^4  inches. 

Aside  from  the  sizes  in  boards 
given  there  are  between  sizes,  such  as 
large-medium,  also  extra  large  and 
extra  small.  An  extra  large  mink,  if 
well  furred  and  the  shade  borders  on 
the  dark  order,  is  worth  more  than 
ordinary  large  skins.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  an  extra  large  skin  is  pale 
and  coarse,  or  poorly  furred,  it  may 
not  be  worth  sO'  much  money  as  a 
medium  size  well  furred  and  of  good 
color.  It  is  often  difficult  to  buy  an 
extra,  large  mink  of  poor  quality  at 
its  actual  value,  the  owner  being  of 
the  set  opinion  that  it  should  sell  for 
a  good  price  on  account  of  size  alone. 
An  unusually  small  or  kitt  mink  is 
worth  less  than  the  quotations  on 
41/ •  ^sSidlrs^'^sy  small  skins.  Sometimes  a  buyer  will 
iglhfthtSge'mS  P^y  ^  large  mink  price  for  a  large 
NoftTenf^"  A^kansal'  "^^^^ium,  taking  his  chance's  on  getting 
Eastern    Oklahoma     j^jg   moucy  back.     He  may   do  it  to 

and  Kansas.  -'  -^ 


SOUTHWESTERN 

MISSOURI  MINK 

SKIN. 

Large,      length      of 
pelt,  20;  tail,  9;  total. 


Mink. 


183 


hold  his  trade  to  beat  some  competitor  or  through  seem- 
ing generosity  when  he  can  do  it  because  prices  are  ad- 
vancing. 

Mink  taken  in  states  bordering  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 

are  of  moderate  size  but  reddish 
in  color  and  the  fur  is  short  and 
thin.  They  are  the  least  valuable 
of  any  mink  except  the  so-called 
''cotton  mink."  The  latter  ap- 
pear to  be  a  freak  and  occur  in 
several  states,  Central,  South 
Central  and  West.  The  general 
appearance  of  the  Cotton  mink, 
at  first  sight,  is  similar  to  any 
ordinary  mink  but  blowing  into 
the  fur  discloses  that  it  is  white 
as  cotton  from  just  under  the 
surface  to  its  roots,  hence  the 
term  "cotton."  They  are  only 
worth  from  25  cents  to  $1.50. 

Cotton    Mink.  —  It    may 

surprise    trappers,    buyers    and 

dealers   to   know   that   in    some 

localities   of   the   Central   West, 

'^^tYtTmink.'"'^^       there  are  a  good  many  ''white 

Large,  length,  nose  to  root     Underground"    or    cotton    mink. 

?9y.f  \?ektelf 'wittk, '°4yJ;     The  following  letter  dated  De- 

shoulders,     4     inches.       Note  ^  ,  -  4.^    ^ 

how    nice    and    clean    pelt    is       CCmbcr  28th,    IQIO,    frOm    a   trap- 
scraped.      The    dark    spot    on  ^   tt  1   /^  i.        T     J' 

left  shoulder  is  from  hide     per  of  Howard  Louuty,  incUana, 

getting  bloodshot  from  being 

caught   in   steel  trap   by   left       -^JH    orOVC    interesting : 

fore  leg. 


184  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Dear  Sir  :  —  I  am  sending  you  under  separate  cover 
one  small,  pale  mink,  what  is  called  here  a  cotton  mink. 
I  don't  see  them  quoted  in  any  price  list.  Fully  one-half 
of  the  mink  that  we  get  here  are  cotton.  I  have  trapped 
in  Arkansas,  Missouri,  Michigan,  Wisconsin  and  Indiana 
and  never  caught  any  any  place  but  here.  Local  buyers 
pay  from  25c  to  $1.50  for  them  here,  although  I  sold  one 
this  winter  to  a  local  buyer  for  $2.50,  but  it  was  a  large 
one,  33  inches  long,  tail  and  all. 

W.  E.  Waddell^  Howard  County,  Ind. 

The  mink  which  Mr.  Waddell  sent  was  medium 
sized,  but  on  parting  the  hair  or  blowing  the  fur,  the 
under  part  was  white  —  hence  the  name,  ''Cotton  Mink." 
Howard  County  is  some  fifty  miles  north  of  Indianapolis, 
Indiana,  being  in  North  Central  Indiana,  a  section  that 
produces  very  good  skunk,  coon,  rats,  etc.  Why  there 
are  so  many  cotton  mink  is  a  mystery. 

In  the  Central  Western  States  from  Ohio  to  Iowa 
and  south,  there  are  more  or  less  cotton  mink,  but  in  no 
section  have  we  ever  heard  of  so  many  as  in  Howard 
County,  Indiana.  Several  years  ago,  when  buying  furs 
at  GallipO'lis,  Ohio,  a  buyer  in  Pickaway  County,  Ohio, 
which  is  only  about  25  miles  south  of  Columbus,  sent  in 
a  shipment  containing  8  mink,  5  being  cotton.  Outside 
of  this  instance,  we  do  not  remember  of  seeing  more  than 
two  cotton  mink  in  a  shipment  containing  50  or  more 
skins. 

Through  the  section  where  cotton  mink  are  found, 
it  is  doubtful  if  there  are  many  sections  where  over  5% 
are  cotton.    This,  of  course,  is  only  guess  work.    Dealers 


Mink. 


185 


seem  to  vary  a  great 


MINK    SKIN,    LARGE, 
NORTH  DAKOTA. 

Length,  nose  to  root  of 
tail,  25;  tail,  9;  total,  34 
inches;  greatest  width, 
5;  shoulders,  4^/^.  This 
is  only  about  an  average 
of  the  large  size  secured 
in  parts  of  Iowa,  Min- 
nesota, the  D  a  k  o  t  a  s, 
Manitoba,  Saskatchewan, 
etc. 


deal  as  to  the  value  of  cotton  mink, 
all  the  way  from  25  cents  to  $1.50. 
In  certain  sections  such  as 
Western  Indiana,  Illinois  and  por- 
tions of  the  West  and  Northwest, 
including  parts  of  Manitoba,  Sas- 
katchewan and  Alberta,  Canada, 
mink  of  unusual  size  are  found. 
Specimens  have  been  caught  that 
measured  on  the  stretching  board 
36  inches  from  end  of  nose  to  tip 
of  tail,  6  inches  wide  at  base  and  5 
inches  at  shoulders.  Such  dimen- 
sions are  rather  unusual  but  the 
general  run  of  this  brand  of  mink 
is  very  large,  the  average  being 
about  34  inches  from  nose  end  to 
tail  end,  4^  to  5  inches  wide  at  hips 
and  4  to  4J^  at  shoulders  and  the 
other  sizes  in  proportion,  The 
medium  and  small  are  about  two 
inches  shorter  in  length  and  a  half 
inch  less  in  width  respectively. 

Aside  from  Western  large 
mink  and  the  exceptionally  small 
breed  of  the  North  and  Northeast, 
it  is  not  difficult  to  give  the  dimen- 
sions in  boards  required  for  the 
rest  of  the  country.  First  I  will 
observe  that  28  to  31  inches  from 
tip   to   tip   will   constitute   a   large 


i86 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


mink  for  the  Eastern,  Central  and  Southern  states  when 
on  the  drying  board.  Width  about  3^  inches  at  base  and 
3  at  shoulders.     Certain  large  skins  will  exceed  these 

dimensions,  however,  by  an  inch 
or  more  in  length  and  a  half  inch 
in  width. 

It  will  be  seen  that  skins 
vary  somewhat  in  size  in  each  of 
the  three  grades  termed,  large, 
medium  and  small.  There  can 
be  no  exact  standard  or  hard  and 
fast  rule  to  follow  for  no  two 
beans  nor  any  two  snowflakes 
are  exactly  alike.  Even  if  two 
mink  were  of  exact  proportions 
before  going  on  the  drying 
boards,  if  two  different  trappers 
owned  and  had  the  handling  of 
them,  stretched  pelts  might  be 
quite  different  in  measurements. 
One  might  be  overdrawn  to  its 
limit  of  length  and  cured  on  a 
board  much  too  narrow  and  the 
other  may  be  stretched  on  a 
board  much  too  wide  so  that  the 
pelt  is  greatly  shortened.  As 
furs  come  from  a  legion  of  trap- 
pers and  in  all  styles  of  han- 
dling, the  eye  of  the  fur  sorter 
becomes  so  practiced  that  a 
glance  is  sufficient  to  determine 


TWO   LARGE   INDIANA 
MINK. 

(1)  Length  of  pelt,  18; 
tail,  9;  total,  27;  greatest 
width,  4%;  .shoulders,  4^ 
inches. 

(2)  Length  of  pelt,  19; 
tail,  9;  total,  28;  greatest 
width,  4%;  shoulders,  4^ 
inches. 

These  pelts  would  have 
looked  better  if  they  had 
been  stretched  a  little  longer 
and  not  so  wide.  Measure- 
ments were  taken  as  shown, 
pelt    side. 


Mink. 


187 


size,  whether  stretched  wide,  narrow,  uniform,  flaring  or 
pointed.  Practice  alone  is  all  that  can  accomplish  this 
eye  discernment  in  grading  for  sizes. 
I  have  given  a  range  in  each  size 
in  my  remarks  for  the  above  reasons 
that  handling  differs  with  different  trap- 
pers and  also  in  stating  length  of  skins, 
for  one  large  mink  may  have  a  tail  6 
inches  in  length  and  another  of  same 
size,  carry  a  tail  7  or  8  inches  in  length. 
A  mink  should  not  be  stretched  too  long 
and  narrow.  The  stretcher  should  fill 
the  body  well  as  to  width.  If  the  dryer 
is  too  wide,  the  pelt  will  be  shorter  than 
looks  well  and  justice  has  not  been  done 
t(.^  the  head  and  neck.  The  proper  shape 
is  a  board  that  fits  the  pelt  fairly  snug 
and  is  of  uniform  width  until  the  point 
where  shoulders  will  come  en  the  board 
has  been  reached.  Here  the  board  or 
other  stretcher  should  be  a  half  inch 
narrower  than  where  the  hips  come  and 
should  taper  rapidly  to  the  nose  and  still 
Medium    to    large,    j^ot  finish  with   a  sharp  point.     Such 

length,    nose    to    root  ^  ^  -^     ^  ^ 

of  tail,  171/2;  tail,  61/2;   handled  mink  as  this  have  the  right  ap- 

total,       24;       greatest  ^  . 

wdth,   4;    shoulders,    pearaucc  and  will  sell  at  highest  mar- 

3%  inches.     Tail  split     ^  ° 

and  tacked  out  flat  by   ]^qi   priccs   auvwhcre.     There   are   in- 

trapper  to   cure.  ^  -^ 

stances  where  some  amateur  trapper 
dries  a  nice  mink  pelt  on  a  wedge-shaped  board,  much 
like  the  capital  letter  A.  Such  a  cured  pelt  is  worth 
about  half  the  market  price  for  well  handled  skins  and 
do  not  sell  well  anywhere  on  earth. 


ALASKA    MINK 
SKIN. 


i88 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


The  best  timber  for  drying  boards  is  white  wood  — 

poplar,  basswood,  cottonwood, 
and  white  pine  —  or  any  soft 
wood  where  straight  grain  and 
toughness  is  combined.  Hard 
woods  are  not  satisfactory.  It 
is  difficult  to  shape  and  dress, 
and  nails  driven  into  them  draw 
hard,  and  some  break  off.  Most 
hard  woods  when  used  in  making 
thin  boards,  split  easily.  Stretch- 
ing boards  should  be  y^  of  an 
inch  in  thickness,  no  thinner, 
after  they  have  been  planed  on 
both  sides.  When  shaved  into 
proper  form,  the  corners  are 
rounded  and  sanded,  turning  out 
a  smooth  finished  board  on  all 
sides,  to  which  fur  will  not  stick 
obstinately  when  the  pelt  is  dry 
and  removal  is  attempted.  Boards 
should  be  a  little  longer  than  the 

(1)  Large,    length,    nose     expcctcd   pelts   SO  that   there   is 

to   root   of   tail,   18;   tail,   S^/^;  ,.-.,.,.         . 

greatest  width,  31/2;  shoulders,     room  for  a  hall  mch  holc  m  the 

3    inches.  ,  -  ,   .  ^ 

(2)  Medium,  length,  nose    souare  cud  SO  that  skms  may  be 

to    root    of    tail,    16;    tail,    8;  ... 

greatest   width,   3;    shoulders,       huUPf  UO  OU  uails  OT  bC  StruUgf  OU 

2%    irches.  .     ^       \  .,        ,       .  ,^  "^      , 

These  skins  represent  those     wircs  while  drying.   Many  a  val- 

secured    from    the    Southern 

ranges      of      the      Allegheny      uablc     pClt     UOt     hung     haS     been 

Mountains  and  include  parts  ... 

of    West    Virginia,    Virginia,      rumcd   by    miCC, 

Kentucky,      Tennessee      and 

North  Carolina,  being  rather  J)^q     holdcr     of     mluk     pcltS 

dark    and    silky,    tor    so    tar  ^ 

south,      although      averaging      should    SCC    tO    it    that    the    boUCS 

small. 


SOUTHEASTERN     KEN 
TUCKY  MINK  SKINS. 


Mink. 


189 


are  removed  from  tails  or  they  may  rot  and  fall  off,  dam- 
aging the  pelt  considerably.  Trappers  sometimes  neglect 
to  remove  the  tail  bone  and  the  buyer  may  find  it  a  rather 
difficult  job  to  remove  the  bone  after  the  tail  has  dried 

down  but  it  can  be  done  by  using 
a  sharp  knife  to  rip  it  on  under 
side  from  root  to  tip  and  by 
carefully  cutting  around  the 
bone,  peel  it  out. 

Mink  should  not  be  taken 
off  the  stretching  boards  until 
thoroughly  dry,  or  they  will 
wrinkle  and  can  not  be  made  to 
look  smooth  afterwards.  Avoid 
drying  green  skins  in  a  close 
room,  by  the  heat  of  stoves  or 
other  artificial  heat.  It  turns  the 
flesh  side  of  prime  skins  dark 
and  gives  them  an  unprime  ap- 
pearance. Drying  by  the  heat 
from  fires  or  the  sun,  causes 
skins  to  become  brittle  so  that 
they  will  break  easily  and  go  to 
pieces  in  the  process  of  tanning. 
Drying  should  be  done  in  the 
shade  where  it  is  cool  and  there 
^^^^^^Tx.'ll^A^.^f.T^^^        is  a  good  circulation  of  air  so 

CANADA    MINK  ^ 

SKIN.  that   curing   is   affected  through 

Length,  nose  to  root   of     natural  evaporation  only. 

tail,    22;     tail,    7;     total,    29;  ^  •' 

rtachS.'''^'his'i'i„1°S's'"'fS  Degrees  of  Primeness. - 

ciught'Tn.  "coio?,*  b™™'"     No.    I    or  prime   skins   are   full 


190  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

furred  and  entirely  white  on  the  flesh  side,  except  that 
this  appearance  may  be  accompanied  by  a  slight  fleshy 
red  where  skins  have  not  been  closely  scraped.  No.  2's 
are  full  furred  but  there  is  too  much  top  hair  and  the 
flesh  side  is  of  a  bluish  cast.  No.  3's  have  about  one-half 
of  a  winter  coat,  or  growth  of  fur  and  the  general  appear- 
ance is  hairy.  The  flesh  side  is  dark,  almost  if  not  quite 
black.  No.  4's  have  but  a  very  small  growth  of  fur  and 
the  pelt  is  black.  In  some  sections  mink  can  not  lawfully 
be  caught  while  in  the  No.  3  and  4  stages  and  dealers  in 
such  sections  dare  not  buy  them.  No.  2's  are  not  for- 
bidden for  the  reason  that  certain  ones  prime  up  late  and 
a  few  that  are  slightly  off  in  primeness  may  be  expected 
after  the  trapping  season  has  opened  legally. 

Mink  should  be  left  as  they  come  off  the  boards  with 
flesh  side  outward  and  so  presented  when  marketed. 
Why  foxes  and  marten  are  turned  fur  side  out  before 
marketing  and  mink  left  unturned,  it  would  be  hard  to 
tell  except  that  it  is  a  custom.  There  is  one  advantage 
in  leaving  mink  fur  inside.  Mink  fade  quite  rapidly 
when  exposed  to  light  so  if  skins  are  not  turned,  fading 
is  largely  avoided. 

Buying  From  the  Trapper.  —  General  market  quo- 
tations value  mink  not  only  for  size  and  primeness  but 
also  as  to  color,  whether  dark,  brown  or  pale.  At  this 
point  the  writer  feels  impelled  to  offer  the  beginner  in 
fur  buying  a  few  words  of  advice.  When  mink  are  prime 
and  at  their  best  in  color  which  is  from  November  ist 
until  early  January,  do  not  endeavor  to  buy  them  and 
assort  for  color  if  you  wish  to  accumulate  mink  furs  in 
any  quantity  worth  your  time.     He  who  assorted  mink 


Mink. 


191 


for  color  has  long  ago  been  driven  off  the  ground  among 
country  fur  buyers.  When  mink  are  sent  in  to  some 
house  on  consignment,  grading  can  be  done  as  they  see 


FOUR    NORTHEAST    CANADA   MINK  SKINS. 

T.iruj-,  1234 

Length  01  body,   inches 24        2'2  22        20 

SJJ^th  ^t  tail    inches...    41/2      41/4  38/4      43^ 

Width  at  shoulders,   inches 3%      314  314      4 

Length    of   tail,    inches 9          s^^  SV^      9 

These    skins    are    about    an    average    for    size   and  color   as  caught   in 

the   eastern   half    of    Canada. 


fit,  but  not  when  you  try  to  buy  of  the  trapper  in  person. 
Most  country  buyers  work  on  the  rule  that  a  good,  prime, 
straight  mink  pelt  in  late  autumn  and  early  winter  is 


192  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

worth  full  quotations  for  dark  mink,  unless  the  fur 
should  be  extremely  pale.  If  a  trapper  has  a  collection 
of  six,  eight  or  more  good  mink  he  many  times  holds  them 
at  a  flat  or  average  price.  Dark  brown  and  pale  all  go 
together  and  he  will  sell  in  no  other  way.  Of  course 
there  are  cases  where  a  mink  or  two  can  be  secured  at  a 
real  bargain  but  most  trappers  are  well  informed  now-a- 
days  and  the  novice  soon  learns  to  stick  for  every  last 
cent. 

Liberality  is  the  keynote  to  successful  fur  buying 
and  he  who  gives  the  trapper  a  little  the  best  of  it  as 
often  as  he  can,  is  sure  to  make  friends  who  will  hold 
subsequent  furs  for  him.  Buyers  who  have  only  handled 
skins  of  mink  caught  in  their  immediate  locality  can 
hardly  believe  the  variation  in  size  from  different  parts 
of  the  country.  The  following  measurements  are  a  few 
that  have  been  brought  to  my  notice : 

A  Minnesota  mink,  37  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 
An  Oklahoma  mink,  32  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

A  New  Jersey  mink,  32  inches  from  tip  to  tip  and 
43^  inches  wide  at  hips. 

One  from  Alberta,  Canada,  37  inches  from  tip  to 
tip,  6^  inches  at  hips  and  5^  at  shoulders.  Note  espe- 
cially the  extraordinary  width. 

One  from  Minnesota,  38  inches  from  tip  to  tip,  5^-^ 
inches  at  hips  and  4^  at  shoulders. 

Two  South  Dakota  mink,  each  38  inches  from  tip 
to  tip. 

A  32  inch  mink  caught  along  Houlston  River,  Ten- 
nessee. 


Mink. 


193 


Two  North  Dakota  mink,  each  36  inches  from  tip 

to  tip. 

Two  Iowa  mink,  33  inches  from  tip  to  tip.     The 
largest  weighed  an  even  5  pounds. 
Two  from  the  state  of  Wash- 
ington   (dressed)    each    36   inches 
from  tip  to  tip. 

One  from  Central  Ohio,  37 
inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

A  4/^  pound  mink  caught  in 
the  Riding  Mountains  of  Manitoba, 
Canada. 

Four  Kansas  mink,  the  largest 
stretching  35  inches  and  weighing 
45^  pounds  —  the  others  about  4^4 
each. 

A  Massachusetts  mink,  35 
inches  from  tip  to  tip  and  weighing 
3  pounds  14  ounces. 

A  Lake  Superior  region  mink, 
33'  inches  from  tip  to  tip,  weighing 
3  pounds. 

Four  from  an  Illinois  trapper 
that  measured  from  tip  to  tip :  one, 
35^,  one  35>^,  two  34  each. 

No  doubt  these  measurements 
and  weights  are  much  above  the 
average,  for  large,  from  the  states 
and  provinces  mentioned,  yet  they 
are  correct. 

Mink  caught  in  the  Lake  Supe- 


YUKON    RIVER    VAL- 
LEY  MINK   SKIN. 

This  is  a  dark  furred 
pelt  but  note  how  much 
white  it  has  on  the  belly. 
Neck  and  throat  to  fore- 
legs being  nearly  all 
white  while  a  narrow 
strip  extends  entire  dis- 
tance. About  an  average 
sized  skin  from  Yukon 
Valley,  being  22  inches 
from  nose  to  root  of  tail; 
tail,  8;  total  length,  30; 
greatest  width,  4% ; 
shoulders,  3%. 


13 


194  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

rior  region,  Maine,  Eastern  Canada,  are  small  —  usually 
under  3  pounds  and  when  stretched  less  than  3,0  inches 
from  tip  to  tip.  Owing  to  their  color  and  fine  fur  they 
are  worth  more  than  skins  from  the  Northwest  that  will 
average  a  half  larger  but  much  lighter  in  color  and  coarser 
fur. 

The  inexperienced  mink  collector  will  do  well  to 
remember  that  size  alone  does  not  represent  mink  values. 
Should  over  large  skins  for  a  certain  locality  be  offered, 
and  big  prices  accordingly  wanted,  more  than  likely  such 
skins  are  not  native.  It  only  costs  a  few  cents  to  mail 
one  or  more  skins  a  few  hundred  miles. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

MUSKRAT. 

RANGE.  —  Muskrat  are  like  mink,  one  of  our  most 
common  and  widespread  fur  bearers.  They  in- 
habit territory  from  Canada  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
and  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  Naturalists 
claim  to  have  separated  no  less  than  five  distinct  species 
in  this  fur  bearing  rodent.  Be  that  as  it  may^  the  dealer 
is  unable'  to  distinguish  any  difference,  except  that  locality 
affects  the  rat  as  to  length  and  thickness  of  fur  and  heft 
of  pelt.  The  muskrat  of  the  Western  states  is  thinner 
in  pelt  and  shorter  in  fur  than  the  Eastern  and  Central 
states  rat.  Those  of  the  Gulf  states  are'  so  short  in  fur 
as  to  be  worth  only  about  60%  of  what  is  paid  for  rats 
of  the  Eastern  and  North  Central  states.  The  most  val- 
uable of  all  are  the  black  rats  found  on  the  salt  tide  water 
that  overflows  the  marshes  along  the  shores  of  the  East- 
ern states,  mainly  from  Virginia  north  to  New  Jersey, 
where,  in  some  localities,  the  per  cent  is  25  or  even  more 
of  the  entire  catch. 

Habits  and  Quality.  —  When  inhabiting  rivers  and 
streams,  muskrat  live  in  dens  in  the  banks,  the  entrances 
of  which  are  under  water.  The  channel  leading  to  the 
nest  ranges  upward  so  that  the  nest  at  its  end  is  several 
feet  above  water  where  the  banks  are  high  enough  to 
admit  it.    River  bank  dwelling  rats  are  heavy  in  pelt  and 

(195) 


196  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

well  furred.  Rats  that  inhabit  lakes  with  muddy  margins 
and  swamps,  swales  and  ditches  live  mostly  in  houses. 
The  fur  is  thinner  and  the  pelt  lighter  than  that  of  the 
bank  rat.  The  house  is  a  conical  dome  erected  about 
three  feet  above  water.  It  is  composed  of  flags,  reeds, 
grass,  roots  and  mud  and  is  mud  plastered  to  exclude  the 
frost  of  winter.  The  house  is  three  to  four  feet  in 
thickness  at  its  base.  It  is  roomy  inside  and  the  walls 
are  about  6  or  8  inches  thick.  A  stool  or  seat  is  erected 
inside  from  the  same  material  that  comprises  the  house. 
This  seat  or  rest  is  depressed  and  contains  the  nest  where 
the  rat  lies  comfortable  and  warm  and  feels  no  effects  of 
the  storms  and  biting  wintry  blasts.  Here  he  lives  in  the 
darkness  of  an  underground  world  for  several  months 
while  thick  ice  covers  the  water.  When  food  is  desired 
he  must  dive  to  bottom  and  secure  the  roots  of  flags  and 
pond  lilies  which  he  brings  up  to  his  snug  home  and 
devours. 

Where  rats  inhabit  places  that  are  poor  in  vegetation, 
not  so  good  a  coat  of  fur  will  be  found  as  where  the 
needed  food  is  plentiful.  This  condition  will  be  found 
in  uninhabited  regions  where  the  forests  keep  out  the 
sun  and  so  retard  the  growth  of  grass,  flags,  lilies,  reeds, 
etc.,  which  rats  require  for  food  and  house  building.  On 
the  waters  of  such  wild  territory,  rats  are  not  numerous 
and  their  fur  is  thin  and  the  pelt  light  and  papery.  Veg- 
etable food  is  not  departed  from  by  the  muskrat  except 
that  clams  are  eaten  to  some  extent  where  plentiful  and 
claims  attention.  The  rat  carries  the  mussel  upon  shore 
and  leaves  it  until  dead,  when  it  is  easily  opened. 


MUSKRAT.  197 

Mating  occurs  in  March  or  early  April  and  the  kitts 
are  born  the  latter  part  of  May  or  the  first  of  June.  Four 
to  eight  constitute  the  number  in  a  litter.  Old  rats  fre- 
quently produce  a  second  litter  and  the  early  spring  kitts 
sometimes  mature  and  rear  one  family  the  same  season. 
This  rapid  increase  is  all  that  prevents  the  rat  from  be- 
coming extinct  under  the  persistent  trapping  and  hunting 
by  man  and  boy.  The  rat  being  easily  trapped,  it  becomes 
a  victim  to  the  small  boy's  first  efforts  at  trapping.  Where 
plentiful,  expert  trappers  often  bend  all  their  efforts  in 
trapping  rats  alone. 

Uses  of  Muskrat.  —  In  recent  years  this  fur  has 
been  employed  in  a  wide  range  of  uses  and  under  several 
fanciful  names  to  promote  its  sale.  When  plucked, 
sheared,  and  dyed,  it  is  ''Near  Seal."  Made  up  into  capes, 
collarettes,  boas  and  muffs,  it  becomes  Canada  Mink, 
Brook  Mink,  River  Mink,  etc.  Men's  caps  are  made  of 
it  and  overcoats  lined  with  it.  It  is  used  to  trim  cloaks 
and  milliners  use  it  in  trimming  and  making  winter  hats. 
There  are  various  uses  not  necessary  to  enumerate.  Rat 
fur  is  attractive,  whether  made  up  natural,  dyed  or 
blended.  The  fur  is  popular  and  were  it  not  for  the  fact 
that  the  leather  is  not  very  lasting,  it  would  rival  the 
mink  on  account  of  less  cost.  But  it  is  warm,  rich  in 
appearance,  the  service  fair  and  it  will  no  doubt  maintain 
its  favor  indefinitely.  Several  million  skins  are  marketed 
annually  and  at  a  single  London  sale  three  million  were 
offered. 

Primeness,  Grading  and  Size.  —  Muskrat  taken  in 
late  fall  are  furnished  with  a  fair  coat  of  fur  but  do  not 
become  full  prime  until  early  spring.    The  flesh  side  of 


198 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


fall  rats  is  dark  or  bluish,  no  signs  of  primeness,  except 
a  few  red  spots  or  streaks  that  will  widen  later  as  prime- 
ness advances.  Towards  the  end  of  November  some  skins 


MUSKRAT  PELTS  PROPERLY  AND  IMPROPERLY  HANDLED. 


Top    row    fairly    well    skinned,    stretched    and    handled, 
poorly    skinned,    stretched    and    handled. 


Bottom    row 


have  improved  in  quality  to  the  extent  that  they  are 
termed  Winter  rats.  In  such  skins  the  pelt  is  at  least 
one-half  red.  Some  dark  spots  remain  in  the  pelt  until 
early  March  when  the  pelt  becomes  entirely  red  or  flesh 


MUSKRAT.  199 

color  with  a  white  background,  when  they  are  entirely 
prime  and  are  termed  ''Spring  rats." 

Only  three  sizes  should  be  made  in  grading  fall  rats. 
Large  and  medium  sizes  go  together.  Undersized  skins 
of  fair  thickness  are  termed  small  and  very  small  papery 
skins  are  the  kitts.  Skins  that  measure  5/^  to  6^  inches 
at  hips  and  a  half-inch  less  at  shoulders  and  are  14  to  16 
inches  in  length,  class  large  and  medium.  A  few  skins 
are  taken  with  dimensions,  when  dry,  17  or  18  inches  in 
length,  7  inches  wide  at  hips  and  6^  at  shoulders.  Skins 
5  inches  wide  and  12  to  13  long  are  small.  Kitts  8  to 
10  inches  long  and  4  to  5  inches  wide.  Papery  pelted 
mediums  belong  in  the  small  grade  of  good  heft  and  the 
papery  pelted  small  go  with  the  kitts.  Winter  rats  large 
and  medium  class  as  one  grade  if  of  good  weight  in  pelt 
and  full  furred.  Thin  skinned  large  and  medium  go  with 
large  Fall,  and  small  papery  Winter  go  with  small  good 
heft  Fall  rats. 

In  a  lot  of  30  muskrat  skins  as  caught  by  a  trapper 
in  Wyoming,  the  largest  measured  15  inches  in  length,  5 
at  hips  and  4^  at  shoulders.  The  average  was  much 
smaller,  being  only  12  long  with  a  width  of  5  at  hips  and 
4^  inches  at  shoulder.  This  size  would  be  graded  as 
small  from  Ohio,  or  other  rat  producing  states  east  of 
the  Mississippi  river.  The  pelt  also  was  very  thin,  in 
fact,  papery  rattling  when  handled,  yet  the  fur  was  good 
length,  thick  and  heavy.  Such  skins,  however,  are  not 
very  valuable  as  pelt  is  thin  and  tender  requiring  care 
in  tanning  and  manufacturing. 

Quite  a  large  per  cent  of  rats  in  Spring  are  damaged 
by  cuts  received  in  fighting.    These  must  be  graded  down 


200 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


according  to  how  much  damaged.  One  or  two  cuts  places 
a  pelt  one  grade  below  and  if  badly  cut  and  scored  it  is 
next  to  worthless. 


SPRING  MUSKRAT   SKINS. 

(1)  Large,    length,    17;    greatest    width,    6^;    shoulders,    dVz   inches. 

(2)  Medium,  length,  13^;  greatest    width,    5%;    shoulders,    5^/4    inches. 

(3)  Medium,  length,  13J^;   greatest  width,  6;   shoulders,   51^4   inche^ 
No.  2    is    not    properly    stretched  —  too    pointed.      ^"^^     "    '"    "■" 

right  but  should  be  pelt  side  out. 


No.    3    is    shaped    all 


In  Central,  Eastern  and  Northern  sections  primeness 
covers  a  good  share  of  March  and  half  of  April.  After 
this  there  will  be  some  signs  of  shedding,  such  as  becom- 
ing blackish  around  the  fore  legs,  neck  and  head,  as  the 
result  of  numerous  roots  of  summer  hair  that  are  coming 


MUSKRAT.  20I 

in.  Taking  rats  much  beyond  the  last  of  March  should 
be  discouraged,  for  early  April  finds  most  of  the  females 
pregnant.    Such  slaughter  is  folly  and  ruthless  waste. 

Care  of  Skins.  — In  skinning  rats  the  pelt  should 
be  takferi.oif  entire,  ears,  eyelets  and  noses.     Pelts  when 
torn  off  at  the  ears  and  eyes  appear  mutilated  and  it  short- 
ens them  sufficiently  to  bring  a  full  sized  skin  down  with 
the  small.     All  surplus  fat  and  flesh  should  be  removed 
at  the  time  of  being  placed  on  the  drying  board.     These 
forms  should  come  near  to  fitting  each  size  in  pelts  so 
that  the  skin  may  not  be  strained  and  make  the  fur  thm 
through  covering  too  large  a  surface.     The  back  of  pelt 
should  cover  one  side  and  the  belly  the  other,  not  stretch- 
ing sidewise  with  a  fore  leg  on  each  side  of  the  board. 
Draw  skin  to  full  extent  and  use  6  or  8  nails  to  a  side, 
pulling  out  the  slack  points  and  hold  tight  while  driving 
nail.    Do  not  remove  pelts  from  boards  until  thoroughly 
dry.    If  partly  green  when  removed,  the  pelt  will  wrinkle, 
perhaps  shrivel.    Avoid  drying  under  the  influence  of  the 
sun  or  fires.     It  turns  pelts  dark,  giving  an  unprime  ap- 
pearance.    It  also  makes  them  brittle  so  that  they  will 
break.     Dry  only  by  natural  evaporation  in  cool,  venti- 
lated rooms.     See  that  pelts  are  not  hung  in  leaky  barns 
or  sheds  where  they  will  be  dampened  by  rain.    They  will 
mildew  and  this  nearly  ruins  them.     Mildew  also  occurs 
when  a  large  number  are  thrown  in  a  pile  and  not  turned 
over  frequently  and  also  when  hung  up  together  in  com- 
pact bunches.     Sweating  and  mildew  both  damage  rats 
c^Onsiderably.     Cured  skins  should  be  strung  on  a  wire, 
passing  it  through  the  noses  and  leaving  a  little  space  be- 
tween each  pelt  and  its  neighbor. 


202  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Stretching  Boards.  —  Boards  for  drying  should  be 
uniformly  oblong,  somewhat  narrowed  at  the  shoulders 
and  taper  rapidly  from  thence  to  the  nose.  However, 
rats  do  not  want  to  be  tapered  so  decidedly  as  skunk. 
Just  taper  enough  so  that  the  head  and  neck  is  stretched 
to  its  full  extent,  no  more  and  no  less.  Boards  should  he 
y^,  of  an  inch  thick,  planed  both  sides  and  after  being 
formed,  the  corners  are  rounded  and  sand  papered.  The 
timber  should  be  soft  but  tough  such  as  whitewood,  bass- 
wood,  poplar,  Cottonwood,  etc.  Such  timber  as  yellow 
pine,  gum  or  sycamore  is  hard  to  work  and  splits  badly 
when  dressed  thin.  The  board  should  be  at  least  i8 
inches  long  and  near  the  base  a  half  inch  hole  should  be 
bored  to  hang  up  by  when  pelts  are  drying. 

In  making  stretching  boards,  patterns  of  the  different 
sizes  should  be  made  first  and  all  boards  laid  out  by  these 
established  forms  so  that  sizes  will  be  exact,  instead  of 
hewing  them  out  by  guess.  Wire  stretchers  are  used  to 
a  great  extent  and  have  the  merit  that  skins  will  dry 
sooner  on  these  open  forms  than  when  hugging  a  board, 
but  where  timber  exists  wood  stretchers  are  still  largely 
used.  A  good  supply  should  always  be  made  ahead  and 
ready  for  use. 

Buying  and  Selling.  —  The  matter  of  buying  and 
selling  are  important  topics.  Not  many  muskrat  collec- 
tions in  recent  years  have  been  purchased  from  trapper 
and  country  dealer  on  assortment.  The  custom  prevailing 
is  that  of  buying  flat  or  average.  So  well  established 
is  it,  that  but  few  will  sell  according  to  grade.  Buying 
flat  is  largely  guesswork  and  the  figure  asked  per  skin, 
as  they  run,  is  usually  high  enough  to  make  the  odds 


MUSKRAT.  203 

greatly  in  favor  of  the  seller.  Instances  of  substantial 
losses  being  sustained  by  him  who  secures  the  goods  are 
not  lacking.  The  writer  has  seen  cases  where  25  cents 
flat  was  demanded  and  paid  and  such  collections  only 
graded  19  or  20  cents  average  and  even  as  low  as  17 
cents.  A  loss  of  $5.00  per  hundred  on  a  large  bunch 
amounts  to  a  snug  sum  in  pocket  for  one  and  out  for  the 
other.  The  usual  reason  for  such  shortage  between  price 
paid  and  real  value  lies  in  the  large  percentage  of  small 
rats  and  kitts  the  lot  contains.  On  the  other  hand,  col- 
lections have  been  purchased  that  sold  for  a  ten  or  fifteen 
cent  raise  a  few  weeks  later,  $10  to  $15  per  hundred, 
$100  to  $150  per  thousand. 

The  buyer  may  be  compelled  to  buy  average  and  still 
he  should  not  be  expected  to  go  it  blind  and  buy  a  pig 
in  the  bag.  If  a  speculator  has  his  rat  collection  corded 
up  and  will  not  permit  inspection  the  chances  are  that 
the  skins  underneath  do  not  compare  at  all  with  the 
outside  display.  The  shrewd  possessor  of  a  rat  collec- 
tion is  not  likely  to  place  them  on  sale  for  a  flat  price 
with  the  worst  side  exposed  or  even  as  the  lot  will  aver- 
age. On  the  outside  small  rats  are  few  and  kitts  none. 
On  the  interior  10%  to  15%  of  kitts,  large  and  small,  lay 
concealed,  if  the  buyer  did  but  know  it.  And  this  pro- 
portion will  hold  as  a  rule  in  all  collections  of  Fall  rats. 
Every  lot  of  much  size  also  contains  more  or  less  of  dam- 
aged skins.  Shot,  torn,  mildewed,  gnawed  by  mice, 
poorly  handled,  unstretched,  shriveled,  burned  by  coat 
of  grease,  all  have  to  be  deducted  from  the  rest  and  as 
they  each  count  the  same  as  a  straight  pelt,  averages  are 
inflated  and  a  fictitious  value  placed  on  the  collection. 


204 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


If  a  collection  of  rats 
there  will  be  a  far  larger 
weights  than  if  taken  from 


LARGE    AND    MEDIUM    MUSK- 
RAT  SKINS. 

(1)  Medium,  length,  13;  width  at 
hips  and   shoulders,   5  inches. 

(2)  Medium,  length,  14;  width  at 
hips  and  shoulders,  5  inches. 

(3)  Large,    length,    15;    width    at 
hips,    7^;    shoulders,   5^/^   inches. 

None  of  these  skins  were  stretcked 
properly. 


are  all  of  the  swamp  variety, 
percentage'  of  kitts  and  light 
rivers  and  other  streams  and 
large  clear  lakes.  This  fact 
often  sees  two  collections 
in   the   same   locality   that 
differs    very    much.      One 
buyer  relates  that  he  pur- 
chased two  rat  collections 
about  30  miles  apart.    Brass 
owned  one  lot  and  Bowser 
the    other.      Brass    has    a 
good  lot  of  Fall  rats  mostly 
of  good  heft  as  to  quality 
of   pelts    and   a   minimum 
number  of  kitts.     "I  paid 
Brass  30  cents  flat,"   said 
the  buyer.     "Bowser's  lot 
contained  a  large  percent- 
age of  kitts  and  small  and 
I  could  not  offer  but  25 
cents  average  for  them.  The 
next  time  I  visited  Bowser 
he  called   me   to   account. 
'I  hear  you  paid  Brass  30 
cents  for  his  rats/  he  said. 
*Then  you  come  right  along 
the  same  day  and  only  al- 
lowed me  25  cents  for  mine. 
What  kind  of  a  man  are 
you  ?'      Explanations  d  i  d 


MUSKRAT.  205 

no  good.  Bowser  did  not  listen  to  them,  even  when  I 
showed  a  statement  from  my  firm  that  the  Brass  pur- 
chase at  30  cents  was  a  much  better  deal  than  the  one 
where  25  cents  was  paid.  Bowser  would  not  sell  me  an) 
f ursjd^ing  th^  rest  of  the  season." 

_  af-brings  the  fur  buyer  new  battles  to  be 

bought  and  he  copes  with  his  adversaries  best  who  is 
prepared  to  pay  the  price  asked  for  furs  and  grant  the 
seller's  own  terms  in  assorting.  The  proprietor  of  one 
large  fur  house  instructs  his  traveling  buyers  to  make 
no  deals  for  rats  on  a  flat  basis  unless  he  is  allowed  to 
inspect  the  lot  sufficiently  to  see  how  they  run  for  sizes, 
kitts,  percentage  of  Winter's,  etc.  Even  then  he  would 
a  little  rather  that  no  flat  buying  be  done  and  such  oppor- 
tunities to  trade  be  passed  by.  For  he  declares  that  sel- 
dom does  a  lot  so  purchased  sort  out  the  value  that  has 
been  paid.  This  brings  us  to  the  question  of  fictitious 
values  and  selling  furs  by  unfair  methods,  to  make  money. 
Often  a  collection  that  is  held  for  a  high  average  offer 
has  been  purchased  at  a  flat  price  and  a  high  price.  If 
any  money  is  to  be  made,  the  lot  must  sell  at  a  still  higher 
average  when  unloaded  on  the  next  man.  It  would  be 
interesting  to  know  how  the  big  dealer  at  the  main  fur 
center  comes  out  on  such  a  lot  of  fur  as  we  have  been 
describing  when  a  half  dozen  small  buyers  have  handled 
them  and  each  made  a  rake  off  in  profit. 

In  most  localities  rats  are  trapped  ofif  so  closely  that 
but  very  few  live  to  be  old  and  of  large  size.  We  may 
expect  then  that  the  average  in  any  collection  will  run 
medium  for  size  with  quite  a  proportion  small,  light  and 
kitts.     He  who  ships  a  lot  of  these  young  rats  to  some 


206 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


firm  whose  price  for  ''Extra  Large"  is  attractive,  is  made 
to  realize  painfully  in  his  returns  that  the  large  rat  is 

woefully  lacking.  Seemingly 
they  endeavored  to  assort 
them  all  tO'  small  sizes,  so  he 
thinks. 

The  muskrat  supply  keeps 
up  well  considering  the  enor- 
mous numbers  taken  each 
year.  Although  thousands  of 
trappers  were  at  work  har- 
vesting muskrats  in  the  Fall 
of  1912  and  it  was  believed 
in  some  quarters  that  rats 
were  wiped  out,  the  Spring  of 
19 1 3  saw  more  rats  caught 
than  ever  known  before.  The 
Spring  catch  was  heavier  than 
the  Fall.  Where  all  the  rats 
came  from  was  a  mystery. 

So  long  as  there  is  water 
there  will  be  rats.  But  no 
matter  how  numerous  they  are 
in  a  certain  place,  drain  the 
water  ofif  and  in  a  month  the 
rats  which  existed  there  are 
but  a  memory.  Restore  the  water  after  a  lapse  of  ten 
years  and  the  rats  as  quickly  return  in  a  single  season. 
Water  powers  are  being  developed  on  rivers  everywhere 
and  the  widespreading  ponds  thus  formed  are  very  soon 
inhabited  by  muskrats.    The  delay  is  no  longer  than  until 


EXTRA  LARGE  ILLINOIS 
MUSKRAT  PELT, 

This  skin,  on  pelt  side,  meas- 
ured as  follows:  "Length,  19; 
greatest  width,  8%;  shoulders, 
71^  inches.  Not  one  skin  in 
a  thousand  is  this  size  as  the 
Extra  Large  quoters  know. 


MUSKRAT. 


207 


vegetation  starts.  Many  such  artificial  ponds  have  be- 
come worthy  of  the  best  trapper's  attention  and  thou- 
sands of  rat  furs  are  taken  from  them.  Not  only  is  this 
fur  a  valuable  resource  but  the  flesh  is  fast  becoming  an 
article  of  food  and  in  some  quarters  it  has  a  market  quo- 
tation. Trappers  in  close  touch  with  the  large  cities  ex- 
pect to  market  the  carcass  as  well  as  the  pelt.  In  dry 
seasons  rats  appear  to  be  the  least  numerous  and  in  wet 
seasons  when  swamps  and  ditches  are  filled  and  the  lakes 
and  streams  are  at  a  good  head,  rats  are  unusually  plen- 
tiful. Considering  the  rapid  natural  increase,  well 
watered  sections  will  not  see  the  rat  extinct  very  soon. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

SKUNK. 

RANGE. — Skunk  inhabit  practically  all  of  the  United 
States  and  a  large  portion  of  Canada  —  the  south- 
ern part.  This  fur  bearer  is  so  common  and  of 
such  value  that  it  yields  more  money  than  any 
other  fur  taken  in  the  latitudes  where  it  abides.  Such 
skunk  as  inhabit  regions  of  snow  and  low  temperatures 
are  much  superior  in  quality  of  fur  to  those  taken  in  the 
milder  zones  as  is  true  of  all  fur  bearers.  Northern  and 
far  Eastern  prime  skunk  fur  is  long,  thick,  a  blue  black 
and  glossy,  while  in  the  warmest  sections  fur  is  shorter, 
thinner,  pelt  smaller  and  fur  not  so  glossy.  Skunks  are 
partial  to  a  settled  country  and  are  never  numerous  in 
wild  sections  very  far  from  man  and  his  works.  They 
are  quite  fearless  and  also  lawless,  frequently  making 
^quarters  under  deserted  houses,  barns  and  other  build- 
ings. If  not  molested  they  will  bring  forth  their  young 
and  rear  them  in  such  proximity  to  human  buildings. 

Species  and  Sizes.  —  Skunk  differ  so  much  in  size 
and  in  general  appearance  in  various  sections  of  the 
country  that  we  are  warranted  in  the'  presumption  that 
there  are  different  species  of  the  same'  animal.  In  por- 
tions of  the  Northwest  they  are  very  large,  exceeding 
those  orf  all  other  sections  for  size  to  a  marked  degree. 
To  illustrate:    An  ordinary  sized  male  skunk  of  Central 

(208) 


Skunk. 


209 


and  Eastern  United  States  will  require  a  stretching  board 
8  inches  wide  at  base  and  6  at  shoulders  and  24  inches  in 
length ;  many  a  large  Western  long  stripe  will  need  a  dry- 
ing board  10  inches  wide  at  base,  8  at  shoulders  and  30 
inches  in  length  for  the  pelt  alone,  tail  not  included.  On 
account   of   superior  size  they  are  worth  50%   to  75% 


TWELVE  LONG  NARROW  STRIPES  AND  ONE  SHORT. 

1        2        3        4        5        6        7        8        9       10      11      12      13 
Length   of  body, 

inches     21      22      22      21i/4  18      22'y2  22      22^4  22      21      213^  25      21 

Width    at   t  a  i  1, 

inches     9>-sy2    9        9        9        8        9i^    9        8%    8^^  10        9        S^^ 

Width    at    shoul- 
der,  inches 6        6^/4    6        6        5^4    534    5        6        5%    5i^    6i^    6^4    6 

Length     of     tail, 

inches     14      14%  14      13      12      14      131/^  15      14%  13      121/2  16      13  _ 

These  skunk  were  caught  by  a  trapper  in  Wisconsin  —  note  how  uni- 
form they  are  (with  the  exception  of  No.  12)  in  stripe  and  size.  No.  12 
is  a  No.  2  or  short. 


more  than  the  same  marked  skins  of  similar  latitudes 
where  the  average  is  much  smaller.  A  part  of  the  wide 
range  inhabited  by  these  large  skunks  is  North  Iowa, 
Minnesota,  the  Dakotas  and  Northern  Wisconsin.  Four 
grades  as  to  amount  of  white  a  pelt  may  contain  are  com- 

14 


2IO 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


mon  to  all  other  sections,  being  termed  Black  or  No.  i. 
Half  or  short  stripe  or  No.  2,  Long  narrow  stripe  or  No. 
3,  and  Long  broad  stripe  or  No.  4,  also  called  white. 

Years  ago  a  skunk  skin  to  be  a  No.  i  must  have  no 
more  white  than  that  which  covers  the  scalp,  but  as  this 


THREE  NO.  1   OR  BLACK  SKUNK. 

(1)  This  is   what   is  called   a  star  black. 

(2)  The   two   thin   white   stripes  and  the  small  spot  o£  white  at  rump 
do  not  lessen  the  value. 

(3)  Stripes   are  a   little    wider   and   longer  than   on  the   middle   skin, 
yet  this  is  a  skunk  of  the  No.  1  grade. 

fur  became  more  valuable  and  in  strong  demand,  grading 
became  so  liberal  that  two  thin  forks  of  white  extending 
from  the  crown  two  or  three  inches  downward  was  per- 
missible and  later  on  good  sized  skins  were  rated  No.  I 


Skunk. 


211 


when  short  narrow  stripes  went  down  to  the  point  of 
shoulders. 

Such  is  the  custom  when  assorting  for  No.  I's  under 
ordinary  conditions,  as  to  business  prosperity  and  exist- 
ing world's  markets.  If  the  market  is 
demoralized  for  any  cause,  then  the  as- 
sort becomes  less  liberal  and  sometimes 
so  severe  that  it  approaches  the  old 
days  when  a  No.  i  could  contain  no 
more  white  than  the  palm  of  one's  hand 
will  cover.  If  a  star  black  skunk  is 
undersized,  such  as  is  locally  termed  a 
''Kitt,"  it  is  worth  no  more  than  a  No. 
2,  or  half  stripe  and  should  be  so 
graded.  If  very  small,  it  is  not  worth 
so  much  as  an  ordinary  sized  half  stripe, 
because  the  amount  of  fur  is  less. 

There  are  many  variations  in  the 
markings  and  to  assort  some  odd 
marked  ones,  requires  careful  judgment 
to  place  them  where  they  belong.  If 
stripes  are  broken  or  branched  or  of 
irregular  width  or  length  the  total 
amount  of  white  portion  must  be  esti- 
mated after  taking  into  consideration  the  size  of  the  pelt 
that  is  being  examined.  Sometimes  a  skin  exhibits  a  fork 
of  white,  one  of  which  does  not  extend  below  the  shoul- 
ders while  the  other  reaches  to  the  middle  of  the  skin. 
Ordinarily  such  a  skin  would  be  classed  as  No.  2  but  there 
are  instances  where  it  will  pass  for  No.  i.  To  be  so  classed 
it  must  be  a  large,  well  furred  skin  and  the  stripes  very 
slight,  about  ^4  o^  ^^  i^^h  in  width. 


NO.    1    OR    BLACK. 


212 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


NO.  2  OR  SHORT. 


No.  2's  are  those  skins  with  stripes 
not  more  than  an  inch  wide  running  to 
the  middle  of  back  or  an  inch  less  or  an 
inch  beyond  the  center.  If  very  narrow 
the  stripes  may  extend  2/3  of  the  length 
of  pelt  and  grade  No.  2.  An  undersized 
half  stripe  belongs  a  grade  below  with 
the  No.  3's.  Especially  is  this  true  if 
the  skin  is  very  small  and  the  stripes 
heavy  as  to  width.  Small  skins  with 
very  short  forks  of  white  grade  No.  2, 
when  if  the  skin  was  of  ordinary  size, 
it  would  grade  No.  1 
or  black. 

No.  3's  carry  stripes 
not  over  an  inch  wide 
in  ordinary  sizes  ex- 
tending the  entire 
length  or  within  three 
inches  of  the  tail  root. 


If  a  skin  is  extra  large,  a  wider  stripe 
is  allowed  than  if  of  ordinary  size. 
Usually  a  stripe  one  inch  wide  is  the 
limit  and  ^  to  ^  inch  wide  stripes 
make  a  good  deal  better  No.  3. 
Extra  small  half  stripes  belong  with 
the  No.  3's  and  a  large  No.  3  with  the 
narrowest  stripes  are  really  worth 
more  money  than  a  very  small  No.  2. 
Undersized  No.  3's  belong  a  grade 
down  with  the  No.  4.     Long  stripes 


NO.   3   OR    LONG. 


Skunk. 


213 


having  one   narrow   stripe   and   the    other   extra   wide, 
should  be  graded  as  No.  4  or  broad. 

No.  4's  are  long  broad  stripes  whose  combined  width 
will  aggregate  more  white  than  there  is  of  black  in  the 
back  of  a  pelt.  Also  as  previously  stated,  very  small  long 
narrow  stripes  are  graded  No.  4.  Lil)- 
erality  in  grading  depends  somewhat 
upon  circumstances.  If  a  trapper,  buyer 
or  shipper  should  offer  a  lot  of  skunk 
that  were  all  small,  from  a  section 
where  they  average  much  larger,  it  is 
fair  to  suspect  that  the  large  skins  have 
all  been  kept  back,  perhaps  with  a  view 
of  obtaining  an  extra  price  for  them, 
and  at  the  same  time  secure  the  full 
market  price  for  the  small  sizes  offered 
The  illustrations  of  the  four  grades 
will  convey  a  good  idea  of  these  skins, 
as  skunk  are  sold  on  these,  or  similar 
grade,  by  all  dealers  unless  selling  flat. 
Some  shipper  sends  a  trial  ship- 
ment  about  as  follows:  25  No.  i,  7  No. 
2,  17  No.  3,  and  5  broad.  Now  in  the 
entire  list  of  25  No.  i,  there  is  not  one 
straight  skin  for  that  grade.  They  are 
either  undersized  or  stripes  reach  al- 
most the  middle  of  skin,  or  are  too  wide  and  other  ob- 
jections prevent  them  from  even  entering  the  doubtful 
list.  Only  7  No.  2's  and  all  ought  to  go  No.  3.  Faults, 
undersized,  stripes  reach  almost  to  tail,  exceeding  broad 
if  only  extending  half  way.    The  3's  are  mostly  too  broad 


NO.  4  OR  WHITE. 


214  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

and  should  be  graded  No.  4.  The  small  allowance  for 
broads,  there  is  no  doubt  about,  for  their  backs  are  nearly 
all  white. 

When  such  a  job  as  the  foregoing  is  put  up  to  test 
the  buyer's  generosity  and  common  sense,  can  he  be 
blamed  if  the  owner  of  such  a  lot  is  disappointed  with 
the  returns  ?  The  dividing  line  is  so  closely  drawn  in  the 
different  grades  of  skunk  as  between  buyer  and  seller, 
especially  when  this  fur  is  in  big  demand  and  prices  high, 
that  many  a  quibble  arises.  Even  under  the  most  liberal 
grading,  the  owner  sometimes  demands  assortments  that 
can  not  be  granted  by  any  buyer  that  is  sane.  A  fur 
hunter  offers  a  single  skin  on  the  local  market.  It  is  an 
ordinary  sized  one,  freshly  caught  and  has  never  been  on 
the  drying  boards.  Two  forks  of  white  extend  below  the 
shoulders  midway  between  that  point  and  the  middle  of 
the  back.  He  insists  that  it  shall  sell  for  No.  i.  The 
buyer  is  liberal  in  all  cases  but  declares  this  skin  can 
never  sell  for  No.  i.  Not  only  do  the  stripes  go  most 
too  far  down  to  grade  No.  i,  but  they  are  heavy  as  to 
width.  The  owner  is  confident  of  his  position  and  goes 
away  to  try  some  other  buyer. 

Selling  a  skin  for  what  it  is  not,  many  times  means 
an  extra  dollar  for  the  seller  and  a  dollar  donated  by  the 
buyer.  Some  raw  fur  firms  make  four  sizes  in  each  of 
the  four  grades  of  skunk.  Their  quoting  is  Extra  Large, 
Large,  Medium  and  Small.  Now  in  such  a  range  of 
sizes,  it  is  easy  to  quote  confusing  prices  and  unheard  of 
high  prices  for  Extra  Large.  The  facts  are  that  the  quo- 
tations for  Extra  Large  are  but  a  sop  paraded  before  the 
eyes  of  the  prospective  shipper  as  a  bait  to  induce  ship- 


Skunk. 


215 


ments  and  cover  up  the  deficiency  in  prices  quoted  for 
medium  and  small.  It  is  rare  that  you  will  ever  ship 
any  skins  of  such  proportions  that  they  will  be  invoiced 
Extra  Large  and  net  you  that  big,  attractive  figure. 


SIZES    OF   MARYLAND    SKUNK   SKINS. 

(1)  Large,  22'  length  of  pelt;  (2)  length  of  pelt,  19;  (3)  length  of 
pelt,  IS  inches.  Greatest  width,  8%,  7%,  6%.  Measured  on  pelt  side. 
These  dimensions  were  furnished  by  a  trapper  who  selected  three  from 
a   large   number  —  largest,   smallest  and   average. 

In  Fall  and  early  Winter  when  the  majority  of 
skunk  taken  average  good  sizes,  there  should  be  no  dis- 
tinction in  sizes,  except  where  now  and  then  a  Kitt  or 


2i6  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

extra  small  may  be  found.  If  you  do  have  an  occasional 
small  pelt  in  your  lot,  the  buyer  will  not  lose  if  he  grades 
it  merely  for  the  amount  of  white.  For  every  small  skin 
he  is  getting  a  dozen  or  more  large  ones  and  some  that 
are  extra  large.  We  will  admit  that  a  few  extra  large 
skins  alongside  of  the  small  ones  make  the  latter  appear 
rather  insignificant.  Skunk  skins  average  much  larger 
early  in  the  season  than  they  do  during  the  spring  months. 
Evidently  they  go  into  winter  quarters  fat  and  hide  in 
prime  condition  but  towards  spring  when  they  become 
active  again,  they  are  not  only  poor  in  flesh  but  the  hide 
has  apparently  shriveled,  at  any  rate  it  is  smaller  on  the 
same  skunk  than  when  that  animal  was  fat.  Skunk  skins 
will  not  only  average  larger  but  are  much  more  glossy  and 
black  during  the  months  O'f  November,  December  and  part 
of  January  than  later. 

Prime  and  Unprime. — Prime  skunk  are  full  furred 
and  will  be  white  on  the  flesh  side  after  being  cleaned 
of  fat  and  the  red  flesh  which  often  sticks  to  pelt.  The 
pelt  that  is  not  quite  prime  will  be  of  a  bluish  cast  on  the 
flesh  side  and  can  even  be  seen  through  a  coat  of  grease. 
When  the  skin  has  been  scraped  clean  the  blue  appear- 
ance of  unprime  pelts  will  stand  out  clearly.  If  caught 
so  early  that  there  is  but  little  under  fur  and  the  pelt  side 
is  black,  the  skin  is  of  no  value  and  is  termed  trash,  scab, 
etc. 

The  blue  pelt  or  unprime  No.  i  as  to  amount  of 
white  is  graded  down  with  prime  No.  2's  and  the  blue 
pelts  No.  2  go  down  in  the  grade  of  prime  No.  3's.  Un- 
prime No.  4's  are  cut  in  price  below  market  price  for 
prime  No.  4.     Some  fur  bearers  of  the  same  species 


Skunk. 


217 


prime  up  sooner  than  others.  Two 
skunk  caught  at  the  same  time  and 
in  the  same  neighborhood  may  find 
one  prime  and  the  other  blue  pelted. 
At  first  sight  both  may  appear  prime 
but  comparing  them  side  by  side  the 
difference  will  be  noted,  not  only  in 
regard  to  color  of  pelt  but  the  blue 
pelt  will  be  found  lacking  in  under 
fur  and  will  present  too  much  top 
hair. 

Care  and  Handling.  —  Skunk 
are  universally  fat  in  Fall  and  early 
Winter.  A  heavy  blanket  of  fat 
covers  the  body  which  is  left  on  the 
carcass  in  skinning  and  still  a  second 
coat  of  grease  lies  next  to  the  skin. 
This  should  be  scraped  away  clean 
from  the  skin  when  it  is  intended  to 
hold  this  fur  for  any  considerable 
length  of  time.  The  tools  are  a  sharp 
wooden  knife  or  a  dull  drawing 
knife.  A  beam  of  rounded  timber 
flattened  on  upper  side  is  made  by 
champering  it  to  such  a  taper  that  it 
will  receive  any  sized  skin.  It  should 
be  incorporated  in  a  shaving  horse 
so  that  the  operator  sits  astride  as 
he  works.    However,  in  the  large  fur 


IOWA  LARGE   SKUNK 
SKIN. 

Length,  including  tail, 
44;  greatest  width,  9; 
shoulders,  8  inches.  This 
skin  is  nicely  handled  — 
note  how  well  fleshed  and      ,  .  ,  ,^ 

stretched,  even  the  tail    houses   scrapmg  bcams   are   usually 

is    split    and    tacked    out 
flat. 


mounted  so  that  the  workers  stand 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

but  must  bend  over  them  as  they  work.  Scraping  is  done 
by  downward  strokes  from  head  to  rump  and  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  scrape  so  close  as  to  draw  out  or  expose 
the  hair  roots. 

While  skunk  skins  are  being  held,  those  that  are  dry 
and  removed  from  the  stretching  boards,  will  remain  in 
good  condition  if  clean  and  they  are  strung  on  a  wire 
which  passes  through  the  noses,  and  kept  separate.  Short 
wires  or  strong  cord  are  attached  to  the  main  wire  at 
intervals  of  a  few  feet  and  made  fast  to  hooks  or  screw 
eyes  overhead  to  prevent  sagging.  The  pelts  should  be 
strung  and  not  allowed  to  press  each  other  and  there 
should  be  ventilation  and  a  circulation  of  cool  air  admit- 
ted much  of  the  time  to  keep  down  any  tendency  in  pelts 
to  sweat. 

If  fat  skins  are  not  scraped  and  are  held  long  in 
moderately  warm  rooms,  there  is  much  danger  that  the 
grease  will  heat  the  pelt  and  loosen  the  fur.  Sometimes 
such  skins  exhibit  a  yellow  or  creamy  color  and  are  waxy 
to  the  touch.  Ten  chances  to  one  they  are  burned  and  a 
slight  pull  on  the  fur  will  bring  away  a  good  lock  of  it. 
If  burned,  and  the  fur  is  loose,  such  skins  are  called  ''fur 
slips"  or  "pullers"  by  country  dealers.  Pullers  have  no 
value  whatever.  They  are  past  redemption.  Sometimes 
skunk  furs  that  are  free  from  fat  but  green  and  uncured 
are  thrown  in  a  pile  or  left  in  a  sack  closely  packed  until 
they  become  tainted.  If  the  odor  that  arises  is  that  of 
pronounced  decay,  the  probabilities  are  that  they  have 
sweat,  loosening  the  fur  and  that  it  is  ruined. 

Skunk  should  not  be  salted.  Brine  forms,  drips  on 
the  fur  and  spoils  its  appearance.     It  also  toughens  the 


Skunk.  219 

pelt  so  that  it  resists  the  process  of  tanning.  The  bone 
should  be  removed  from  tails  to  prevent  rotting,  and  one 
more  word  in  regard  to  scraping.  Green  skins  do  not 
scrape  well  as  the  fat  is  tough  in  character  but  when  pelts 
have  hung  two  or  three  weeks,  the  fiber  of  this  fat  breaks 
down  and  becomes  oil.  This  is  the  time  to  scrape,  for  it 
can  be  done  easily  and  clean.  When  this  oil  stage  is 
attained,  therein  lies  the  danger  of  heating,  and  every  day 
they  are  neglected  at  this  time  is  hazardous. 

Shedders  and  Rubbers.  —  After  skunk  become 
prime  but  few  defects  will  be  found  for  some  weeks  ex- 
cept that  a  skin  or  two  may  appear  at  times  affected  by 
mange.  If  mangy,  the  under  fur  will  be  lacking,  the  skin 
scaly  and  scabby.  There  is  little  or  no'  value  in  such 
pelts.  In  the  latter  part  of  winter  there  are  some  rub- 
bers. Lice  or  fleas  cause  the  animals  to  get  under  some 
log  or  snag  and  chafe  themselves  until  the  fur  is  worn 
off  down  to  the  skin.  This  damages  a  pelt  greatly.  A 
spot  rubbed  in  the  back  no  larger  than  a  penny  places  a 
skin  one  grade  below  and  if  rubbed  the  size  of  a  half 
dollar  it  belongs  two  grades  below.  If  the  rubbed  sur- 
face is  as  large  as  the  palm  of  a  man's  open  hand,  it  is 
about  worthless. 

By  March  ist  in  central  sections  and  two  weeks 
earlier  in  South  Central  states,  skunks  begin  shedding. 
All  trapping  and  otherwise  securing  this  fur  should  end 
abruptly  before  the  shedding  stage  has  arrived.  But  as 
it  does  not,  something  must  be  said  in  regard  to  market- 
ing them.  In  a  collection  of  these  springy  skunks,  will 
be  found  shedders  in  different  stages,  some  only  slightly 
affected  while  others  are  bad  shedders.     To  distinguish 


220 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


skins  that  are  shedders  is  not  difficult.  The  flesh  side 
has  lost  the  flint  white  appearance  of  winter  skins  and  is 
very  red  and  bloodshot  and  the  fur  is  thin  or  woolly  or 
both. 

There  is  no  hard  and  fast  rule  for  grading  and  val- 
uing shedders.  They  must  all  be  examined  separately, 
regardless  of  white  markings  and  valued  according  to  con- 
dition. Many  trappers  and  local  buyers  are  not  compe- 
tent judges  of  springy  skins  and  having  accumulated  a 
bunch,  will  fight  strenuously  against  the  poorest  skins 
being  placed  one  and  two  grades  below,  as  they  belong. 
Some  may  be  about  worthless  and  yet  the  owner  can  not 
or  does  not  want  to  see  it.  About  the  best  way  to  han- 
dle the  springy  skunk  question  is  to  grade  strictly  with- 
out liberality  in  regard  to  colors.  Establish  a  reduced 
price  on  all  grades  and  low  enough  to  meet  conditions  or 
money  will  be  lost  for  rarely  can  springy  skunk  be  bought 
cheap  enough. 

In  Winter  a  good  many  skins  are  brought  in  green 
and  frozen  with  the  fur  outside.  They  are  hung  up  in 
this  condition  or  perhaps  thrown  in  a  heap.  While  it 
remains  cold,  this  will  do  but  when  soft  weather  comes, 
they  must  be  turned  fur  side  in  and  stretched  on  boards 
or  they  will  become  slippery  which  is  the  next  thing  to 
spoiling  and  the  fur  loosening.  If  not  placed  on  boards, 
they  also  shrink  greatly  in  size  in  a  short  time  and  in  a 
pronounced  way,  about  the  neck  and  head. 

Sizes  and  Shapes  of  Boards.  —  As  previously  re- 
marked, the  large  Western  long  stripes  sometimes  require 
a  board  30  inches  long,  10  wide  at  base  and  9  at  shoul- 
ders.   The  medium  and  small  in  these  skunk  will  require 


Skunk. 


231 


boards  about  2  inches  less  in  dimensions  all  around  for 
each  succeeding  size.  All  other  states  Northeast  and 
Central  for  the  full  sized  skins  require  a  board  about  8 

inches  wide  at  base,  7  at  shoulders 
and  24  inches  in  length,  not  including 
the  tail.  Medium  size,  22  long,  7^ 
at  base,  6>^  at  shoulders.  Small,  18 
long,  base  6,  shoulders  SV^-  South- 
ern skins  are  of  smaller  size.  South- 
ern Ohio  and  Indiana  are  smaller 
than  those  of  Michigan  and  the  East- 
ern states.  Ohio  skunk  have  a  larger 
percentage  of  blacks  or  No.  i  than 
any  other  state.  Often  an  Ohio  col- 
lection will  run  50%  to  No.  i.  A 
large  number  in  this  section  are  star 
blacks,  having  no  more  white  than  a 
white  scalp.  Of  course  there  will  be 
skins  that  will  require  boards  be- 
tween sizes  of  those  I  have  men- 
tioned. There  must  be  a  little  vari- 
ation for  each  grade. 

There  is  also  a  great  diflference 
in  the  way  skins  are  handled  by  dif- 
ferent men.  The  proper  shape  for 
skunk  boards  is  uniformly  oblong. 
They  should  taper  quite  rapidly  from 
CALIFORNIA   LONG         jj   ,     ^  j        ^        ^^     shoulders 

NARROW  STRIPE.         "^    ^^^""^^    uciuw     wntit 

Large,  length  of  pelt,  will  come,  to  the  HOse  and  yet  not 
^:f'  gre'itesrw'idth!  end  iu  a  sharp  point.  One  trapper 
ur'ed'^on^fur''side.  ^'^"    shapes  his  boards  uniform  and  an- 


'i:22  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

other  makes  the  head  and  shoulders  portion  too  wide  so 
that  the  nose  is  not  filled  and  finally  shrivels  and  dries 
down  hard  and  pointed.  It  makes  the  pelt  shorter  than  it 
should  be.  A  third  trapper  forms  his  boards  long  and 
narrow  as  if  skunk  required  an  exaggerated  mink  board, 
or  cat  skins  were  going  to  occupy  them.  The  result  is 
that  the  hips  and  body  lack  much  of  being  filled  out  to 
their  full  extent.  The  skunk  is  comparatively  short  in 
body  with  small  neck  and  head  and  boards  should  be' 
shaped  accordingly.  Buyers  should  always  have  a  good 
supply  of  stretching  boards  on  hand. 

Speculation.  —  So  far  as  the  writer  has  been  able 
to  ascertain  there  is  more  wild,  reckless  buying  of  skunk 
furs  than  in  any  other  when  prices  are  high  and  demand 
strong.  When  there  is  undue  excitement  and  over-con- 
fidence in  the  future  exists,  hardly  two  men  can  be  found 
of  the  same  mind  when  it  comes  to  old  established  rules 
in  grading.  Both  may  be  eager  to  buy,  but  one  of  them 
must  be  the  victor  and  carry  off  the  spoils  even  if  his 
better  judgment  tells  him  he  has  beaten  himself. 

Brown,  a  country  buyer,  leaves  a  bunch  behind  with- 
out buying  it  because  the  owner  wants  to  sell  his  half 
stripes  for  No.  I's  and  his  broad  stripes  or  No.  4's  for 
No.  3.  Brown  is  hungry  for  furs  but  prudence  for  once 
interposes  and  is  heeded.  He  does  not  dare  buy  the  lot 
on  such  an  assort.  Smith,  a  second  buyer,  comes  along 
shortly  afterward.  His  appetite  for  skunk  skins  is  wolf- 
ish. He  has  just  sold  a  bunch  he  had  bought  on  an  ex- 
aggerated assortment  to  a  buyer  in  the  pond  of  specu- 
lators who  is  just  a  little  bit  bigger  fish  than  himself.  He 
made  a  dollar  and  a  half  clear  and  it  has  greatly  stim- 


Skunk.  223 

ulated  him.  Now  with  blood  in  his  eye  he  says  to  the 
owner  of  the  bunch  Brown  had  left,  'I'll  take  'em  on 
your  assort."  Having  secured  the  lot  Smith  must  now 
endeavor  to  find  one  a  degree  wilder  than  himself  to  un- 
load on,  if  he  is  to  make  anything  or  even  get  his  money 
back.  If  he  becomes  nervous  over  the  deal,  he  may  for- 
get scruples  of  honesty  and  proceed  to  doctor  up  his  pur- 
chase a  bit,  as  a  counterfeiter  might  a  five  dollar  bill,  to 
make  a  fifty  of  it.  He  pulls  or  shaves  out  some  of  the 
white  stripes  to  shorten  them  by  a  half  and  so  become 
good  No.  I's.  Others  where  such  work  would  be  too 
noticeable  because  of  length  and  width  of  stripe,  he  black- 
ens with  shoe  blacking  or  whisker  dye.  The  broad  stripes 
bought  as  No.  3  can  not  be  improved,  which  causes  some 
chagrin. 

With  all  his  cunning,  skins  thus  tampered  with  are 
easily  detected  in  daylight.  The  white  stripe  shows 
through  on  the  flesh  side  although  it  has  been  blackened 
and  there  is  a  noticeable  contrast  between  blackened  fur 
and  the  real  thing.  So  Smith  makes  it  a  point  to  sell 
some  evening  when  the  falling  shades  of  night  prevent  a 
close  inspection.  One  trick  in  severe  cold  weather  is  to 
shave  the  white  portion  from  a  half  stripe  while  green, 
keep  it  fur  side  out,  lap  the  shaved  furrow  together  and 
let  it  freeze.  I  once  saw  a  bunch  of  six  or  more  which 
had  been  so  treated  and  were  all  sold  for  black  skins 
while  frozen  like  a  rock.  Not  many  buyers  will  escape 
being  taken  in  by  this  scheme.  Aside  from  deceptions 
practiced,  the  prevailing  excitement  is  sufficient  to  cause 
plenty  of  irregular  if  not  dishonest  doings. 


224 


Fur  Buyers' 


.DE. 


Floating  reports  about  the  country  as  to  what  this 
one  and  that  one  received  for  his  furs  and  what  such 
and  such  ones  have  been  offered  is  such  stimulating  gos- 
sip that  buyers  having  a 
few  dollars  to  invest  become 
keyed  up  to  a  fever  pitch. 
They  race  and  run  and  hire 
teams,  if  not  owning  one, 
each  striving  to  head  the 
other  off  and  get  to  the  spot 
where  a  few  pelts  are  held, 
as  if  the  gold  of  the  Klon- 
dike lay  in  them.  They  go 
without  meals,  are  up  early 
and  late  and  the  few  hours 
stolen  for  sleep  are  restless' 
and  beset  by  dreams  of  bat- 
tling to  secure  a  share  of  the 
precious  loud  odored  peltries. 

The  country  buyers  are 
not  alone  responsible  for  this 
excitement.  It  is  promoted 
by  the  large  fur  firms  who 
flood  the  country  with  spe- 
cials every  week,  each  suc- 
ceeding list  coming  out 
higher  than  the  previous  ones 
of  competitors.  Certain  firms 
become  so  anxious  as  to  say,  "Send  in  your  furs.  We 
will  take  them  on  your  own  assort  and  valuation  or  re- 
turn them  and  pay  express  both  ways  if  our  ideas  are  too 


SOUTHEAST  NEBRASKA 
SKUNK  PELT. 

Large,  measured  on  pelt  side, 
length,  22H;  tail,  13;  total,  35i^; 
greatest  width,  9%;  shoulders, 
7%  inches.  Same  pelt  measured 
on  fur  side,  length,  same  but 
greatest  width,  10%;  shoulders, 
8%  inches. 


^ 


5KUNK.  225 

far  apart."  Trappers  receive  the  same  quotations  that 
are  sent  to  buyers  which  excites  them  accordingly  and 
makes  it  hard  to  buy  from  them.  Unless  the  local  buyer 
will  pay  extreme  prices  and  be  extremely  liberal  in  grad- 
ing, the  trapper  will  take  a  chance  in  shipping  his  furs  or 
at  least  threatens  to  do  so.  For  a  time  there  seems  to  be 
no  end  to  excited  buying  and  exaggerated  liberality  in 
grading.  Finally,  all  of  a  sudden  there  comes  news  of  a 
drop.  Prices  have  been  forced  too  high,  says  the  big  fur 
firm  and  the  market  is  demoralized.  Values  are  about 
20%  lower  and  still  further  reductions  may  be  expected. 

The  effect  of  this  news- on  the  army  of  small  buyers 
is  like  a  12-inch  shell  sent  from  the  forces  of  an  enemy 
to  explode  among  them.  There  is  a  great  hurry  to  un- 
load holdings  now  and  this  still  further  weakens  the  mar- 
ket. Losses  are  sustained  and  accepted  with  the  best 
grace  possible,  after  which  there  is  a  scurry  to  cover. 
Trappers  and  skunk  diggers  keep  at  work  and  the  fresh 
catch  must  be  sold  but  suddenly  they  come  to  realize  that 
there  are  no  buyers.  Last  week  there  were  plenty  of 
buyers  but  now  they  are  conspicuous  by  their  absence. 
They  have  all  dug  themselves  into  retreats  before  the 
Memy,  a  broken  market. 

Now  a  good  many  are  driven  to  shipping  their  catch. 
The  returns  show,  besides  a  big  cut  in  prices,  that  liber- 
ality in  grading  has  been  supplanted  by  extreme  rigor 
and  severity  in  assorting.  A  skunk  does  not  go  No.  I 
if  having  much  white  except  the  scalp.  Unless  a  long 
stripe  is  really  narrow,  it  is  a  No.  4.  No  doubtful  ones 
go  to  the  shipper's  benefit  now.  Some  are  thrown  a  grade 

15 


226  Fur  Bt  de. 

helow  where  they  should  stand  and  assort  is  made  in  sizes. 
This  all  represents  the  difference  between  a  booming, 
over-confident  condition  in  the  market  and  the  reverse 
when  capital  is  timid  and  traders  panicky. 

Wild  speculation  in  furs  should  not  obtain  any  more 
than  if  dealing  in  grain  or  vegetables  and  perhaps  would 
not  were  it  not  that  there  are  so  many  grades  in  furs  and 
such  a  difference  in  views  as  to  sizes,  qualities,  colors, 
etc.,  which  affords  a  wide  margin  for  speculation.  There 
is  also  a  sort  of  fascination  about  handling  furs  which 
induces  more  middlemen  dealers  to  enter  the  field  than 
is  necessary,  more  in  proportion  to  what  are  needed  than 
in  the  handling  of  any  other  commodity. 

Shipping.  —  Of  course,  skunk  skins  in  some  states 
are  larger  than  in  others,  but  the  average  is  pretty  much 
the  same  in  any  locality.  The  quotations  vary  somewhat 
for  the  various  states  and  localities  but  those  best  in- 
formed do  not  see  any  necessity  for  quoting  extra  large, 
large,  medium,  small.  Many  reports  from  those  that 
have  shipped  tend  to  show  that  the  "size"  method  of 
quoting  is  not  for  the  best  interest  of  the  shipper  although 
some  reliable  firms  do  so  quote. 

When  sending  furs  out  on  consignment  to  the  large 
fur  houses,  there  is  system  to  be  observed  as  well  as  in 
buying.  First,  see  that  the  skins  are  clean  as  to  grease. 
Pack  in  sacks  standing  on  tails  or  noses  and  snugly.  Do 
not  double  up  and  wrinkle  any  dry  pelts.  Place  your  as- 
sort in  an  envelope  and  address  on  the  outside.  Put  this 
in  with  the  furs.  See  that  the  sack  is  well  sewed  up  and 
properly  tagged.  Write  a  letter  at  the  same  time  noti- 
fying the  receiver  of  the  shipment  and  request  that  the 


Kk  227 

furs  be  held  separate  until  you  can  accept  or  reject  the 
returns.  Every  trapper  and  handler  of  skunk  furs  should 
be  interested  in  its  conservation  and  continuance  on  the 
face  of  the  earth.  Such  enormous  wealth  has  accrued 
from  it  and  will  yet,  under  proper  regulations,  that  it 
should  be  and  is  a  concern  of  the  nation.  If  the  skunk 
should  become  extinct,  it  would  be  a  greater  calamity  to 
us  than  the  loss  of  a  dozen  dreadnought  battleships. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

CIVET    CAT.  * 

RANGE.  —  In  a  general  way  the  section  inhabited  by 
this  animal  may  be  said  to  be  between  30  and  40 
degrees  north,  although  there  are  few  if  any  north 
of  the  Ohio  River  in  the  states  of  Illinois,  Indiana 
and  Ohio.  Neither  do  they  range  east  of  the  Allegheny 
foothills  in  the  Carolinas  or  Georgia ;  there  are,  however, 
a  few  along  the  east  coast  of  Florida.  They  are  also 
found  north  of  40  degrees  in  the  west  in  Iowa,  Nebraska, 
southern  Minnesota,  southern  Wyoming,  all  of  Oregon 
and  along  the  coast  of  Washington  and  north  into  British 
Columbia.  They  are  much  more  numerous  in  parts  of 
the  Central  West  than  a  few  years  ago. 

Description.  —  For  some  unaccountable  reason  this 
diminutive  specie  of  skunk  is  generally  called  civet.  It 
is  also  known  as  spotted  skunk.  This  animal  (call  it 
what  you  please)  is  provided  with  a  peculiar  odor  some- 
what similar  to  the  skunk,  but  not  so  powerful  to  carry 
a  long  distance  through  the  air.  To  many  the  odor,  at 
close  range,  is  as  nauseous  and  offensive  as  skunk  per- 
fume. It  rarely,  if  ever,  exceeds  a  foot  in  length  and  the 
tail  is  shorter  than  the  head  and  body  combined. 

Size  and  Color.  —  This  fur  producer,  like  the  com- 
mon large  skunk,  varies  much  in  size  and  also  in  the 
amount  of  white  in  the  fur  as  well  as  in  the  pattern  of 

(228) 


Civet  Cat. 


229 


1 

■  ■■     ■          WW-*  ■  ' 

'^^^^^^^^H 

■ 

11 

1 

1 

\ 

1 

NORTHERN  OKLAHOMA  CIVET. 

Large,  length,  nose  to  tail,  16;  tail,  11; 
greatest  width,  6%;  shoulders,  514  inches. 
Measured    on    fur    side. 


the  spots  or  short 
stripes.  The  skin  is 
strong  and  the  fur, 
especially  from  its 
northern  range, 
good,  but  owing  to 
s  o  many  white 
spots  the  fur  is  not 
very  valuable. 

In  making  up  the 
so-called  civet,  no 
effort  is  made  to 
eliminate  the  white 
as  the  fur  is  used 
natural  and 
matched  in  such  a 
way  as  to  harmon- 
ize one  skin  with 
another.  The  made 
up  article  is  really 
a  novel  and  showy 
one,  price  consid- 
ered. The  illustra- 
tion of  North  Ok- 
lahoma Civet  i  s 
made  larger  than 
the  others  of  these 
skins  for  the  pur- 
pose of  showing 
more  plainly  length 
and  quality  of  fur. 


230 


.DE. 


The  skin,  while  a  large  one,  is  not  much  longer  or  wider 
than  two  of  the  others  shown  and  dimensions  given.  The 
illustration  of  the  three  average  size  furnishes  a  good 

idea  of  the  pelt  side. 
Civet  furs  are  secured 
in  considerable  quan- 
tities in  parts  of  the 
Central  West  as  well 
as  most  of  the  South- 
ern states. 

Grade.  —  Value  is 
not  determined  by  the 
amount  of  white  as  is 
done  with  skunk  for 
they  are  all  well 
marked  with  stripes. 
Considering  the  small 
size  and  numerous 
spots  and  stripes  if 
assorted,  they  would 
all  be  No.  4  or  white. 
The  skins,  however, 
are  classified  as  to  size 
only — large,  medium, 
small.  A  good  many 
do  not  even  classify 
as  to  size  but  buy  flat, 
paying  according  to 
primeness  and  locality  from  which  received.  Those  from 
the  northern  localities,  such  as  Southern  Minnesota,  Iowa, 
Nebraska,  etc.,  being  most  valuable  as  not  only  are  such 
best  furred  but  the  skin  is  stronger  so  that  the  manufac- 


CIVET   CAT  — AVERAGE   SIZES. 

(1)  Small,  length  body,  11;  greatest 
width,  4;   shoulders,  3>4;  tail,  9  inches. 

(2)  Medium,  length  body,  12%;  greatest 
width,   iY2;    shoulders,   4;    tail,   9   inches. 

(3)  Large,  length  body,  14;  greatest 
width,   5;   shoulders,   4;^;   tail,   9  inches. 

Average  sizes  for  skins  from  Northern 
and  Central  civet  states.  Southern  states 
smaller.  Note  these  dimensions  are  pelt 
side. 


231 


tured  article  has  greater  wearing  qualities.  Different 
states  and  localities  produce  skins  of  various  sizes  but 
the  following  dimensions  of  pelts,  flesh  side,  for  the  three 
sizes  will  be  found  practically  correct : 

Large,  length  from  tip  of  nose  to 
root  of  tail  15,  width  at  hips  5>^,  shoul- 
ders 5  inches. 

Medium,  length  from  tip  of  nose  to 
root  of  tail  13,  width  at  hips  5,  shoul- 
ders 4^  inches. 

Small,  length  from  tip  of  nose  to 
root  of  tail  11,  width  at  hips  4>^,  shoul- 
ders 4  inches. 

Of  course,  the  shape  and  thickness 
of  boards  used  in  stretching  will  have 
something  to  do  with  sizes  but  it  is  pre- 
sumed that  skins  are  stretched  on  boards 
properly  shaped  and  not  over  Yz  inch 
thick.  The  following  are  actual  dimen- 
sions taken  from  a  Southeastern  Ne- 
braska skin:  Length,  from  nose  to  root 
of  tail  15^,  tail  11,  width  at  hips  6>4, 
shoulders  5  inches.  The  illustration  show- 
ing pelt  side  of  three  skins  and  measure- 
ments on  flesh  side  was  furnished  by  a  party  who  has 
handled  large  quantities  of  civet  cat  furs. 

Price.  —  So  far  the  price  of  civet  fur  has  been  low, 
ranging  from  about  25  to  75  cents  for  prime  raw  skins 
in  ordinary  years  and  5  to  20  for  unprime.  To  a  certain 
extent  this  article  is  governed  by  skunk  values,  for  when 
skunk  are  in  good  demand  it  naturally  stimulates  call  for 
this  article. 


SOUTHEAST 

NEBRASKA 

CIVET. 

A  fairly  large 
skin,  measure- 
ments taken  on 
fur  side.  Length, 
nose  to  root  of 
tail,  15H;  tail,  H; 
greatest  width, 
61/4;  shoulders,  5 
inches. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

THE  RACCOON. 

RANGE.  —  This  fur  bearer  inhabits  practically  all  of 
the  United  States  and  a  portion  of  Canada.  In 
widely  separated  sections  there  are  considerable 
variations  as  to  size,  color,  length  of  fur,  etc.,  but 
as  its  habits  appear  tO'  be  essentially  the  same  everywhere 
it  can  not  be  said  that  different  species  exist.  Probably 
environment,  climate  and  food  have  most  to  do  in  the  mat- 
ter of  growth  and  character  of  the  fur  and  as  regards  size. 
Size.  —  The  largest  coon  inhabit  Wisconsin,  North 
Iowa  and  the  Dakotas,  Minnesota,  Nebraska  and  Kansas. 
Good  sizes  are  found  in  Michigan,  North  Ohio,  North 
Indiana,  North  Illinois  and  the  Eastern  States  but  the 
average  is  noticeably  smaller  than  those  of  the  North- 
western states  mentioned.  South  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois 
and  North  Missouri  coon  are  smaller  than  those  inhabit- 
ing the  North  range  of  the  same  states.  The  farther  south 
the  coon  is  found  the  smaller  is  the  average  size,  the 
thinner  are  they  furred  and  it  is  also  shorter.  One  fea- 
ture that  makes  any  well  furred  skins  valuable  is  heft  or 
thickness  of  leather  in  the  pelt  when  tanned.  North- 
western, Central  and  Eastern  are  possessed  of  good  leather 
as  to  thickness.  South  Missouri  and  Arkansas  coon  are 
thin  in  leather  and  the  lightest  weights  of  all  come  from 
the  Gulf  States  and  Pacific  Coast. 

(232) 


The  Raccoon. 


233 


Size  of  Skins  and  Quality.  —  Different  sections 
produce  so  many  sizes  in  coon  and  various  styles  of  han- 
dling that  it  is  practically  impossible  to  set  down  very 
positive  dimensions  in  the  matter  of  measurement.  The 
best  we  can  do  is  to  give  the  approximate  sizes  found  in 
a  certain  locality  or  range  of  territory.     The  buyer  in 


RACCOON  skins  -  WELL  AND  POORLY  HANDLED. 

(1)  Large,  dark  Northwestern  well  handled,  length  nose  to  root  of 
tail  30;   width   at  hips   and   shoulders,  24  inches. 

(2)  Central  section  medium,  poorly  skinned  and  handled.  Length 
nose  to  root  of  tail  20;  width  half  way  between  hips  and  shoulders,  16 
inches.     Correct  handling  would  have  added  at  least  one-fourth  to  its  value. 


each  section  must  become  informed  as  to  what  constitutes 
a  large,  medium  or  small  pelt  for  his  locality,  not  only  as 
required  by  the  large  fur  dealer  but  he  will  also  be  gov- 
erned in  a  large  measure  by  custom  among  local  buyers 
with  whom  he  must  reckon. 


234  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

In  some  quarters  grading  coon  has  become  so  liberal 
that  small  sizes  have  almost  disappeared.  Unless  a  skin 
is  very  small  it  is  termed  medium  and  good  sized  me- 
diums, if  well  furred,  grade  large  or  at  least  bring  a  large 
coon  price.  Under  such  strained  liberality  in  grading  coon, 
the  majority  of  all  prime  skins  sell  at  one  price,  almost 
the  only  departure  being  that  Extra  Large  bring  a  special 
figure  over  the  ordinary  sizes.  No  skins  are  termed  small 
unless  greatly  undersized  and  on  the  kitt  order.  This, 
hov^ever,  has  nothing  to  do  with  correct  grading  or  meth- 
ods followed  elsewhere.  The  object  of  these  lines  is  not 
to  set  any  new  standards  in  grading  as  to  measurements 
of  pelts,  but  place  before  the  reader  such  dimensions  in 
inches  for  them  as  is  fair  to  all  concerned  and  likely  to 
be  accepted  by  the  large  dealer. 

A  fair  standard  of  size  for  the  Northwestern  coon 
is  as  follows :  24  x  28  inches,  26  x  28  and  24  x  30.  These 
are  measurements  for  full  sized  skins  and  mean  width 
across  base  of  stretched  skin  and  length  from  tip  oi 
nose  to  root  of  tail.  Three  dimensions  are  given  as 
representing  different  ways  of  handling  both  square  and 
flaring.  Large  sizes  also  are  not  exactly  the  same  before 
being  stretched.  Two  coon  may  each  come  under  the 
head  of  large  and  one  be  two  inches  longer  than  the 
other.  Medium  and  small  sizes  in  Northwest  coon  meas- 
ure about  an  inch  less  all  around  as  sizes  recede. 

In   North   Central  sections  and  the  Eastern   states 
extra  large   skins   will   equal   those   of   the   Northwest. 
Ordinary  large  sizes  measure  22  x  24,  20  x  26,  and  20  x 
28  inches.    Medium,  18  x  20,  18  x  22,  and  20  x  22.   Small, 
16x20  and  14x22.     These  measurements  represent  va- 


The  Raccoon. 


235 


rious  ways  of  handling  as  well  as  variation  In  coon  of  a 
certain  grade  before  being  skinned.  South  Central  sec- 
tions such  as  South  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  North  Mis- 


PRIME    LARGE   AND    SMALL    ARKANSAS    COON    SKINS. 

Small — Length  of  pelt,  13 J^;  tail,  9;  greatest  width,  12;  shoulders,  12 
inches. 

Large— Length  of  pelt,  21;  tail,  9;  greatest  width,  19;  shoulders,  19 
inches. 

These  skips  are  what  are  known  as  square  stretched  —  many  skins  are 
handled  in  this  way  by  Southern  hunters  and  trappers. 

souri,  South  Pennsylvania  and  similar  latitude  find  the 
coon  an  inch  or  so  less  in  width  and  length  than  the 
skins  of  the  North  Central  sections.     The  skins  of  Ar- 


236  Fur  Buyers^  Guide. 

kansas  and  South  Missouri  and  similar  latitude  are  still 
smaller  and  the  smallest  coon  of  all  inhabit  the  Gulf 
States  and  Pacific  Coast. 

The  fur  of  Northwestern  coon  is  long,  thick  and 
dark  grey,  sometimes  tinged  with  dark  brown.  The  pelt 
is  heavy  also.  There  are,  however,  some  skins  of  light 
grey  as  found  in  all  furs  regardless  of  section.  In  the 
North  Central  states  the  skins  are  weighty  as  to  leather 
and  the  color  varies  from  light  grey  tinged  with  brown 
to  dark  greys  with  brown  and  black  effects.  Occasionally 
a  decided  black  pelt  is  taken  of  superior  value.  The 
Ohio,  Indiana  and  Illinois  coon  are  lighter  colored  as  a 
whole  than  those  about  three  degrees  of  latitude  farther 
North.  The  farther  South  we  proceed  the  smaller  are 
the  sizes  with  thinner  pelt  and  shorter  fur.  Arkansas 
and  South  Missouri  skins  are  the  last  in  fairly  well  furred 
skins.  In  the  Gulf  States  the  smallest,  thinnest  in  pelt 
and  shortest  furred  of  all  coon  exist  except  those  of  the 
Pacific  Coast  which  are  only  a  trifle  better  in  the  fur 
market.  Full  sizes  of  these  semi-tropical  coon  are  14  to 
16  inches  wide  and  18  or  20  inches  long. 

The  photograph  showing  Northern  and  Southern 
Coon  Skins  is  an  interesting  one,  showing  as  it  does  the' 
general  ways  these  skins  are  handled  in  the  different 
parts  of  the  country  as  well  as  the  color  of  the  fur.  No. 
I  shows  a  large,  dark  and  silky  New  Hampshire  skin, 
cased,  which  is  the  method  used  by  most  trappers  and 
coon  hunters  in  not  only  New  Hampshire  but  most  of  the 
New  England  states  where  skins  run  well  to  this  char- 
acter. No.  2  shows  a  large,  light  colored,  short  furred, 
square  and  nicely  handled  Louisiana  skin  which  is  the 


The  Raccoon. 


237 


method  used  by  the  best  trappers  and  coon  hunters  not 
only  in  Louisiana  but  most  of  the  states  bordering  on  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  as  well  as  other  Southern  localities. 

It  will  be  seen  by  the  figures  given  that  there  may 
be  as  many  as  three'  dimensions  under  one  head.     It  de- 


NORTHERN  AND  SOUTHERN  COON  SKINS. 

(1)  Large,   Cased,   New    Hampshire— Length  of  pelt,  25;  tail,  10;  total, 
35  inches;  greatest  width,  10;  shoulders,  8. 

(2)  Large,    Open,    Louisiana— Length    of    pelt,    22;    tail,    9;    total,    31 
inches;   width,   hips  and   shoulders  same,  19  inches. 


pends  upon  a  slight  difference  in  the  size  of  animals  and 
also  in  what  manner  the  pelt  is  stretched.  If  two  coon 
of  exact  size  were  to  be  stretched  by  different  men,  one 
will  make  a  large  skin  of  his  coon  while  that  handled  by 
the  other  man  will  only  go  medium.     It  depends  upon 


238 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


dimensions  and  shape.  Give  two  large  skins  of  equal 
size  to  different  men  and  when  stretched  one  measures 
20  X  24  while  the  other  is  18  x  26.  One  of  them  endeav- 
ored to  stretch  his  pelt  square 
but  made  it  too  long  and  con- 
sequently too  narrow.  But 
for  all  that  the  dimensions  are 
different,  they  are  both  large 
skins. 

Primeness  and  Handling. 
—  A  No.  I  or  prime  skin  is 
full  furred  and  the  flesh  side 
is  entirely  white  with  a  thin 
film  of  fleshy  red  covering  it. 
A  No.  2  in  quality  is  full 
furred  but  still  hairy  and  the 
flesh  side  bears  a  bluish  ap- 
pearance. A  No.  3  contains 
about  a  half  growth  of  under 
fur  but  the  whole  pelt  is  very 
hairy  and  the  pelt  side  is 
black.  A  No.  4  possesses  but 
a  very  small  growth  of  fur, 
is  nearly  all  hair  and  very 
short  and  the  pelt  side  is 
black.  In  one  state  where  the  fur  bearers  are  protected 
by  law  during  a  closed  season,  no  trapping  can  be  done 
early  enough  to  find  pelts  in  the  No.  3  and  No.  4  stage. 
Trappers  found  with  them  in  their  possession  are  fined 
iud  the  dealer  who  buys  such  pelts  is  fined  and  the  pelts 
confiscated  and  destroyed. 


COON    SKIN,    early 

caught. 

Length  of  pelt,  2'3;  tail,  8; 
total,  33;  greatest  width,  18; 
shoulders,  14  inches.  Poorly- 
handled,  skin  salted,  size  medium 
but  owing  to  season  caught  No. 
2    or   lower. 


The  Raccoon.  239 

All  prime  skins  do  not  grade  No.  i.  It  depends  upon 
how  well  furred  and  other  conditions  to  be  mentioned 
later  on.  If  a  large  prime  coon  is  very  poor  in  fur,  it 
goes  down  into  the  No.  2  grade.  If  badly  handled,  torn 
or  shriveled  or  perforated  by  many  shot  or  is  badly  bit- 
ten by  dogs,  tail  bone  left  in  and  partly  rotted  or  darkly 
bloodshot  from  the  manner  in  which  it  was  killed,  it  is  a 
No.  2  or  No.  3  according  to  condition.  A  prime  skin  small 
and  badly  handled,  is  not  worth  so  much  as  a  large  No. 
2,  well  handled  and  not  damaged. 

Coon  being  an  animal  which  lays  on  a  heavy  supply 
of  fat,  the  pelt  should  be  cleaned  of  all  loose  fat  at  the 
time  of  skinning.  After  the  skin  has  been  stretched  two 
or  three  weeks,  the  fat  will  break  down  in  tissue  and 
assume  an  oily  character.  This  is  the  time  to  scrape  the 
pelt  clean  and  it  should  not  be  neglected  if  these  furs  are 
to  be  held  long  or  they  may  be  heated  by  the  oil  and 
cause  sloughing  of  the  fur  or  at  least  loosen  it  so  that  it 
may  be  pulled  away  easily.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to 
scrape  a  pelt  with  such  vigor  as  to  draw  out  the  fur  or 
expose  the  roots.  Scrape  just  close  enough  to  remove 
the  grease  and  no  more. 

Coon  are  sometimes  stretched  by  the  careless,  in- 
different, or  ignorant  with  such  a  coating  of  fat  that  it 
becomes  oil,  turns  rancid,  yellow  and  thick  and  shortly 
the  fur  roots  have  been  heated  and  sweating  occurs, 
which  loosens  the  fur.  Such  a  skin  is  ruined.  The  long 
coated  coon  often  become  filled  with  burrs  of  the  dock 
in  the  back  and  hips  and  the  tail  may  be  a  solid  knot  of 
the  fur  matted  with  burrs.  These  should  be  removed 
with  a  curry  comb  and  brush,  being  careful  not  to  pull 


240  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

out .  the  fur.  The  whole  coat  should  be  cleaned  and 
combed  out  and  brushed  so  as  to  give  it  a  presentable 
appearance.  Certain  trapped  coon  wallow  in  sticky  clay 
in  their  efforts  to  escape  until  the  fur  is  balled  and  matted 
together.  When  this  condition  becomes  dry,  whip  it  with 
sticks  and  after  being  broken  up,  comb  and  brush  and 
shake  it  out  clean. 

The  trapper  of  the  Northern  and  Eastern  sections 
believes  firmly  that  there  are  two  species  of  coon.  He 
will  tell  you  that  there  are  the  common  grey  coon  inhab- 
iting the  hills  which  are  not  very  large  and  do  not  care 
so  much  about  being  around  the  water  as  tha  other  kind 
of  coon.  The  other  species  he  calls  the  swamp  coon,  de- 
cidedly larger,  darker  colored,  longer  furred,  long  legged 
and  capable  of  a  long  run  when  pursued  by  dogs. 
Brought  to  bay,  he  is  a  very  strong,  fierce  antagonist  for 
any  dog  to  cope  with  and  sells  his  life  dearly.  This 
species  inhabits  the  river  bottoms,  spring  brooks,  swampy 
lands,  and  never  strays  far  from  water.  This  is  a  pet 
view  of  the  back  country  trapper  and  we  are  not  disposed 
to  contradict  and  disturb  him  in  his  opinion,  if  we  had 
grounds  for  argument. 

In  some  years  the  darker  colored  skins  are  worth  an 
extra  price  and  at  other  times  no  difference  is  made  be- 
tween them  and  ordinary  colors,  unless  a  pelt  is  strictly 
black.  As  a  rule,  coon  are  dyed  and  but  few  made  up 
naturally  so  that  dark  shades  are  not  in  superior  requ^'^t 
or  more  valuable. 

Coon  are  handled  both  square  and  flaring.  If  evenly 
done,  either  of  the  two  styles  sell  equally  well.  If 
stretched  square,  a  nail  is  driven  in  the  end  of  the  nose, 


The  Raccoon. 


241 


after  which  the  principal  efforts  are  directed  in  drawing 
the  skin  upward  and  outward  at  the  shoulders  to  make 
square  corners  and  attain  the  same  width  that  the  skin 

will    be    at    its    base 
when    all    is    tacked. 
This  method  shortens 
a     skin     more     than 
stretching  slightly  ob- 
long but  the  average 
w  i  1 1  be  w  i  d  e  r.    A 
trapper  known  as  one 
of  the  best  square  coon 
skin     stretchers     d  e- 
scribes  his  method  as 
follows  :  Skin  as  usual 
but  split  nose  and  head 
down  even  with  ears; 
stretch  outj^oth  points 
of  nose — one  each  way 
— and  nail.    Next  pull 
out   and   nail   longest 
part  of  each  front  leg ; 
then  pull  up  and  nail 
balance  of  fore  legs. 
You  now  have  the  top 
stretched     and     have 
used     more     than     a 
dozen  nails.    Now  be- 
gin at  top  right  hand  side,  nailing  down,  using  a  nail  about 
every  inch  but  do  not  stretch.    Now  begin  at  top  on  the 
other  side  and  stretch  and  nail  as  you  go  down.     You 
will  now  find  that  the  skin  is  loose  through  the  center. 


HEAVILY    FURRED    CENTRAL 
WESTERN    COON. 

This  pelt,  although  not  properly  stretched 
measured   as   follows:     Length   of  pelt,   30 
tail,   8;   total,  38  inches;   width  at   hips,  22 
shoulders,^  18.     Neither   front   or  hind  legs' 
included  in  measurement. 


242 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Catch  hold  of  tail  and  pull  down  and  nail,  also  nailing 
from  tail  each  way  across.  The  job  is  now  complete  and 
if  correctly  done,  the  skin  is  square. 

This  fur  is  handled  both  cased  and  open.    The  large 


PRIME  NORTHEASTERN   COON   SKINS. 

These  five  skins  are  all  large  and  dark,  representing  the  best  skins 
from  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  New  England  States.  Skins  taken 
from  full  grown  coon  are  usually  26  or  27  inches  long  with  a  width  of  10 
inches  cased. 

and  heavy  northern  skins  are  preferred  cased  (skins  from 
all  other  sections  open),  yet  no  difference  is  made  in  their 
value.  Cased  skins  from  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  North- 
ern Iowa  and  Nebraska  require  boards  up  to  lo  inches 


The  Raccoon.  243 

at  base.  If  handled  square,  the  largest  would  stretch 
about  26  X  32,  or  thereabouts.  In  any  case,  the  first  move 
is  to  tack  the  pelt  at  wide  intervals  all  around  to  deter- 
mine its  size.  Some  points  will  be  long  and  of  no  use 
to  the  skin.  Tack  them  temporarily.  When  the  probable 
dimensions  of  a  pelt  has  been  determined  and  laid  out  by 
boundary  nails,  begin  and  pull  out  the  skin  between  these 
guiding  nails  and  tack  about  one  inch  apart,  keeping  them 
in  a  straight  line.  This  is  the  plan  to  follow  for  sides, 
bottom  and  all  around.  When  fully  nailed  it  should  be 
tight  like  a  drum  head.  The  finishing  touch  is  to  trim 
off  shanks  and  little  flippers  of  skin  that  extend  beyond 
the  main  dimensions  and  spoil  the  appearance  of  the  pelt. 

Custom  in  the  handling  of  skins  must  be  observed 
just  as  established  requirements  in  grading  can  not  be 
ignored.  There  are  a  good  many  defects  in  coon  furs, 
some  of  which  are :  unprime,  heated,  faded,  scorched, 
thin,  rubbed,  tails  rotten  from  bone  being  left  in,  woolly, 
no  guard  hair,  and  shedders.  It  is  rather  difficult  for 
the  amateur  buyer  to  make  money  on  coon  furs.  Either 
he  grades  against  himself  for  sizes,  or  buys  unprime  at 
prime  prices,  buys  No.  3's  for  No.  2  and  4's  for  3's. 
Sometimes  a  collection  of  November  coon  will  not  assort 
more  than  25%  prime.  They  may  be  well  furred  and 
good  sizes  and  still  a  trifle  blue.  The  longer  held  and 
dryer  the  unprime  become,  the  bluer  the  pelt  will  be.  We 
have  seen  pelts  that  when  fresh  were  only  slightly  blue 
but  became  almost  black  after  being  held  two  months. 

In  Northern  latitudes  the  majority  of  coon  are  prime 
by  November  15th,  a  few  earlier  and  some  later,  depend- 
ing upon  weather  conditions,  whether  seasonable  or  not. 


244 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Shedding  occurs  in 
two  or  three  weeks 


WISCONSIN  COON 

SKIN,   LARGE, 

CASED. 

Length  of  pelt,  29;  tail, 
131/^;  total  421/^;  width  at 
hips,  14%;  shoulders,  12 
inches.  Open,  this  skin 
would  have  stretched  at 
least  same  length  (29) 
and  29  across  hips  and 
24  at  shoulders. 


come  charitable  and 
quality  that  is  not  in 


Central  sections  by  March  ist  and 
earlier  in  the  South.  Not  all  are 
shedding  at  the  same  time  but  the 
majority  are  and  all  will  be  in  the 
same  stage  in  a  few  days.  At  this 
time  the  flint  white  color  that  is 
seen  in  skins  of  winter  quality  gives 
way  to  a  very  red  and  almost  crim- 
son color  as  if  drenched  in  blood 
and  dried.  The  fur  becomes  thin 
or  woolly  and  theguard  hairs  crum- 
pled at  their  tip  ends.  In  some 
skins  of  late  winter  the  guard  hairs 
are  entirely  absent,  which  gives  an 
otherwise  good  coat  of  fur  a  flat 
appearance.  When  springiness  be- 
comes still  more  pronounced  skins 
become  bluish  in  spots,  particularly 
around  the  head  and  fore  legs.  The 
taking  of  coon  should  stop  at  once 
when  signs  of  shedding  appears. 
The  shedder  is  most  difficult  to  sell. 
Nobody  wants  them.  The  blue  pelts 
of  late  fall  are  far  preferable. 

Always  remember  that  while 
buyer  and  seller  are  trying  to  deal, 
friendship  is  set  in  the  background. 
The  owner  is  going  to  drive  as  hard 
a  bargain  as  possible.  If  you  be- 
so  overpay  the  market  and  buy  for 
the  goods,  he  has  fattened  his  pocket 


The  Raccoon.  245 

while  your  purse  has  become  correspondingly  lean.  You 
will  not  make  any  profit  and  it  may  be  difficult  to  get  the 
money  back  that  you  paid  when  you  come  to  sell.  San- 
ity should  always  govern  a  buyer  and  such  lots  of  furs 
that  he  can  not  buy  on  a  fair  assortment  and  at  prices 
somewhat  near  market  values,  he  should  pass  by. 

Do  not  strive  to  bag  all  the  furs  you  come  to  and 
compete  with  the  plunger  and  imprudent  buyer  you  know 
of  who  has  a  hard  time  of  it  to  sv/ing  out  even  when  he 
sells.  It  is  better  to  buy  a  hundred  dollars  worth  of  furs 
and  make  a  profit  than  to  secure  a  thousand  dollars' 
worth  and  make  nothing.  And  besides,  the  lack  of  profit 
is  the  larger  amount  of  work  to  be  done  in  caring  for  the 
big,  unprofitable  lot. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

OPOSSUM. 

RANGE.  —  The  scope  of  country  inhabited  by  opos- 
sum is  more  restricted  than  that  which  marks  the 
bounds  of  any  other  common  fur  bearer  in  the 
United  States.  The  so-called  cotton  states  are  the 
real  opossum  country,  and  still  the  northern  boundary  of 
its  habitat  extends  into  Central  Pennsylvania,  North 
Ohio,  North  Indiana,  North  Illinois,  Southern  Iowa,  etc. 
It  is  not  very  plentiful,  however,  after  leaving  the  cen- 
tral portions  of  the  states  last  mentioned. 

Opossum  are  the  only  marsupial,  or  pouched  animal, 
of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  The  young  are  born  when  so 
small  as  scarcely  to  be  out  of  the  embryo  stage.  They 
are  at  once  placed  in  the  pouch  by  the  mother  and  each 
of  these  little  blind,  hairless  mites  seize  a  nipple  and  be- 
come so  firmly  attached  that  it  is  impossible  to  separate 
them  from  their  hold.  If  the  body  be  pulled  sufficiently 
strong,  the  head  will  separate  from  the  neck  and  still 
cling  to  the  teat.  In  five  or  six  weeks  the  young  are  about 
the  size  of  mice  and  in  two  months  are  able  to  leave  the 
pouch. 

Size  and  Color.  —  The  length  of  a  full  grown  opos- 
sum is  about  i8  or  20  inches  excluding  the  tail,  which  is 
bare  and  scaly  like  that  of  a  rat.  The  color  is  of  a  grizzly 
grey,  often  mixed  with  black  in  the  half  grown  ones  and 

(246) 


Opossum. 


247 


sometimes  nearly  white  in  the  older  animal.  As  to  the 
character  of  its  food,  it  consists  of  fruit,  grain,  vege- 
tables, small  mammals,  young  birds,  eggs,  insects  and  it 
will  also  make  occasional  forays  on  poultry.    It  grows  to 


OPOSSUM  SKINS —  VARIOUS  SIZES. 

(1)  Large— Length,   24;   greatest   width,   S^^;   shoulders,   8  inches. 

(2)  Length,    22;    greatest    width,    7^/^;    shoulders,    7    inches.      Will    also 
class  large. 

(3)  Medium — Length,   19;    greatest  width,  6;   shoulders,   BVo  inches. 

(4)  Small— Length,   14;   greatest  width,   5%;   shoulders,  5  inches. 
These   skins  represent  a   fair  average   grade   for   the   Northern  opossum 

States.    In    Southern   States  average   sizes   are  somewhat  smaller. 


full  size  in  about  eight  months  if  food  is  plentiful.    Ap- 
proximate sizes  are : 

Extra  large,  9  inches  at  base  of  skin,  8  inches  at 
shoulders,  22  inches  long. 


248 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Large,  i8  to  20  inches  long,  8  at  base,  7  at  shoulders. 

Medium,  16  to  17  inches  long,  7  to  7^  at  base,  6  to 
6y2  at  shoulders. 

Small,  12  to  14  inches  long,  5^  to  6  at  base,  5  at 
shoulders. 

Extra  Small,  about  5x1-?. 


SIX  MARYLAND  OPOSSUM   SKINS. 


(1)  Small— Length,  14;   greatest  width,  6;   shoulders,   4^/^  inches. 

(2)  Small— Length,  151/^;  greatest  width,  6%;  shoulders,  5%  inches. 

(3)  Medium— Length,   20;   greatest  width,   7^^;   shoulders,   6  inches. 

(4)  Medium— Length,  18;  greatest  width,  IV^;  shoulders,  5l^  inches, 
(u)  Large— Length,  261/^;  greatest  width,  10;  shoulders,  7%  inches. 
(6)     Large— Length,    221/^;    greatest   width,    9;    shoulders,   7    inches. 

_  These  skins  show  the  relative  sizes  —  large,  medium,  small— yet  No.  3, 
which  is  20  inches  long  but  only  6  wide  at  shoulders,  is  classed  laro^e  by 
many. 


There  are  also  many  kitt  opossums  caught,  no  larger 
than  a  half  grown  muskrat  and  some  no  larger  than  a 
large  barn  rat.    Such  sizes  are  worthless. 

Its  Fur  and  Uses.  —  In  its  northern  range  the  opos- 
sum is  in  fur  of  marketable  quality  about  four  months, 


Opossum.  249 

dating  from  November  ist  to  March  ist.  Previous  to 
this  they  are  unprime  and  hairy  with  but  little  under  fur. 
After  March  ist  they  begin  to  shed  the  winter  coat  and 
return  to  hair  again  in  a  few  weeks.  The  fur  is  made 
up  both  natural  and  dyed.  When  colored  it  is  used  to 
imitate  skunk  fur,  called  by  the  furrier  black  marten. 
Collarettes,  boas  and  muffs  and  many  other  things  are 
made  of  opossum. 

Grading,  Sizes  and  Primeness.  —  Opossum  furs 
are  more  difficult  to  grade  than  any  other  on  the  list  of 
native  furs.  A  skin  may  be  prime  in  pelt  but  have  no 
fur,  a  condition  not  often  found  in  any  other  fur.  The 
sizes  are  large,  medium  and  small,  and  as  to  primeness, 
the  grades  are  Nos.  i,  2  and  3.  A  pelt  that  measures  8x18 
inches  may  be  termed  large  and  the  two  smaller  sizes  one 
inch  less  in  width  and  about  two  in  length  successively. 
A  No.  I  opossum  is  not  only  white  on  the  flesh  side  but 
is  full  furred.  If  poorly  furred  it  must  be  graded  No.  2 
or  No.  3  according  to  how  poor  it  may  be  in  fur.  If  the 
pelt  is  prime  but  there  is  no  fur,  the  skin  is  classed  as 
trash  and  of  no  value. 

The  pelt  side  of  No.  2  possesses  a  yellowish  cast 
when  dry  and  the  fur  is  hairy.  If  containing  no  under 
fur,  it  is  trash.  If  not  well  furred,  a  No.  2  is  graded 
No.  3.  No.  3's  are  unprime  in  pelt  and  have  but  a  small 
growth  of  fur.  The  poorly  furred  and  damaged  prime 
skins  also  go  into  the  No.  3  grade.  All  opossum  which 
have  no  fur  and  only  hair  are  trash  and  have  no 
value.  Among  the  early  caught  will  be  a  good  many 
that  are  trash.  A  collection  of  opossum  skins  that 
are  all  early  caught  and  unprime  are  the  most  undesirable 


250 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


peltries  that  the  fur  handler  can  purchase.  The  demand 
for  early  opossum  is  not  good  and  the  outlook  for  making 
a  profit  on  them  is  not  encouraging.  More  than  500,000 
opossum  are  marketed  in  a  season  and  besides  the  fur 
value,  the  flesh  is  quite  highly  prized.  Not  only  is  it 
eaten  commonly  by  the  inhabitants  throughout  its  range, 

but  it  finds  a  ready  sale 
in  the  large  cities. 

Opossum  pelts  are 
very  fat  in  late  autumn 
and  early  winter  and 
should  be  scraped  to  pre- 
vent heating.  Leave  pelt 
side  out.  Opossum  skins 
are  often  bought  flat  but 
unless  the  buyer  is  fa- 
miliar with  skins  from 
that  particular  locality, 
the  seller  may  try  to 
work  him  by  offering  a 
skinned  lot,  that  is,  part 
of  the  largest  and  best 
taken  out.  In  buying 
flat,  all  worthless  pelts, 
either  large,  furless, 
badly  dog  chewed  and 
very    small    are   thrown 

LARGE    CENTRAL    WEST  .'^"*-     P""  Auctuates  but 

OPOSSUM.  is    largely    governed    by 

Length  of  pelt,  30;  greatest  width,  10;  S  k  U  U  k     ValuCS     which 
shoulders,  8  inches.     A  very  large  skin,  ,  •    i  (..         ,      .  .         . 

the   largest   out   of  hundreds,    represent-  artlClC,   aitcr  bcmg  dyed, 

ing  Southeast  Iowa,   Northern   Missouri  •,    •  i    ^       •      •.     , 

and    Central    Western    Illinois.  it  IS  USCd   to  imitate. 


Opossum. 


251 


Buyers  who  usually  can  quickly  judge  whether  the 
fur  is  prime  at  a  glance  at  the  flesh  side  of  pelts,  may  be 
mistaken  on  this  article.  Opossum  caught  weeks  before 
the  fur  is  full  length  and  even  with  little  or  no  fur,  only 

hair,  in  some  instances,  have  an 
apparently  prime  pelt.  The  ex- 
perienced buyer,  however,  knows 
that  when  unprime  they  show  a 
dark  blue  spot  on  the  under  side 
at  the  throat.  The  plainer  such  a 
spot  or  spots,  the  poorer  furred. 
Some  trappers  also  know  this  and 
those  inclined  to  be  tricky  are 
careful  to  leave  considerable'  fat 
on  and  around  head  and  neck. 

West  Virginia  being  located 
south  of  the  Ohio  River,  those 
not  familiar  with  the  fur  pro- 
duced there,  will  be  surprised  at 
not  only  the  quality  but  the  size' 
of  some  of  the  fur  bearers.  This 
is  especially  true  of  opossum, 
which  are  also  as  well  furred  gen- 
erally as  those  farther  north.  One 
of  the  best  average  collections  of 
opossum  that  the  writer  ever  saw 
was  secured  from  territory  lying 
between  the  Great  Kanawha  and 
Little  Kanawha  Rivers.  This  col- 
lection was  secured  from  trappers 
principally  in  the  counties  of  Jack- 


SOUTHERN    OPOSSUM, 
LARGE. 


Length,  26;  greatest 
width,  10;  shoulders,  7 
inches.  Very  few  opossum 
are  as  large  as  this  one. 
Considerably    dog    chewed. 


252  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

son,  Roane,  Wirt  and  Calhoun.  They  were  not  only  well 
furred  but  very  large  average  size,  perhaps  50  would  class 
extra  large. 

At  Catlettsburg,  Kentucky,  in  the  90's  I  bought  a  lot 
of  more  than  1,000  opossum  secured  from  the  Sandy 
River  country  or  Southwestern  West  Virginia  and  North- 
eastern Kentucky.  These  were  fairly  well  furred  but  the 
sizes  were  much  smaller  than  fifty  tO'  a  hundred  miles 
north.  For  many  years  I  traveled  and  bought  thousands 
of  opossum  and  other  furs  on  both  sides  of  the  Ohio 
River,  from  Pittsburg  to  Cincinnati,  so  I  know  the  sizes 
from  the  different  localities.  It  has  also  been  my  privilege 
to  stand  in  the  fur  assorting  room  of  New  York  and  St. 
Louis  dealers  and  see  lots  from  all  the  opossum  produc- 
ing states  opened  and  graded.  Strange,  but  skins  that 
came  in  from  the  territory  between  the  Great  and  Little 
Kanawha  Rivers  of  West  Virginia,  averaged  better  furred 
than  other  southern  localities  and  apparently  as  well 
furred  and  larger  than  those  north  of  the  Ohio  River. 
Some'  splendid  skins  are,  however,  secured  in  Southern 
Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  parts  of 
Kansas,  Kentucky,  Maryland  and  Virginia.  Farther 
south,  even  though  having  size,  the  fur  is  not  so  dense 
and  is  shorter. 

Probably  75%  of  the  opossum  are  from  the  states 
bordering  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  Oklahoma,  Arkansas, 
Georgia,  the  Carolinas  and  Tennessee.  Several  states 
immediately  north  of  those  mentioned  are,  however, 
really  in  the  opossum  country,  including  Virginia,  Ken- 


Opossum.  253 

tticky  and  Missouri.  Further  north  they  are  not  so  plen- 
tiful and  as  already  stated  very  few  are  found  north  of 
Central  Pennsylvania,  North  Ohio,  North  Illinois,  South- 
ern Iowa,  etc. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

WOLVES  AND  COYOTES. 

CHE  TIMBER  WOLF  —  RANGE.—  The  large  grey 
or  timber  wolf  inhabit  Canada,  Alaska  and  the 
West  and  North  sections  of  the  United  States. 
There  are  a  good  many  packs  of  these  wolves  at 
the  present  time  inhabiting  North  Michigan,  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota  and  Maine,  They  constitute  a  scourge  among 
the  deer  supply  and  in  spite  of  high  bounties  to  encourage 
wolf  trapping  and  hunting,  the  animals  appear  to  be  on 
the  increase  in  places.  Large  bounties  have  been  the 
means  of  some  wolf  hunters  making  wolf  taking  a  dis- 
honest source  of  revenue'.  They  make  a  business  of 
hunting  up  the  young  in  Spring  while  they  are  helpless 
in  the  nest.  From  four  to  six  pups  are  frequently  secured 
irom  one  lair.  They  are  nursed  and  grown  for  a  few 
months  until  large  enough  to  claim  the  bounty  paid  for 
adult  wolves,  when  they  are  killed.  These  men  never 
kill  the  mother  wolf  if  it  can  be  avoided.  It  would  destroy 
the  "Goose  that  lays  the  golden  egg."  This  manner  of 
securing  wolf  bounties  is  unlawful  and  those  who  work 
such  schemes  are  careful  to  keep  it  secret. 

Species.  —  Owing  to  a  number  of  varieties,  perhaps 
different  species,  there  is  considerable  difference  in  size 
and  color.  In  Florida  there  is  a  small  black  wolf;  in 
Alaska  and  Northern  Canada  the  Arctic  wolf,  the  color 

(254) 


Wolves  and  Coyotes. 


255 


BLACK   AND   GREY  TIMBER   WOLVES. 

Large— Length  nose  to  root  of  tail,  60;  tail,  20;  total  length,  80; 
greatest  width,  25  inches.  This  pelt  shows  rare  specimen  of  the  black 
timber  wolf  and  was  secured  in   the   Mackenzie  River  District  of  Canada. 

Large  grey  timber  wolf  from  Mackenzie  District,  Canada.  Length 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  58;  tail,  20;  total,  78;  greatest  width,  24  inches. 


256 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


WHITE    TIMBER    WOLF,    NORTH- 
WESTERN CANADA.     . 

Length  of  pelt,  49;  tail,  20;  total,  69; 
greatest  width,  23%  inches.  This  pelt  is  only 
an   ordinary   sized   one. 


of  which  is  pure 
white   with  black 
tipped  tail,  as  well 
as  a  black  specie ; 
the  Red  wolf  of 
Texas   and  the 
Brindle    wolf    of 
Mexico.  The  most 
common     variety, 
however,     is     the 
grey    wolf,    often 
called  the  Timber 
wolf,    Lobo    and 
Wolf     to     distin- 
guish it  from  the 
prairie  species.  All 
these,  however, 
according  to  nat- 
uralists, belong  to 
the  group  known 
as  Timber  wolves. 
Size  and  Color. 
—  Timber  wolves 
are  from   5   to  6 
feet  in  length  in- 
cluding an   18  or 
20  inch  tail.    The 
color  varies  from 
plain  grey  to  spec- 
imens that  are  al- 
most white  in  the 


Wolves  and  Coyotes.  257 

far  North  and  a  litter  sometimes  contains  one  or  more 
black  whelps.  In  Northern  sections  prime^  perfect  skins 
are  thick  furred  and  silky.  The  hair  between  the  shoul- 
ders is  coarser  and  longer  than  that  which  covers  the 
rest  of  the  body.  Occasionally  blue  wolves  are  found  in 
the  far  North. 

Uses. — Well  furred  timber  wolves  are  specially 
adapted  for  making  sleigh  and  automobile  robes  and  driv- 
ing coats.  They  are  also  dyed  black,  brown  and  blue  and 
are  often  sold  under  fictitious  names  when  made  up  into 
boas,  muffs,  capes,  collarettes,  etc.,  being  called  blue 
wolf,  blue  lynx  and  other  fancy  names  to  help  sell  the 
goods.  Wolf  is  also  much  used  for  floor  rugs  in  homes 
and  offices,  especially  west  of  the  Mississippi  River,  and 
thousands  of  the  best  skins  are  tanned  and  made  up  by 
taxidermists.  Wolf  fur  is  moderate  priced,  although 
used  throughout  the  civilized  world. 

Grading.  —  Not  only  sizes,  but  color,  quality  of  fur 
and  condition  of  pelt  must  be  taken  into  consideration. 
The  color  may  vary  from  almost  black  in  the  Florida 
pelt  to  white  for  the  Arctic  region  skin.  The  majority 
are  grey,  being  darkest  on  the  back  and  dusky  on  shoul- 
ders and  hips.  The  fur  is  usually  long  and  shaggy. 
Wolves  from  the  north  and  mountainous  sections  are 
usually  darker,  fur  finer  and  silkier  than  the  fur  of  those 
from  a  level  or  prairie  country.  In  states  or  provinces 
where  the  topography  varies  from  plains  to  high  moun- 
tains, such  as  much  of  the  Rocky  and  Cascade  Mountain 
country,  the  quality  of  this  article  varies  from  good  to 
poor.  Take  the'  state  of  Colorado,  for  example:  The 
high  mountain-caught  will  average  with  a  level  country 

17 


258  Fur  Buyers'*  Guide. 

farther  north,  foot  hills  with  Northern  Kansas  and  Mis- 
souri, plains  with  Oklahoma  and  similar. 

Sizes  are  hard  for  the  inexperienced  to  determine, 
for  remember  that  a  large  wolf  may  weigh  anywhere 
from  75  to  150  pounds,  depending  upon  where  caught. 
One  weighing  75  pounds,  of  the  Florida  specie,  is  large, 
while  the  largest  from  Alaska  and  Northern  Canada  may 
weigh  up  to  150  pounds.  By  far  the  majority  of  pelts, 
classed  large,  will  be  greys  of  the  Southwest,  West  and 
North  with  weights  varying  from  75  to  more  than  100. 
It  is  from  size  of  pelt  that  the  dealer  judges,  but  how  is 
he  to  know,  when  receiving  shipments,  unless  familiar 
with  the  peculiarities  of  the  various  skins  from  the  va- 
rious sections,  but  that  the  pelts  were  originally  from  an- 
other part  of  the  country  than  from  which  he  received 
them?  Maybe  where  caught,  skins  which  the  dealer 
grades  as  medium  are  considered  large.  Again,  the  inex- 
perienced dealer  may  put  medium  into  large. 

The  buyer  who  expects  to  handle  this  article,  from 
all  parts  of  the  country,  will  find  that  assorting  sizes 
correctly  is  not  learned  in  a  day,  week  or  month  but  takes 
years  to  master  thoroughly.  Shedders,  rubbed,  poisoned, 
scalped,  early  caught,  summer  killed,  etc.,  are  all  met  with 
in  the  buying  of  wolf  to  which  must  be  included  the  as- 
sorting for  sizes  —  large,  medium,  small  —  also  Nos.  2, 
3,  and  4. 

Wolf  should  be  handled  open.  It  is  difficult  to  give 
the  exact  sizes  for  large,  medium,  small,  owing  to  the 
varying  size  of  this  animal  in  different  parts  of  the 
country.  From  end  of  nose  to  tip -of  tail  the  average 
size  for  the  skins  from  the  Northwest  are  approximately : 


Wolves  and  Coyotes. 


259 


NORTHERN   LARGE   GREY  TIMBER 
WOLF  SKIN. 

Length    nose   to    root   of   tail,   64;    tail,   21: 
total,  80;   width,  151^  inches. 


Large,  5  feet,  6 
Inches. 

Medium,  5  feet, 
2  inches. 

Small,    4    feet, 
10  inches. 

Nicely  handled, 
full     furred     pelts 
are  often  taken  for 
No.  I  of  a  smaller 
size   than   one   not 
so   well   furred  or 
improperly      h  a  n- 
dled.     A  No.  2  is 
not  full  furred  and 
pelt  at  least  partly 
unprime  or  a  prime 
scalped.     No.  3  is 
apt  to  be  unprime 
in    both    pelt    and 
fur,     although     a 
prime  pelt  may  be 
so    badly    handled 
or  damaged  by 
dogs  to  so  class. 
No,  4,  no  fur,  un- 
prime   pelt,    badly 
damaged      skins, 
torn    by    dogs    or 
otherwise. 


26o  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Wolves  from  the  different  parts  of  the  country  vary 
in  size  but  undoubtedly  the  largest  come  from  the  far 
north  including  parts  of  Alaska  and  Canada.  It  seems 
that  from  the  North  country  there  are  also  more  colors 
and  in  addition  to  the  gray  variety  are  a  very  few  black 
and  some  white.  The  illustration  of  Northern  Large 
Grey  Timber  Wolf  Skin  shows  to  what  immense  size 
the  wolf  in  the  North  attain.  This  pelt,  including  tail, 
is  85  inches  or  j  feet  i  inch  long.  Pelt  is  cased  yet  is 
15^  inches  wide,  equal  to  31  if  split  or  open. 

Coyote  or  Prairie  Wolf  —  Range.  —  The  coyote 
is  a  small  wolf  inhabiting  the  Plains  States.  It  is  found 
as  far  south  as  Texas  and  north  into  the  western  por- 
tions of  Canada.  The  Hudson  Bay  Company  handles 
several  thousand  skins  annually.  The  Canadian  coyote 
is  fuller  furred  than  those  of  Western  United  States. 

Color.  —  The  color  is  grey  or  grizzly  with  dark 
tipped  guard  hairs.  The  under  fur  is  slate  blue  as  a  rule 
but  sometimes  brown.  The  best,  longest  and  thickest 
furred  skins  are  inclined  to  coarseness.  Prairie  wolf  take 
dyes  well  and  it  is  used  extensively  in  robes,  coats,  muffs, 
boas  and  for  other  purposes  where  long  furs  are  wanted. 

Value  and  Uses.  —  The  fur  varies  from  flat  and 
coarse  in  the  South,  Southwest  and  parts  of  the  West  to 
fine  and  silky  in  the  North  and  high  mountain  localities. 
The  latter  are  much  more  valuable  but  numbers  small 
compared  with  the  less  valuable  skins.  Thousands  of 
the  best  specimens  do  not  reach  the  regular  fur  buyer  or 
collector  but  are  sold  to  taxidermists  and  made  into  rugs, 
robes,  etc.,  usually  at  prices  above  fur  values.  If  skins 
have  been  scalped,  it  detracts  about  one-third  from  the 
value  of  the  pelt. 


Wolves  and  Coyotes. 


261 


Grading.  —  Coyote  are  classified  large,  medium, 
small,  Nos.  2,  3  and  4.  Skins  should  be  cased,  for  open 
they  are  not  so  desirable  by  about  10%.     This  fur  from 

various  localities 
varies  and  to  the 
trade  is  known  as 
soft,  silky,  ordinary, 
coarse,  hairy.  D  i  f- 
fereni  parts  of  the 
country  produce 
various  sized  pelts. 
The  following  di- 
m  e  n  s  i  o  n  s  are  of 
stretching  board  pat- 
terns much  used  by 
trappers : 

Large,  hips  10 
inches,  shoulders  9 
inches. 

Medium,  h  i  p  s  9 
inches,  shoulders  8 
inches. 

Small,  hips  8 
inches,  shoulders  7 
inches. 

Length  of  board 
4>^  to  5  feet,  although  the  largest  skins  will  be  only 
about  4  feet  from  end  of  nose  to  tail. 

A  No.  I  large,  medium  or  small  must  be  prime  in 
fur  and  pelt,  but  may  vary  somewhat  from  sizes  as  given. 
No.  2  skins  are  those!  secured  before  the  fur  is  thick  or 


SOUTHWESTERN  CANADA  DARK  AND 

LIGHT     COLORED    PRAIRIE     WOLF 

SKINS. 

Large,   Dark  —  Length  of  pelt,  46;  tail,  l7; 

total,    63;    greatest    width,    13;    shoulders,    11 

inches. 

Small,  Light  — Length  of  pelt,  31;  tail,  13; 
total,  44;  greatest  width,  12;  shoulders,  9 
inches.     Both  measured   on   fur  side. 


262 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


C/3 

^5 

I— I 

W 
H 
O 

>H 

O 
U 

o 
o 


I— I 

P4 


CO 

o 
u 

CO 


Q 
W 
Ph 

< 
CO 


Wolves  and  Coyotes. 


263 


full  length.    A  No.  i  pelt,  scalped,  becomes  No.  2.    No.  3 
are  those  with  their  fur  and  pelt  damaged,  torn,  etc.   No. 

4  are  those  with  little  or  no 
fur  growth,  badly  torn  by 
dogs  or  otherwise. 

Coyote  skins  while  vary- 
ing in  size,  are  stretched  dif- 
ferently. One  hunter  or 
trapper  may  stretch  as  long 
as  possible,  regardless  of 
width,  while  others  use  wider 
boards.  The  total  length  of 
large  skins  will,  therefore, 
vary  several  inches.  The 
long  stretched  skins  will 
probably  be  10  to  12  inches 
wide  at  root  of  tail  and  i  to 
2  inches  narrower  at  shoul- 
der. Other  skins  may  be  13 
inches  but  taper  to  9  inches 
or  less  at  shoulders,  the  wide 
stretched  skin,  of  course,  be- 
ing the  shorter.  A  medium 
is  an  inch  smaller  than  large, 
both  at  hips  and  shoulders 
and  3  tO'  5  inches  shorter. 
A  small  is  about  the  same 
under  medium  as  medium  is 
less  than  large. 

The  buyer  of  this  article 
must  be  on   the   look- 


CALIFORNIA   PRAIRIE 
WOLF. 


Length  of  body,  45;  tail,  13; 
total  length,  58;  greatest  width, 
111/^;  shoulders,  9  inches.  Fairly 
large  for  that  section,  but  fur  is 
not   long   or    thick. 


264 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


MEDIUM    AND    LARGE    PRAIRIE   WOLF   SKINS. 

(1)     Medium^ — Length   of  body,   36;   tail,  14;   total,  50;   greatest  width, 
12;  shoulders,  10  inches. 

(2)     Medium  —  Length    of    body,    36;    tail,  14;    total,    50;    width    at    hips 

and    shoulders    same,    12    inches.     Both    skins  are    from      the    Province    of 
Alberta,  Canada. 

(3)     Large  —  Length  _  of  pelt,  38;   tail,  16;  total,   54;   greatest  width,   13; 

shoulders,   11   inches.     Skin  should   have   been  stretched   longer    and    not'  so 

wide.    This   skin   is   from   Western    Nebraska.  All    three   measured   on    fur 
side. 


Wolves  and  Coyotes.- 


265 


out  for  those  affected  with  mange.     Such  skins  are  of 
Httle  or  no  vakie.     Many  are  also  poisoned.     Such  skins 

are  apt  tO'  be  dam- 
aged, especially  hair 
loose.  When  this 
article  is  cased  and 
offered  for  sale  pelt 
side  out  the  fur 
should  be  examined. 

The  two  Rocky 
Mountain  Section 
Prairie  wolf  skins 
shown  here  are  both 
large,  measuring  as 
follows:  (i)  Length 
of  body  41  >^,  tail  16, 
total  57>^  inches; 
greatest  width  14^, 
shoulders  9>^.  (2) 
Length  of  body  4o; 
tail  16.  total  56  inches; 
greatest  width  14, 
shoulders  9.  These 
skins  are  probably 
overstretched  at  the 
hind  quarters  as  a 
glance  at  the  skins 
will  indicate.  A  fur- 
ther and  somewhat 
more  careful  observa- 
tion of  the  skins  will 


TWO    LARGE,    ONE    MEDIUM,    COLO- 
RADO   PRAIRIE    WOLVES. 

(1)  Large  — Length  of  pelt,  42;  tall,  17; 
total,  59;  width  at  hips  and  shoulders  same, 

9  inches. 

(2)  Medium  —  Length  of  pelt,  34;  tail, 
16;  total,  50;  greatest  width,  12%;  shoul- 
ders,   10y2    inches. 

(3)  Large  —  Length  of  pelt,  42;  tail,  17; 
total,  59;  width  at  hips  and  shoulders  same, 

10  inches. 
Although    the    center     pelt    is    9    inches 

shorter  than  the  others  width  is  greater. 
This  pelt  should  have  been  stretched 
longer  and  not  so  wide.  All  measured  on 
fur   side. 


266 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


show  that  (i)  is  darker  especially  on  hips  and  tail  than 
(2)  yet  the  two  were  caught  on  the  same  ranch  and 
within  a  half  mile  of  each  other. 

There  is  considerable  difference  in  shade  or  color  of 

the  prairie  wolf  or 
coyote  skins  in  the 
same  locality  as  well 
as  in  the  different 
parts  of  the  country. 
Color  does  not  have 
much  to  do  with  the 
value  as  it  is  the 
soft,  silky  skins  that 
are  most  valuable 
and  these  may  be  the 
lightest  colored  as 
well  as  the  dark. 

The  illustration  — 
Timber  and  Prairie 
Wolf  Skins  —  show- 
ing a  hunter  and 
trapper  of  the  Lake 
Superior  region 
holding  up  a  timber 
wolf  skin  with  three 
of  the  prairie  wolf  skins  hanging  against  the  building 
shows  the  difference  in  sizes.  The  timber  wolf  is  large, 
measuring  from  end  of  nose  to  tip  of  tail  7  feet,  9  inches ; 
width  across  shoulders,  toe  to  toe,  5  feet,  3  inches ;  width 
at  narrowest  part  2  feet,  6  inches.  The  three  prairie  wolf 
skins  are  also  large  but  measure  only  from  nose  to  tip 
of  tail,  5  feet;  width,  cased,  12  inches.  The  three  skins 
are  practically  all  of  the  same  dimensions. 


TWO   ROCKY  MOUNTAIN   SECTION 
PRAIRIE   WOLF    SKINS. 


Wolves  and  Coyotes. 


^(fj 


CHAPTER  XX. 

OTTER. 

RANGE.  —  There  are  at  least  ten  species  of  the 
land  otter,  four  of  which  are  American.  The 
otter  in  general  outline  is  that  of  a  giant  or  an 
exaggerated  mink  and  its  habits  are  much  the 
same.  It  is  never  found  living  far  from  lakes  and 
streams  and  its  farthest  departure  from  water  is  seen 
in  its  travels  overland  from  one  stream  to  another  or 
from  stream  to  lake  as  the  case  may  be.  The  range 
of  the  otter  covers  practically  the  entire  Western  Hemi- 
sphere, that  is,  both  North  and  South  America.  It  does 
not  take  kindly  to  the  encroachment  of  the  settlers  and 
is  never  numerous  in  a  settled  region. 

Quality.  —  The  finest  furred  skins  come  from  Lab- 
rador, Canada,  Nova  Scotia  and  the  York  Fort  district 
of  the  Hudson  Bay  Country.  The  best  otter  as  to  fur 
and  color  come  from  East  Maine  where  they  are  very 
dark.  The  poorest  qualities  come  from  the  Gulf  and 
Pacific  Coast,  the  pelt  being  heavy  and  the  fur  short 
and  light  colored.  The  average  color  is  a  liver  brown, 
the  under  side  of  the  body  being  still  lighter  colored. 
When  the  top  hairs  have  been  plucked  out,  the  under 
fur  assumes  a  shade  from  light  tan  to  golden  brown. 
From  some  sections  certain  otter  appear  singed,  the 
guard  hairs  being  wilted  down  as  if  burned.  This 
condition  detracts  greatly  from  ordinary  values.     Con- 

(268) 


Otter. 


269 


sidering  that  the  otter  is  found  from  Alaska  to  Labra- 
dor and  from  near  the  Arctic  Coast  to  the  very  southern 
parts  of  the  United  States   (a  distance  of  3,ocx)  miles 

north  and  south)  this  fur  shows 
but  little  variation  in  size,  color, 
or  quality.  This  is  because  they 
are  much  in  the  water.  The  tem- 
perature of  the  water  in  Winter 
is  about  the  same  all  over  the 
United  States,  Alaska  and  Canada. 
While  Southern  otter  average  much 
lower,  it  is  partly  due  to  their  be- 
ing caught  before  mid-winter  and 
before  cold  weather  has  primed 
them.  Strange,  but  true,  more  ot- 
ter are  caught  in  October  and  No- 
vember in  the  Southern  states  than 
farther  north. 

Primeness.  —  There  are  four 
degrees  of  primeness  in  otter  and 
the  same  considerations  that  apply 
to  the  different  stages  of  primeness 

NORTHWESTERN  OTTER  SKIN. 

Large  —  Length  nose  to  root  of  tail,  40; 
tail,  17;  total,  57;  greatest  width,  9;  shoulders, 
7  inches.  This  pelt  represents  a  good  average 
large  for  the  New  England  States,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania,  the  Virginias,  Michigan,  Wis- 
consin, Minnesota,  Canada,  etc.  About  the 
only  sections  where  otter  average  much  larger 
is  from  Florida  and  other  states  bordering  on 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  as  well  as  parts  of  the 
Northwest  —  Oregon,  Washington,  British  Co- 
lumbia. 


270  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

in  mink,  apply  to  otter,  the  prime  being  all  red  or 
white  on  the  flesh  side,  while  the  No.  2's  are  bluish 
and  the  fur  more  hairy  than  the  No.  i  and  the  whole 
coat  may  be  short.  The  No.  3  is  very  short  in  fur  and 
coarse  hair  predominates  and  the  pelt  is  black.  No.  4 
are  black  in  pelt  and  there  is  hardly  any  growth  of  fur 
as  to  quality  and  length,  being  mainly  short  hair. 

Sizes.  —  Otter  vary  greatly  in  size.  While  the 
largest  skins  may  measure  4j/4  feet  in  length,  not  includ- 
ing tail  when  on  the  drying  board  and  9  to  10  inches  in 
width  at  the  hips,  a  small  skin  may  not  be  more  than 
30  tO'  34  inches  and  7  inches  wide.  The  tail  is  14  to  18 
inches  or  longer  occasionally. 

Stretching  Boards.  —  The  general  shape  of  otter 
drying  boards  is  the  same  as  for  mink,  holding  their 
width  well  and  not  tapered  until  the  shoulders  are 
reached,  where  they  should  be  about  an  inch  narrower 
than  at  base  of  skin.  For  the  neck  and  head  the  board 
tapers  moderately  rapid  so  that  if  a  skin  is  8  inches 
at  the  hips  when  on  the  board  and  7  at  shoulders,  it 
will  be  about  6  inches  across  the  ears  and  4  inches  where 
eyelets  come  on  the  board.  Boards  should  be  made 
of  three  sizes  from  such  tough,  soft  wood  as  poplar, 
whitewood,  cottonwood,  basswood  or  white  pine,  }i  inch 
thick,  planed  and  sanded  and  in  length  from  4^^  to  5^ 
feet.  Boards  for  medium  should  be  ^  inch  narrower  at 
hips  and  shoulders  than  for  large ;  small,  ^  inch  less 
at  both  hips  and  shoulders  than  medium.  Some  claim 
that  otter  should  be  stretched  a  little  different  and  recom- 
mend boards  of  the  following  dimensions :  - 


Otter. 


271 


CENTRAL    CANADA 
OTTER   SKIN 

Large  —  Length  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  35;  tail,  22; 
total,  57;  greatest  w'Jth,' 
10;  shoulders,  9^4  inches. 
This  pelt  was  stretched 
too  wide,  especially  neck 
and  forequarters.  Note 
great  length  of  tail 
which  indicates  a  large 
skin. 


Large,  hips  91^  inches,  shoul- 
ders 7  inches. 

Medium,  hips  8^  inches,  shoul- 
ders 6^  inches. 

Small,  hips  8  inches,  shoulders 
5^4  inches. 

The  larger  skins  will  often 
measure  better  than  five  feet  from 
tip  to  tip.  Tails  should  be  split, 
stretched  out  and  tacked.  This  fur 
is  always  cased  and  should  be  left 
fur  side  in,  otherwise  it  will  fade 
somewhat. 

In  buying  otter  skins  it  is 
necessary  to  know  primeness  and 
sizes  or  a  blue  pelt  may  be  bought 
for  No.  I  and  a  medium  bought  for 
large  or  a  small  graded  medium. 
Shade  of  fur  and  whether  singed 
or  not  must  be  ascertained.  The 
next  consideration  is  section  from 
which  skins  come,  Western  and 
Southern  being  worth  far  less  than 
the  Eastern  and  Northern  skins. 
Now  and  then  an  otter  is  caueht  in 
localities  where  none  have  been  for 
years.  Such  skins,  according  to  the 
opinion  of  the  owner,  are  always 
No.  I  and  large.  Like  mink,  otter 
vary  considerable  in  size  in 
different    parts    of    the    country. 


2J2  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

although  skins  averaging  largest  are  from  Florida,  while 
the  largest  mink  are  caught  on  the  plains  of  the  North- 
west. A  few  otter  pelts  brought  to  our  notice  measured 
as  follows: 

Two  from  British  Columbia,  62'^  and  65  inches 
from  tip  to  tip. 

One  from  Ohio,  weight  40  pounds  and  measured 
71  inches. 

Three  from  Maine  exactly  alike  being  61  inches  from 
tip  to  tip  and  8  wide. 

One  from  Oregon,  75  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

Two  from  Michigan,  each  66  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

One  from  Washington,  64  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

Three  from  Massachusetts,  largest  57  inches  and 
weighed  30  pounds. 

Few  animals  are  as  difficult  to  skin  as  the  otter. 
The  hide  is  not  only  tough  but  can  not  be  pulled  or 
peeled  off,  necessitating  much  use  of  the  knife.  The 
tail  is  large,  gristly,  requiring  the  use  o^  a  knife  con- 
stantly. To  skin  the  tail  is  more  of  a  job  than'  to  re- 
move the  pelts,  of  a  half  dozen  mink. 

Some  handlers'  of  furs  buy  pelts  occasionally  on  the 
animal,  that  is,  carcass  and  all.  Unless  a  party,  so  buy- 
ing, has  been  a  trapper,  knowing  about  how  a  pelt  will 
look  when  skinned  and  stretched,  compared  with  same 
on  the  carcass,  his  judgment  may  not  be  of  the  best. 
No  doubt  many  will  be  interested  in  the  measurements 
of  an  otter  as  caught  and  after  the  pelt  is  on  the  stretch- 
ing board.  The  illustrations  herewith  show  a  fair  sized 
otter  of  the  Lake  Superior  region  the  same  day  caught 
with  trap  on   foot  and  pelt  on  board.     The   descrip- 


Otter. 


273 


tion  under  tlTe  two  illustrations  show  that  the  pelt  was 
stretched  10  inches  longer  than  the  carcass  and  the  tail 
i^  inches  longer.  It  will  be  seen  from  illustration,  how- 
ever, that  the  pelt  was  stretched  rather  long  and  narrow. 


NORTHERN  MICHIGAN  OTTER  AND  PELT  AFTER  SKINNED  AND 

STRETCHED. 

.  Before   Skinning  —  Length    of   body,    2S%;    tail,   I6I/2;    total,    tip    to   tip. 
45  inches;   around   hips,   14%;    around   shoulders,   14   inches. 

Stretched    on    Board  —  Length    of    pelt     (nose    to    root    of    tail),    38U: 
tail,  18;  total  length,  56^^  inches;  width  at  hips,  7%;  shoulders,  7  inches. 

18 


274 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


PEACE  RIVER  OTTER. 

Large  —  Length,  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  38;  tail, 
18;  total  length,  56; 
greatest  width,  8;  shoul- 
ders, 7  inches.  Pelts  se- 
cured in  Northern  and 
Western  Alberta.  Rocky- 
Mountain  sections  of 
British  Columbia  and 
Yukon  are  similar. 


The  following  information  was 
furnished  by  a  party  who  handled 
•"housands  of  Canadian  otter  skins, 
principally  from  the  Eastern  Prov- 
inces, buying  largely  direct  from 
trappers : 

Otter  get  prime,  that  is,  white 
smooth  pelt,  very  late  in  the  au- 
tumn, even  in  northern  latitudes 
not  much  before  the  loth  of  No- 
vember. All  amphibious  animals 
change  the  looks  and  appearances 
of  their  pelts  three  if  not  four 
times  during  the  twelve  months.  I 
mean  otter,  beaver,  mink  and  musk- 
rat.  When  unprime  in  the  summer 
months  the  pelt  is  of  a  burnt  greasy 
color,  this  is  when  the  hair  is  thin- 
nest, September  and  October  the 
pelts  become  of  a  slate  blue  color, 
hair  thicker  and  about  October  20 
the  blue  color  becomes  spotted  with 
white  and  hair  much  thicker  and 
of  a  rich  appearance.  From  the 
latter  date,  if  cold  weather  sets  in, 
the  pelt  changes  very  quickly  to 
pure  white,  with  a  smooth  glossy 
finish.  After  the  cold  winter 
months  have  passed  these  changes 
take  place  in  reverse  order,  back  to 
the  thin  greasy  skin  of  the  summer. 


Otter.  275 

The  male  becomes  prime  much  before  the  old  female 
as  the  latter  suckle  their  young  very  late  in  the  year. 
The  otter  is  only  really  prime  and  well  furred  between 
November  15  and  March  15.  Like  the  beaver,  when  the 
March  sun  has  its  strength,  the  otter  delights  in  sliding 
down  crusted  slopes  and  basking  in  the  hot  rays,  both 
of  which  stunts  are  detrimental  to  the  fur. 

The  ordinary  size  of  a  full  grown  male  otter  is : 
Length,  from  nose  tO'  root  of  tail,  40  inches;  greatest 
width,  9  to  10  inches. 

Female  otter,  full  grown,  length,  nose  to  root  of 
tail,  30  inches ;  greatest  width,  8  to  9  inches. 

Any  buyer  having  skins  offered  him  with  the  fur 
side  out  to  be  suspicious,  either,  that  the  pelt  is  damaged, 
or  not  prime.  I  maintain  the  only  exception  tO'  this  rule, 
of  having  the  flesh  side  out,  would  be  with  the  colored 
and  valuable  foxes.  With  them  it  is  necessary  to  see 
the  full  hair  to  properly  estimate  the  skin's  value. 

In  Canada  the  darkest  and  richest  otter  skins  come 
from  the  Labrador  Coast,  north  of  Lake  Superior  and 
the  Mackenzie  River. 


CHAPTER  XXL 

BEAVER. 

RANGE.  —  The  range  of  the  beaver  once  covered 
about  all  of  America  where  there  was  timber  of 
the  kind  this  animal  used  for  food.  At  present 
this  interesting  fur  bearer  is  found  mainly  in  Can- 
ada and  Alaska.  There  are  few  beaver  today  south  of 
Upper  Michigan,  Northern  Minnesota,  Northern  Wis- 
consin, Northern  New  York  and  Maine.  There  are,  how- 
ever, some  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 
States  and  a  few  in  certain  Southern  States. 

Years  ago  this  fur  bearer  was  nearly  extinct  in  the 
United  States,  but  under  timely  laws  that  afforded  a  per- 
petual closed  season,  it  has  increased  surprisingly  so  that 
from  some  sections  complaints  are  heard  on  account  of 
dam  building  having  flooded  large  areas,  in  killing  val- 
uable timber  and  doing  other  damage.  The  catch  is  now 
limited  by  law  in  most  states  and  provinces  sO'  that  noth- 
ing short  of  reckless  law  violation  will  bring  them  to  the 
point  of  total  destruction  again. 

Size  and  Color.  —  As  otter  resemble  the  mink  in 
outline,  so  does  the  beaver  remind  one  of  a  giant  musk- 
rat,  to  which  species  it  belongs.  The  length  is  from  two 
to  two  and  a  half  feet  usually  although  some  are  as  much 
as  three  feet,  not  including  the  tail,  which  is  nine  or  ten 
inches.  The  weight  of  a  full  grown  beaver  varies  from 
40  to  60  pounds  and  even  more. 

(276) 


Beaver. 


^77 


The  color  runs  from  light  brown  to  dark  brown. 
The  under  fur  is  a  mouse  color,  is  less  than  an  inch  in 
length  and  is  protected  by  stiff  guard  hairs  two  or  three 
inches  long  on  the  upper  part  of  the  body.  The  fur  is 
shorter  and  dense  on  the  under  side  of  the  body  and  the 
whole  coat  is  waterproof.     While  the  ordinary  color  of 


NORTHEAST   SECTION 
BEAVER  SKIN. 

Small  —  Length,     24;     greatest 
Width,   17  inches. 


SOUTHERN   BEAVER  SKIN. 

Medium— Length,  28;  greatest  width, 
22    inches. 


beaver  is  nut  brown,  there  are  extremes  in  paleness  and 
dark  shades.  The  lightest  colored  specimens,  as  well  as 
largest,  are  found  in  the  Pacific  Coast  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tain states  usually.  Some  skins  that  come  from  around 
Hudson  Bay  are  nearly  black. 

Handling  and  Grading.  —  Beaver  should  be 
stretched  round,  rather  oblong  and  open.  Some  are 
cased,  handled,  but  this  is  not  desired  by  the  trade.  Large, 


278 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


rt 

w 

> 

< 

[L 

w 

ejjIy 

pq 

^^pl 

^ 

iM^Pp 

0 

BHHsPi^'' 

1— 1 

B^BmI^ 

0 

^Hh^P 

w 

B^hK 

« 

J^^Sm 

p^ 

w^^^m- 

0 

tfc  a^r^t^ 

l-H 

WS^kM 

.(^ 

W^S^f 

w 

wSbF 

CM 

^Jf" 

tD 

^ 

m 

w 

M 

< 

J 

1  '*-' 


CO  cJ 


Beaver. 


279 


24x28  inches  and  up,  providing  furs  are  in  good  con- 
dition. Pelts,  of  course,  are  not  all  stretched  oblong, 
many  being  round  and  in  that  condition,  26  x  26  is  equal 
to  24x28.  Many  pelts  are  much  larger,  27x31,  and 
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  even  larger.  Me- 
dium, 21  X  25  and  up 
tO'  23  X  2"]  inches  or 
thereabout.  Small, 
18x22  and  up  to 
20  X  23  o  r  there- 
about. Kitts,  under 
18x22.  Skins  from 
Rocky  Mountain 
states  average  some- 
what larger.  Beaver 
Castor  is  bought  by 
the  pound.  Beaver 
skins  were  bought 
by  the  pound  during 
early  days.  A  large 
skin,  when  properly 
fleshed,  would  weigh 
about  lYz  pounds, 
an  extra  large  one 
up  to  i^  pounds.  Beaver  should  be  handled  open,  being 
one  of  the  three  B  B  B,  or  Beaver,  Bear,  Badger.  The 
other  fur  mostly  handled  open  is  the  Timber  wolf. 

Primeness. — '  Beaver  skins  present  different  degrees 
of  primeness,  depending  upon  when  caught,  the  same  as 
muskrats.  The  prime  pelt  is  red  and  white  fleshed  while 
the  No.  2  will  be  bluish  and  the  coat  hairy.     No.  3  are 


SOUTHWESTERN  LARGE  BEAVER 

siaN. 

Lerxgth,    39;    greatest    width,    30    inches. 


28o 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


still  more  dark  pelted  and  coarse  in  coat  and  lacking  in 
under  fur  which  is  short.  A  No.  4  may  be  termed  a  scab 
or  trash,  of  little  or  no  value.  Beaver  skins  should  be 
cleaned  of  flesh  and  fat  to  prevent  heating  the  pelt  and 
so  destroy  the  fur. 

The  value  of  beaver  pelts  does  not  vary  as  much  as 

most  of  the  other  fur 
bearers  of  America.  Be- 
tween the  largest  and 
best  Northern  skins  and 
those  of  the  South  or 
elsewhere  there  is  but  a 
variation  of  about  $2.00. 
Neither  has  this  article 
undergone  the  radical 
fluctuations  in  price  like 
some  of  the  other 
articles  of  recent  years. 
Beaver  was  one  of  the 
first  animals  hunted  and 
trapped  for  fur  in 
Medium  -  Length,  28;  greatest  width,  America  and  in  the  earlv 

23  inches.  J 

days  was  one  of  the 
chief  articles  of  commerce  with  the  Old  World.  Not 
only  are  beaver  pelts  valuable  but  the  flesh  is  eaten  and 
the  castors  are  valuable,  being  used  in  the  manufacture 
■of  perfume.  They  are  also  used  by  trappers  in  making 
scent  to  lure  fur  bearing  animals.  There  is  always  a  cash 
market  for  beaver  castors. 

Beaver,    otter    and   muskrat   being   water    animals, 
there  is  not  so  much  difference  in  the  priming  up  time  of 


WESTERN   CANADA  BEAVER 
SKIN. 


Beaver. 


281 


fur  and  pelt  as  with  other  fur  bearers  in  the  various  parts 
of  North  America.  The  pelt  of  the  beaver  averages  pretty 
much  the  same  thickness,  making  no  difference  where 
caught.    This  is  accounted  for  from  their  being  so  much 

in  the  water.  The 
greatest  variation  is 
in  color  and  quality 
of  fur. 

A  trader  who  for 
almost  fifty  years 
bought  beaver  pelts 
by  the  thousands 
over  much  of  East- 
ern and  Central 
Canada  says : 

Prior  to  the 
American  buyers 
coming  over  into 
Canada,  beaver  were 
always  bartered  or 
bought  by  the  skin, 
large  prime,  mid- 
dling prime  and 
small  prime.  The 
buying  of  these 
skins  by  weight  was 
an  unfortunate  innovation,  as  many  unscrupulous  trap- 
pers and  small  traders  called  on  their  ingenuity  to  add 
weight  to  the  skins  passing  through  their  hands.  This 
was  done  in  many  ways.  However,  anyone  used  to  han- 
dling clean,  pure  skins  would  at  once  detect  any  abnor- 
mal surplus  weight. 


HUDSON    BAY    COUNTRY    BEAVER 
SKIN. 

Large  —  Length,  40  inches;  greatest  width, 
31  inches.  Some  very  large  and  dark  skins 
are  secured  from  waters  flowing  into  Hud- 
son Bay. 


282  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Beaver  in  the  three  sizes  mentioned  and  understood 
to  be  killed  in  prime  season  weigh,  with  very  little  va- 
riation:  Large,  i;^  pounds;  middling,  i  to  i^  pounds; 
small,  10  to  12  ounces. 

In  dimensions  the  three  sizes  were: 

Large,  lengthwise  34,  width  24  inches. 

Middling,  lengthwise  24,  width  18  inches. 

Small,  lengthwise  21,  width  14  inches. 

Beaver  in  the  Northern  part  of  Canada  become 
prime  about  the  end  of  September  and  remain  so  up  to 
about  the  twentieth  of  March.  They  are  at  their  very 
primest  both  as  to  color  and  richness  of  fur  during  No- 
vember, December  and  January.  The  darkest  skins  come 
from  clear  water  lakes  and  rivers,  while  the  browner  and 
light  colored  ones  are  taken  in  grassy  and  swampy  sur- 
roundings. This  characteristic  of  darkness  of  color  ap- 
plies to  all  amphibious  (water)  animals.  Beaver,  otter, 
muskrat  and  mink  are  of  richer  and  darker  fur  when 
they  inhabit  clear  water.  I  have  often  astonished  an  In- 
dian by  picking  out  a  certain  skin  and  saying,  ''You  killed 
or  caught  this  in  a  clear  water  lake." 

While  the  beaver  retains  his  deep,  rich,  fur  until  May 
or  June  the  fur  has  lost  its  value  as  a  prime  skin  by  the 
action  of  the  March  and  April  sun  rays.  These  animals 
delight  to  pass  hours  in  those  months  basking  in  the  sun, 
the  consequence  is  the  color  of  the  fur  is  bleached  sev- 
eral shades  lighter  and  the  ends  of  the  hairs  are  hooked 
and  crinkly  as  if  singed  by  a  hot  iron. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

BEARS BLACK,    GRIZZLY,    POLAR. 

CHE  BLACK  BEAR.  — RANGE.  — According  to 
the  naturalist  there  are  only  three  distinct  species 
of  bears  in  N^orth  America,  which  are  the  Black, 
Grizzly  and  Polar.  The  Brown,  or  Cinnamon,  is 
merely  a  color  phase  of  the  Black  Species.  This  is  the 
smallest  bear  of  the  three  species.  Its  range  is  wide, 
covering  at  one  time  a  good  portion  of  the  United 
States  as  well  as  Canada,  Alaska,  Nova  Scotia  and  New- 
foundland. 

Color  and  Quality.  —  The  best  skins  come  from 
Canada.  Those  from  the  interior  of  Alaska  are  good 
but  along  the  southeast  coast  are  somewhat  coarser. 
The  British  Columbia  Bear  is  coarse  in  pelt  and  thinner 
furred  as  the  coast  is  approached.  Pelts  from  the  in- 
terior are  generally  long  and  heavy  furred.  The  color 
is  distinctly  black  on  the  surface  and  brown  underneath, 
though  in  some  jet  black  specimens  the  fur  retains  almost 
the  same  hue  to  the  roots.  A  large  Black  Bear,  when  in 
good  condition,  will  weigh  400  to  450  pounds  or  more, 
but  the  lower  figures  constitute  a  large  bear.  If  one  is 
found  weighing  around  600  pounds,  it  may  be  termed 
extra  large. 

Hundreds  of  skins  are  still  secured  from  the  North- 
ern  New  England   States,  Adirondacks   and  Allegheny 

(283) 


284 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Mountain  regions.  Those  caught  in  Pennsylvania  and 
North  are  well  furred^  if  taken  in  proper  season,  but 
in  size  seldom  exceed  300  pounds.  Some  very  nice  pelts 
are  also  taken  each  season  in  the  northern  parts  of  Mich- 


EASTERN  BLACK  BEAR  SKINS. 

Large  —  Length,  tip  to  tip,  70;  width  at  shoulders,  64;  hind  quarters, 
58  inches.  Had  feet  and  claws  been  left  on  spread  or  width  would  have 
been  about  a  foot  greater. 

Medium  —  Length,  tip  to  tip,  58;  width  at  shoulders,  64;  hind  quarters, 
60  inches.    Claws   and   feet   on. 

These  skins  are  full,  large  and  medium  for  bears  from  the  New 
England  States,  New  York  and  Pennsylvania.  Those  from  the  Virginias, 
Carolinas  and  otker  Southern  States  average  somewhat  smaller. 


igan,  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota.  There  are  far  more 
bear  skins  handled  yearly  than  generally  supposed.  From 
the  United  States  some  5,000  and  Canada  about  3,000  are 
sent  to  Europe  for  the  sales  each  year.  Others  are  used 
in  this  country  so  that  the  catch  is  probably   around 


Bears  —  Black,  Grizzly,  Polar. 


2S5 


10,000  annually.  Of  the  brown,  or  cinnamon  only  a 
few  hundred  are  secured  each  season  —  probably  200 
to  500. 

Uses.  —  Black  bear  is  used  for  many  ordinary  pur- 
poses  where  a  long,   shaggy,  black   fur  is   desired,  the 


WISCONSIN  BEAR  SKINS. 

Medium  bear,  5  feet  4  inches  from  tip  to  tip;  width  at  shoulders  from 
claw   to    claw,   5   feet;    narrowest   part,    3   feet. 

Small  bear,  4  feet  from  tip  to  tip;  width  at  shoulders  same;  narrowest 
part,  2  feet  6  inches.  Bears  much  larger  than  the  medium  here  shown  are 
secured   from  not   only  Wisconsin  but  Michigan,   Minnesota,   etc. 

principal  advantage  being  in  its  natural  color  which  re- 
quires no  dye  to  blacken.  The  fur  of  cubs  is  very  soft 
and  is  suitable  for  coat  collars,  muffs  and  boas.  Bear 
is  used  extensively  for  driving  coats,  rugs  and  sleigh 
robes. 


286  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

SizES^  Handling^  Etc.  —  This  fur  varies  from 
large  to  cubs,  including  yearling  and  two  years.  It  is 
also  classed  large,  medium  and  small  as  well  as  No.  2, 
3  and  4.  The  skins  also  vary  considerable  in  size,  owing 
to  age  and  condition  the  animal  was  in  when  killed. 
A  bear  hunter  and  trapper  who  has  caught  more  than 
two  hundred  during  his  time,  principally  in  Michigan, 
sends  the  following  dimensions  of  the  largest  of  his 
catch :  Lengtl),  8  feet,  2  inches ;  width,  7  feet,  4  inches. 
The  best  bear  is  prime  in  pelt  and  the  fur  thick,  even 
with  a  good  growth  of  guard  hairs,  the  entire  coat  being 
soft  and  glossy  in  the  best.  Off  qualities  are  the  un- 
prime  thin  furred,  rubbed  on  hips,  flanks,  neck,  etc.  No. 
2,  in  primeness,  are  hairy  and  the  supply  of  underfur 
is  less  than  on  prime  pelts.  Nos.  3  and  4  are  practically 
all  hair  and  of  little  use  except  in  the  making  of  the 
cheaper  driving  robes.  A  large  per  cent  of  bear  skins 
offered  the  buyer  are  of  the  lower  grades  and  smaller 
sizes  from  the  fact  that  the  animal  is  killed  whenever 
possible.  As  a  result  many  bear  are  killed  durmg  sum- 
mer and  early  fall  months. 

Canadian  Skins.  —  The  black  bears  of  the  North- 
ern parts  of  Canada  are  at  their  best  and  primest  just 
after  the  berry  crop  and  just  before  they  hibernate  for 
the  winter. 

They  mate  in  early  July  and  bring  forth  their  young 
in  February.  They  generally  have  two  at  a  birth,  oc- 
casionally three,  but  this  is  the  exception.  The  cubs  of 
the  last  winter  hibernate  with  the  dam  the  second  winter, 
thus,  when  the  hunter  digs  out  a  den  in  March  or  April 
he  generally  finds  cubs  of  two  sizes. 


Bears  —  Black,  Grizzly,  Polar. 


287 


Touching  on  the  primeness  of  skins,  the  very  finest 
for  richness  of  fur  is  found  on  a  two-year-old  just  be- 
fore denning  up.  Good  skins  are  also  gotten  from  den 
bears  up  to  the  end  of  January,  unless  a  he-bear  has 

denned  in  some 
ragged  hole,  or 
has  been  partly 
exposed  to  the 
weather.  He  re- 
tains his  good 
coat  of  fur 
longer  than  the 
female. 

Trappers  gen- 
erally take  up 
their  bear  traps 
around  the  tenth 
of  June.  After 
that  date  both 
male  and  female 
shed  their  coats 
rapidly,  and  the 
skin  for  three 
months  only  rep- 
resents the  hide 
for  leather.  Ap- 
proximate sizes 
forblack  bears  in 
the  North  Coun- 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  BLACK  BEAR  SKIN.     ^^Y  ^^^  aboUt  aS 

Large  —  Length,   79;   greatest  width,  49  inches.  rOllOWS ! 


288  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Large  male  bear,  length,  6  feet,  width,  4  feet. 

Full  grown  female,  length,  5  feet,  width,  3  feet. 

Two-year-old  cub,  length,  4  feet,  width,  2  feet,  6 
inches.  There  are,  of  course,  exceptions  to  these  meas- 
urements but  as  an  average  or  normal  size  the  fore- 
going is  a  fair  average. 

The  grading  of  bear  skins  for  valuation  is  so  evi- 
dent that  almost  any  handler  of  fur  can  do  it  correctly. 
When  the  skin  is  coming  common  the  hair  is  off  in 
patches,  reaching  up  the  sides,  till  at  last  there  is  only  a 
ridge  of  old  hair  along  the  back  bone.  In  August  the 
new  hair  comes  out  all  over,  is  a  deep  black,  is  full,  but 
as  yet  short  in  length.  From  the  end  of  this  month,  the 
hair  becomes  glossy  and  richer  as  the  days  go  by. 

In  a  year  of  mountain  ash  and  other  late  fruit  the 
bears  keep  out  later,  sometimes  holing  up  only  after  con- 
siderable snow  is  on  the  ground.  Pelts  taken  at  this  time 
are  always  good  color  and  heavy  furred. 

Grizzly  Bear  —  Range.  —  The  Grizzly  Bear  once 
inhabited  all  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Range  where  it 
found  a  natural  place  tO'  den  in  the  rocky  caverns.  It 
inhabits  Alaska  and  the  Mt.  St.  Elias  Grizzly  is  of  the 
largest  size  and  is  frequently  termed  the  Silver  Tip.  It 
is  now  extinct  or  practically  so. 

Color,  Size,  Etc.  —  The  Grizzly  attains  to  a  length 
of  8  feet  to  13  feet  and  weighs  from  800  to  1,100  pounds. 
It  is  the  largest  of  all  bears.  Probably  the  average 
weight  of  the  males  is  about  800  pounds.  The  fur  is 
rather  coarse  and  while  the  general  color  is  grizzly  grey 
some  specimens  are  light  colored,  almost  white  and 
yellow  grizzlies  occur  and  in  fact  all  shades  from  light 


Bears  —  Black,  Grizzly,  Polar. 


289 


ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  GRIZZLY  BEAR  SKIN. 

This  pelt  is  only  about  an  average  size  for  the  large  yet  measured  from 
nose  to  tail  10  feet  9  inches;  greatest  width  (shoulders)  10  feet  6  inches; 
hind  quarters  9  feet  3  inches.  As  these  skins  are  largely  used  for  rugs  they 
should  be  carefully  skinned  around  head  as  well  as  claws  left  on  pelt. 


19 


290 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


to  dark  Grizzly  are  found.  The  skin  is  thick  and  heavy 
and  there  is  a  growth  of  hair  between  the  shoulders 
of  such  length   as  to   form  a   well   defined  hump.     In 

the  best  skins 
this  hump  adds 
greatly  to  beauty 
and  value.  The 
value  of  the  skins 
is  just  about  the 
same  as  the  com- 
mon black  bear 
when  sold  to  the 
regular  fur  trade 
to  be  used  for  lap 
robes,  coats  and 
rugs.  Few  skins, 
however,  are  thus 
sold  but  are 
tanned  and  made 
up  by  taxider- 
mists where  they 
command  a  much 
higher  figure.  The 
head  and  claws 
must  be  left  on  to 
command  highest 
prices.  In  Alaska 
brown  bear  have 
been  killed,  the 
pelt  of  which 
measured  10  feet 
from  tip  to  tip. 


BRITISH  COLUMBIA  BROWN  BEAR  SKIN. 

Medium — Length,  74;  width  at  hind  quarters 
and  shoulders,  41  inches.  Pelt  heavy  and  full 
furred. 


Bears  —  Black,  Grizzly,  Polar. 


291 


arctic  ocean  region  (GREENLAND)  POLAR  BEAR  SKIN. 

Large — Length  nose  to  tail  10  feet  8  inches;  greatest  width  (shoulders) 
10  feet  2  inches;  hind  quarters  9  feet.  This  skin  is  off  a  fairly  large  only 
as  the  neck  is  longer  than  other  species,  which  accounts  for  length.  Most 
skins  are  either  mounted  or  used  for  rugs,  so  must  be  carefully  skinned  to 
command  highest  value. 


2.^2  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

The  Polar  Bear.  —  The  Polar  Bear  has  a  wide 
distribution.  It  inhabits  the  western  shores  of  Iceland, 
the  coast  of  Greenland  and  the  northern  extremity  of 
Norway  and  Sweden.  It  is  found  on  St.  Matthew  Island 
in  Behring  Sea  and  in  the  Arctic  Regions  of  Canada 
and  Alaska. 

Color,  Size  and  Quality.  —  The  polar  bear  is 
white  the  year  round.  Both  feet  and  legs  are  covered 
with  long,  coarse  hair.  The  feet  are  provided  with  long, 
powerful  claws.  The  Polar  Bear  grows  to  a  large  size, 
in  fact,  it  is  but  little  exceeded,  if  any,  by  the  Grizzly. 
Specimens  have  been  known  to  weigh  i,ooo  pounds  and 
some  skins  measure  ro  feet  or  more.  The  tail  is  only 
about  4  inches  in  length  and  the  neck  is  longer  than  in 
other  bears.  It  is  bold  in  disposition  and  will  fight 
fiercely,  though  not  with  the  tenacity  of  the  Grizzly. 

Food.  — ■  Polar  bears  feed  upon  fish  and  seals  and 
yet  its  own  flesh  is  said  to  be  palatable  and  is  preferred 
to  seal  flesh  by  the  Esquimaux.  The  best  skins  come 
from  Greenland  and  being  well  cleaned  of  oil  by  the 
natives,  the  fur  does  not  turn  yellow  as  it  would  if  left 
in  the  grease.  This  fur  is  made  into  rugs  and  robes  and 
is  sometimes  dyed  black.  The  milk  white  skins  are  the 
most  valuable  and  in  the  best  request.  Ofif  qualities  are 
the  dirty  whites  or  dingy  yellowish  skins.  The  number 
of  skins  sold  yearly  in  London  is  only  some  200  to  300 
although  they  do  not  all  reach  that  market.  The  annual 
production  probably  does  not  exceed  500. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

MARTEN. 

RANGE.  —  This  animal  is  much  Hke  the  mink  in  gen- 
eral form  and  is  about  like  the  mink  of  Western 
United   States   for   size.     The   range   is   Canada, 
Alaska,    Labrador,    Nova    Scotia    and    Northern, 
North  Western  and  North  Eastern  United  States.    Penn- 
sylvania is  about  as  far  south  as  it  has  been  found. 

Color,  Etc.  —  The  general  color  is  nut  brown, 
though  pale  skins  are  yellow,  and  dark  skins  almost  black. 
The  yellow  colors  are  worth  the  least  and  the  really  dark 
skins  are  very  valuable.  The  tail  is  thick  and  bushy,  ap- 
pearing more  like  fox  fur  than  in  being  closely  allied  to 
the  mink.  There  are  many  shades  of  color  between  dark, 
brown  and  pale,  such  as  orange,  cinnamon,  golden  yellow, 
etc.  The  guard  hairs  are  tinged  with  a  much  darker 
color  than  the  under  fur. 

Sizes  and  Handling.  —  Marten  are  assorted  for 
colors  and  also  sizes,  large  medium  and  small.  Most 
skins  grade  into  the  first  two  sizes,  small  skins  being  few 
in  any  original  trapper's  lot  of  this  fur.  Marten  are  dried 
on  boards,  shaped  the  same  as  for  mink.  Before  being 
thoroughly  dried,  skins  are  removed  from  the  boards  and 
turned  fur  side  out  and  in  that  way  presented  when  of- 
fered for  sale.  Thin  boards  should  be  inserted  after  be- 
ing turned  to  firmly  establish  the  shape  and  prevent  any 

(293) 


294 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


tendency  to  shrivel  or  wrinkle.  The  entire  hind  legs  and 
feet  are  usually  skinned  out  and  left  on  the  pelts  of  mar- 
ten, even  the  toe  nails  being  left  in  the  fur  of  the  foot 
after  being  unjointed  from  the  foot  itself.    Why  this  is 

done  any  more  than  with  mink  we  do 
not  know,  except  that  it  is  a  custom 
just  the  same  as  the  entire  leg  and 
foot  of  lynx  is  skinned  out  and  left 
on  the  pelt. 

General  Remarks.  —  But  few 
furs  possess  so  wide  a  range  of  val- 
ues. From  about  $2.00  for  small  pale 
to  $30.00  for  large,  well  furred  skins 
of  the  darkest  shade.  Every  section 
produces  a  particular  type  of  marten. 
Some  are  fine  in  coat,  some  are' 
coarse  and  different  districts  turn 
out  various  shades  of  color.  Idaho, 
Montana,  Wyoming  and  other  Rocky 
Mountain  States  produce  yellow 
shades  of  marten  almost  exclusively. 
Those  from  the  New  England  States 
and  the  Adirondacks  are  never  of 
the  darkest  shades. 

As    marten    are    usually    found 
high  up  among  the  mountains  their 
BRITISH  COLUM-        fur  is  fine  but  in  some  localities  the 

BIA  MARTEN  i  •  i-    t,.      -u 

gj^jj^  color    IS    orange,    light    brown,    etc. 

Large  — Lergth    of       Marten  is  the  first  of  the  fur  bearers 

pelt,  21;  tail,  10;  total,  ,  •  ^t,  t.  i.   j:  J 

31;    greatest    width,       to  prime  Up,  evcu  though  not  found 
inches.^  °"   ^^^'    ^  in  the  high  altitudes.     A  fur  dealer 


Marten.  295 

of  Maine  who  has  traveled  along  the  coast  north  to  Lab- 
rador, says :  ''Marten  in  that  country  are  prime  by  Oc- 
tober I,  having  a  beautiful  and  glossy  coat."  While 
marten  prime  earlier  than  other  furs,  as  a  rule,  they  shed 
out  in  the  Spring  a  good  deal  earlier,  becoming  thin 
furred  and  woolly  in  March,  even  in  the  North, 
which  greatly  reduces  their  value.  The  buyer  who  knows 
furs,  even  though  he  has  never  handled  many  marten 
skins  can  detect  the  rubbed  and  shedding  much  easier 
than  to  value  correctly  the  varying  shades  of  color  that 
are  characteristic  of  this  fur.  It  is  not  always  the  largest 
marten  skin  that  is  most  valuable  —  a  smaller  dark  one 
may  be  worth  double  a  larger  but  lighter  colored  one. 

This  article  is  assorted  large,  medium,  small,  Nos.  2, 
3  and  4  and  further  as  to  colors.  There  are  few  very 
small  —  mostly  large  and  m^edium.  Neither  are  there  as 
many  No.  2  and  below  as  with  most  furs,  the  reason 
being  that  marten  is  the  first  fur  animal  to  prime  up  in 
the  fall.  It  is  also  largely  caught  by  experienced  hunters 
and  trappers  and  is  correctly  skinned  and  handled.  Skins 
on  the  stretching  boards  for  the  three  sizes  are  approx- 
imately : 

Large,  4^  inches  at  hips,  3^  at  shoulder,  length, 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  19  to  20  inches. 

Medium,  4%  inches  at  hips,  3^4  at  shoulders,  length, 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  17  to  18  inches. 

Small,  334  inches  at  hips,  3  at  shoulders,  length,  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  15  to  16  inches. 

Pelts  are  usually  turned  by  trappers  before'  they  are 
thoroughly  dry  and  kept  and  marketed  fur  out.  Buyers, 
therefore,  must  take  length  of  fur  into  consideration  if 


296 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


they  judge  sizes  from  dimensions  of  boards  used  in 
stretching.  No.  2  are  those  caught  before  fur  and  pelt 
are  full  prime.  Nos.  3  and  4  are  few  and  far  between. 
They  are  the  summer  caught,  badly  damaged,  etc.    Color 


WASHINGTON   MARTEN   SKINS,  PALE. 

(1)  Small  —  Length  of  pelt,  16;  greatest  width,  3%;  shoulders,  3  inches. 
(6)  Small  —  Length  of  pelt,  15;  greatest  width,  S^/^;  shoulders,  3  inches, 

(2)  Medium  —  Length  of  pelt,  17;  greatest  width,  4;   shoulders,  3  inches. 
(5)  Medium—  Length  of  pelt,  17;  greatest  width,  iy^;  shoulders,  8  inches. 

(3)  Large  —  Length  of  pelt,  19;  greatest  width,  414 ;  shoulders,  3%  inches. 

(4)  Large  — Length  of  pelt,  20;  greatest  width,  i^;  shoulders,  4  inches. 

values  can  only  be  learned  by  experience'  and  close  obser- 
vation. A  very  dark,  fine  furred  marten  may  be  worth 
$30.00,  a  brown,  fine  furred,  same  size,  $15.00,  same  size 
in  lighter  shades  from  $5.00  up  to  $15.00.  Very  few 
skins  class  dark  except  from  certain  localities  in  Canada. 


Marten.  297 

The  average  value  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  collec- 
tion of  marten  for  the  past  fifty  years  was  only  $4.80, 
while  mink  averaged  for  same  time,  $2.00. 

Values  since  1900,  of  course;  have  been  higher.  Per- 
haps the  years  from  1900  to  191 5  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany collection  of  marten  averaged  $8.00  and  mink  $3.50 
in  London,  but  remember,  about  $1.00  for  marten  and  50 
cents  for  mink  must  be  deducted  for  expense  in  selling. 
Marten  are  a  difficult  fur  for  the  buyer  and  collector  to 
make  any  money  on.  Trappers  usually  think  that  they 
do  not  get  full  value  for  this  article.  As  values  are  de- 
termined by  both  size  and  color  it  is  no  wonder  that  those 
who  handle  a  very  few  are  often  mistaken  as  to  their 
value.  The  darker  the  skin,  the  more  valuable,  and  as 
most  marten  are  pale  or  of  a  yellowish  cast  they  do  not 
command  anything  like  the  darker  shades. 

Marten,  like  all  furs,  has  its  ups  and  downs.  Prices 
since  1900  up  to  about  19 13  were  higher  than  for  somei 
years  previous.  Even  before  the  outbreak  of  the  great 
European  war  values  had  declined  wonderfully,  so  that 
during  recent  years  the  average  value  of  all  skins  — 
United  States  and  Canada  —  was  probably  around  $5.00. 

A  trader,  who  for  many  years  was  in  position  to  see 
and  handle  thousands  of  marten  skins  yearly  from  va- 
rious parts  of  Canada,  says : 

Marten  differ  very  much  in  darkness  and  richness 
of  their  fur.  Those  that  are  trapped  in  mountainous 
countries  with  a  mixed  growth  of  forests,  being  smaller 
and  lighter  in  color.  The  best  skins  come  from  the  black 
spruce  country  of  Labrador  and  portions  of  the  Macken- 
zie River  country,  especially  down  near  the  mouth  of  that 


298 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


river,  or  around  65  degrees  and  north, 
of  a  rich,  dark  brown  color  and  of  a 
ance.    They  are  from  a  half  larger  to 
twice  the  size  of  skins  caught  in  the 
higher  lands  where  the  growth  is  birch, 

balsam,  ash, 
white  spruce 
and  alder. 
Marten  caught 
after  October 
25  are  prime  in 
the  extreme 
North  and  in 
Labrador  they 
are  prime  two 
weeks  earlier 
than  that 
usually. 

Marten,  hav- 
ing a  thin  skin, 
change  from 
white,  or  prime, 
on  the  flesh 
side,  very  rap- 
idly, especially 
the  female.  I 
have  caught 
marten  in  Feb- 
ruary, after  a 
three  days'  rain 
and   thaw,   the 


They  are  large, 
very  rich  appear- 


VALUABLE  MARTEN 
SKIN. 

Large,  Dark,  Mackenzie 
River  —  Length,  IdV^;  tail, 
9;  total,  2'8%;  greatest 
width,  414;  shoulders,  4. 
Fur  of  under  side  or  belly 
shown. 


NORTHEAST  COAST, 
LABRADOR,  MAR- 
TEN   SKIN. 

Large,  Dark — Length, 
20;  tail,  lO;  total,  30; 
greatest  width,  4%; 
shoulders,  3%  inches. 
Wrinkles  in  skin  are 
from  folding.  A  val- 
uable specimen,  being 
darker  than  the  average 
taken  from  Maine  or 
the  Eastern  Provinces 
of   Canada. 


Marten. 


299 


bellies  of  which  were  as  black  as  in  summer,  the  hair,  of 
course,  being  unaffected.  A  few  days  subsequent  cold 
weather  brought  others  back  to  the  original  state  of 
primeness.  The  dark  or  finest  martens  are  very  easily 

graded  or  classed.  They  are  all  dark  that  come  from  the 
part  of  the  country  designated.  They  differ  one  from 
another  only  in  the  length  of  fur,  size  of  skins  and  rich- 
ness. Those,  however,  that  are  caught  in  the  mixed  soft 
wood  country  vary  very  much  in  size,  color,  and  fullness 
of  fur,  and  can  even  be  graded  into  firsts,  seconds,  thirds, 
fourths  and  fifths  in  value. 

Considerable  value  and  appearance  is  taken  away 
by  the  very  slovenly  way  in  which  some  of  this  class  of 
skins  are  gotten  up.  These  ordinary  marten  are  caught 
by  all  manner  of  people,  from  shanty  men,  railroad  men, 
down  to  farmers'  boys.  Many  of  these  people  use  any 
kind  of  old  thing  to  case  the  skin  on,  out  of  all  proportion 
both  in  length  and  breadth.  In  buying  furs  along  the 
frontier  of  civilization  I  have  often  had  to  have  skins 
soaked  in  water  and  when  thoroughly  wet,  re-cased  into 
something  like  proper  shape. 

Marten,  born  in  the  Spring  as  they  are,  reach  almost 
full  growth  by  the  time  the  trapping  season  commences. 
The  female  becomes  unprime  much  earlier  than  the 
male.  Generally,  if  the  season  remains  cold,  the  trapper 
continues  his  endeavors  for  marten  up  to  the  first  week 
in  April. 

The  size  of  a  well  proportioned  male  marten  is  as 
follows : 

Length,  nose  to  root  of  tail  20,  width  at  base  5,  shoul- 
ders 4%  inches. 


300  Fur  Buyers^  Guide. 

Female,  length,  nose  to  root  of  tail  17,  width  at  base 
4,  shoulders  3^  inches. 

These  measurements  are  for  the  dark  and  best  as 
before  mentioned,  that  is,  those  from  Labrador  and  the 
Mackenzie  River  Country  near  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Mar- 
ten, both  male  and  female,  from  other  localities,  will 
average  considerable  smaller. 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 

FISHER. 

RANGE.  —  The  largest  member  of  the  marten  family 
is  represented  in  this  fur  bearer.  The  length  of 
body  is  24  to  30  inches  and  the  tail  from  12'  to  18 
inches  in  length.  It  bears  a  number  of  names, 
such  as  Pennants  Marten,  Pekan,  Black  Cat,  etc.  The 
former  range  of  fisher  covered  the  greater  portion  of 
North  America  but  continued  hunting  and  trapping  has 
reduced  its  territory  to  parts  of  Canada,  Alaska,  Cali- 
fornia and  other  parts  of  the  Pacific  Coast.  A  very 
few  are  still  found  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  States, 
Minnesota,  Wisconsin,  Michigan,  the  Adirondacks  and 
Northern  New  Hampshire,  Vermont  and  Maine.  The 
name  fisher  is  misapplied  and  not  appropriate,  for  while 
it  will  eat  fish,  it  does  not  catch  them.  Neither  does 
it  inhabit  the  shores  of  streams  and  lakes  from  choice 
but  is  partial  to  high,  dry,  wooded  and  rocky  sections 
where  the  country  is  hilly  and  rolling  or  even  moun- 
tainous. 

Fur,  Color  and  Quality.. —  The  fur  is  coarser 
and  not  nearly  so  valuable,  size  considered,  as  that  of 
the  marten.  The  general  color  might  be  said  to  be 
dark  brown,  yet  some  specimens  are  quite  pale  while 
others  are  almost  black.  The  general  color  is  black 
or  very  dark  on  throat,  legs,  belly  and  hind  parts;  head, 

(301) 


302  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

shoulders  and  upper  back  grizzly,  with  grayish  white; 
tail,  a  brownish  black.  The  fur  is  not  as  fine  and  soft 
as  that  of  the  marten,  although  longer.  Fisher  is  made 
up  largely  into  boas  and  muffs. 

Handling  and  Grading.  —  This  article  is  handled 
cased  and  should  be  turned  fur  out.  Skins  are  classed 
large,  medium,  small  and  the  darker,  the  more  valuable, 
the  grade  for  sizes  being: 

Large,  7^  inches  at  hips,  6  at  shoulders. 

Medium,  6^  inches  at  hips,  5/^  at  shoulders. 

Small,  6  inches  at  hips,  5  at  shoulders. 

The  length  of  an  average  No.  i  pelt  from  end  of 
nose  to  root  of  tail  is  about  32  inches,  although  some 
are  an  inch  or  two  longer,  while  others  are  as  much 
shorter,  depending  much  upon  the  width  stretched.  It 
is  not  uncommon  for  skins  to  measure  upwards  of  50 
inches  from  tip  to  tip.  The  tail  is  long,  full  and  bushy, 
being  quite  valuable,  perhaps  more  so  than  the  tail  of 
any  other  of  the  fur  bearers. 

Fisher  are  also  classified  as  to  color  —  dark,  brown, 
pale.  The  best  —  darkest  —  come  from  the  North.  This 
article  should  largely  grade  dark  and  brown  for  it  is 
found  only  in  the  timbered  localities. 

No.  2  and  lower  grades  are  the  poorly  furred  and 
unprime  skins  but  with  the  exception  of  some  rubbed 
and  a  few  otherwise  springy  few  classify  below  No.  2. 
The  size  also  runs  well  to  large,  being  more  than  both 
medium  and  small  if  correctly  handled. 

The  yearly  catch  was  never  very  large  and  of 
recent  years  has  been  somewhat  further  reduced.     The 


Fisher. 


303 


VARIOUS  SECTIONS  FISHER  PELTS  —  LARGE,  MEDIUM,  SMALL. 

(1)  Small  —  Length,  nose  _  to  root  of  tail,  22;  tail,  15;  total,  37; 
greatest  width,   8;    shoulders,   6  inches. 

(2)  Large  — Length,  nose_  to  root  of  tail,  30;  tail,  18;  total,  48; 
greatest  width,   9;   shoulders,   7   inches. _ 

Both  are  rather  light-colored,  being  dark  only  on  hind  quarters  and 
tail.     Skins  from  the  Hudson's  Bay  section. 

(3)  Medium  —  Length,  nose  to  root  of  tail,  25;  tail,  13;  total,  42; 
greatest  width,  8;  shoulders,  6i/^  inches.  This  pelt  is  from  the  Rocky 
Slountains  and  is  about  an  average  color  of  those  secured  from  eithef 
Canada  or  the  United  States. 

(4)  Medium  — Length,  nose  to  root  of  tail,  23i^;  tail,  151^;  total,  39; 
greatest  width,  7%;  shoulders,  6  inches.  This  pelt  is  from  the  Lake 
Superior  region. 


304?  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

annual  catch  is  now  probably  5,000  or  thereabout.  The 
Hudson  Bay  Company  offerings  of  recent  years  has 
varied  from  2,^000  to  3,000  and  another  1,000  is  sold 
by  other  firms  in  London  yearly.  Perhaps  another  1,000 
are  used  in  America.  By  far  the  larger  part  of  the  catch 
is  made  in  Canada.  The  average  value  of  this  article 
for  fifty  years  prior  to  1909  was  only  about  $8.00  in 
London,  During  the  years  of  1910,  191 1  and  1912  it 
scored,  in  sympathy  with  other  furs,  a  heavy  advance. 

A  buyer  of  fisher  skins,  in  various  parts  of  Canada, 
for  some  twenty-five  years  says : 

I  don't  know  how  this  animal  got  the  name  "fisher.'* 
There  is  nothing  characteristic  of  the  name  about  him. 
One  might  call  him  a  "big  marten"  for  he  is  of  that 
family,  resorts  or  lives  in  the  same  coi?ntry,  feeds  on 
the  same  food  and  without  any  distinguishing  appearance 
from  his  cousin,  the  marten,  except  in  color  and  size.. 
They  at  times  are  found  in  the  low  lands  and  swamps 
but  their  usual  home  and  resort  is  the  mountains  and 
along  the  foot-hills. 

The   fur   is   of   a  brownish   grey  color   and   when 
prime,   which   is   about  the   same   time   as  the  marten, 
they  have  a  heavy,  rich  coat  of  fur.     The  skin  itself  is,., 
strong  and  durable.     The  principal  market  for  its  use, 
for  many  years,  has  been  Russia. 

The  Indians  trap  them  as  readily  as  marten  in 
figure  four  deadfalls  only  made  heavier  and  larger. 
Fisher  are  more  plentiful  from  the  Ottawa  River  west, 
being  seldom  found  east  of  the  Sagueiiay  River  or  north 
of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 

The  length  of  a  full  grown  male,  from  tip  of  nose 


Fisher. 


305 


FINE    NORTHERN 
FISHER  PELT. 

Large  —  Length,  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  31;  tail,  19;  total, 
50;  greatest  width,  8;  shoul- 
ders, 7  inches.  This  pelt  is 
not  only  large  but  about  as 
dark  as  they  get. 


to  root  of  tail  is  from  26  to  28 
inches,  width,  7  to  8  inches.  The 
female  is  usually  two-thirds  this 
size.  The  tail  on  both  sex  is 
fully  half  the  length  of  the  body. 
A  very  strong,  pungent  odor 
pertains  to  these  animals.  While 
not  as  objectionable  as  that  of 
the  skunk,  it  is  still  far  from 
pleasant. 

In  grading  these  skins  for 
value,  size  must  not  always  sway 
the  buyer,  the  darkest  and  finest 
fur  being  more  often  found  on 
the  smaller  sizes  and  females 
than  on  the  extra  large  ones. 
As  already  said  the  duration  of 
the  prime  state  of  these  animals 
coincides  very  closely  with  that 
of  the  marten,  from  October  to 
early  April.  During  most  of  this 
period  the  skin  is  white  and  the 
fur  rich  and  glossy. 

The  fisher  is  not  like  the  wol- 
verine, maliciously  destructive. 
In  destroying  marten  deadfalls 
he  is  merely  endeavoring  to  get 
at  the  bait.  When  the  trapper 
constructs  a  deadfall  sufficiently 
large  he  catches  as  readily  as  a 
marten. 


20 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

LYNy 

CHE  CANADA  LYNX.  — RANGE.  — The  Ameri- 
can or  Canada  Lynx  is  found  throughout  most 
of  the  wooded  parts  of  Canada.  It  is  fairly 
plentiful  in  Alaska  and  the  Pacific  Coast  States. 
It  is  seldom  found  south  of  North  Michigan,  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota  and  Maine.  Nova  Scotia  and  Eastern  Hudson 
Bay  produce  the  softest  and  best  furred  skins.  Cali- 
fornia and  north-west  lynx  is  coarser  in  fur  and  in 
shade  more  red  than  those  of  the  best  sections. 

Color.  —  In  the  severest  climate  lynx  are  the  lightest 
colored  but  the  fur  is  thick  and  soft.  The  feet  have 
great  pads  or  cushions  of  thick  hair  to  protect  them  from 
snow  and  frost.  The  upper  part  of  the  under  fur  is  a 
sort  of  red  brown  but  next  to  the  skin  it  is  drab  or 
blue.  The  blue  skins  are  quite  rare  but  the  drab  or 
maltese  color  when  found,  is  very  handsome.  The  fur 
on  the  belly  is  much  longer  than  on  the  back;  it  is 
about  three  inches  in  length,  soft  and  white  with  rather 
dim,  dark  spots.  The  tail  is  only  two  or  three  inches 
long  and  the  ears  are  furnished  with  tufts  or  tassels 
of  dark  hair.  In  all  specimens  there  is  a  beard  or  fringe 
of  whiskers  which  encircles  the  face.  The  whiskers  are 
white  and  bristly  and  the  claws  keen  and  retractile. 

(306) 


Lynx. 


307 


Sizes  and  Uses.  —  A  moderate  sized  lynx  is  about 
three  feet  in  length  and  stands  eighteen  inches  high. 
The   hind   legs   are    very   much    longer   than   the    front 

ones.  Lynx  lose 
their  beautiful 
coat  in  summer 
and  are  covered 
with  brown 
hair.  The  skin 
is  rather  thin 
except  at  the 
neck  and  head 
where  it  is  much 
thicker  as  if   it 


were  a  provision 
of  nature  to  pro- 
tect the  males 
when  fighting. 
Lynx  fur  is  used 
both  natural  and 
dyed  over  a 
large  part  of  the 
civilized  world. 
Many  skins  are 
dyed  black,  some 
brown,  blue  or 
silvered.     The 


TRAPPER,   LYNX   AND   SKINS. 

The  middle  pelt  is  one  taken  from  same  sized 
animal  as  the  one  being  held  up.  Note  how 
large  and  furry  the  feet   and   legs  are. 


fur  of  the  belly  makes  handsome  boas,  muffs  and  trim- 
mings. Large  increases  in  the  catch  of  lynx  occur  every 
two  or  four  years.  On  these  occasions  increase  appears 
to  be  caused  by  rabbits  being  periodically  plentiful,  which 
is  the  natural  food. 


3o8 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


Handling  and  Grading.  —  Skins  should  be  cased 
and  turned  fur  side  out  by  the  catcher  as  soon  as  dry. 
Lynx  is  assorted  for  sizes  and  Nos.  2,  3  and  4.     The 


NORTHERN  AND  NORTHWESTERN  LYNX  SKINS. 

(1)  Small  —  Length   of   pelt,   31;   tail,    4%;    total,    35i^;    greatest  width, 
10;    shoulders,   9   inches. 

(2)  Medium  —  Length  of  pelt,  35;  tail,  5;  total,  40;  greatest  width,  11; 
shoulders,   10  inches. 

(3)  Large  — Length  of  pelt,  40;  tail,  6i^;  total,  45%;  greatest  width,  12; 
shoulders,  11  inches. 

Northern   section   skins,   measured   on   fur  side. 

(4)  Large —  Length   of   pelt,   43;    tail,    5%;    total,   48%;    greatest   width, 
10;    shoulders,    8   inches.      Ontario    skin  —  measured    on    pelt    side. 

(5)  Large  — Length  of  pelt,  42;  tail,  5%;  total,  47%;  greatest  width,  12; 
shoulders,    10%   inches. 

(6)  Medium  —  Length    of    pelt,    36;    tail,    5;    total,    41;    greatest   width, 
11;  shoulders,  10  inches.  Northwestern  section  skins  —  measured  on  fur  side. 


best,  finest  and  heaviest  furred  are  from  the  far  North. 
This  fur  is  not  assorted  for  color.  Grades  according 
to  sizes  are : 


Lynx. 


309 


Large,  1 1  at  hips,  9^  at  shoulders ;  length,  end  of 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  38  inches. 

Medium,  9^  at  hips,  8^  at  shoulders;  length,  end 
of  nose  to  root  of  tail,  34  inches. 

Small,  8%  at  hips,  7^  at  shoul- 
ders; length,  end  of  nose  to  root 
of  tail,  30  inches. 

Very  few  lynx  other  than  prime 
skins  are  secured.  The  No.  2  and 
lower  grades  will  be  the  rubbed  and 
shedding  mostly,  as  few  are  caught 
in  the  fall  before  they  are  prime. 
Those  early  caught  will  be  short  in 
fur,  having  a  "flat"  appearance  and 
the  pelt  as  well  may  show  unprime. 
Sizes,  as  given,  will,  of  course, 
vary  somewhat  in  the  skins  from  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  country.  Again 
some  pelts  may  be  handled  different 
from  measurements  given.  If 
stretched  wider,  length  for  large  will 
be  less,  while  if  handled  narrow, 
length  will  be  more.  A  smaller,  well 
handled  and  full  furred  skin  will 
go  for  No.  I  than  if  not  properly 
cared  for. 

The  catch  yearly  is  probably  much  more  than  the 
offerings  at  the  London  sales  would  indicate,  as  thou- 
sands are  used  in  America  by  taxidermists  and  furriers. 
More  than  three-fourths  of  the  catch  is  in  Canada. 

The  following  was  furnished  by  a  party  who  was  so 


ALASKA  LYNX 
SKIN. 

Medium— Length  of 
pelt,  36;  tail,  5;  total, 
41  inches;  greatest 
widthj  11;  shoulders, 
8;  hind  legs  when 
spread,  22. 


310 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


situated  that  he  saw  thousands  of  lynx  skins  brought  in 

and  sold  or  traded   to   the   Hudson   Bay   Company,   at 

various  Canadian  posts : 

The  Canadian  lynx    (loup  cervier)    is  common  all 

over  the  wilds  of  Canada.     Their  stamping  ground  is  in 

and  around  young  growth 
of  timber,  such  places 
being  the  home  of  rab- 
bits, partridge  and  other 
small  game  which  con- 
stitutes the  lynx's  prin- 
cipal food. 

The  fur  of  these  ani- 
mals while  not  very  long 
is  of  a  fine,  silky  texture 
and  of  a  pleasing  grey 
color.  Unless  in  an  un- 
prime'  state  the  skin  is 
not  very  strong  and  has 
to  be  handled  with  care. 
In  the  summer  months 
a  lynx  is  the  most  de- 
jected and  miserable 
looking  animal  that 
roams  the  forest.  They 
are  almost  utterly  devoid 
of  hair,  so  with  his  short 
stump  of  a  tail  and  un- 
gainly walk  he  must  be 
the  butt  of  all  other  peo- 
ple of  ''the  glades." 


WHITE  AND   blue   LYNX    SKINS. 

(1)  Small  —  Length  of  pelt,  23; 
greatest  width,  dVz  inches.  This  skin 
was  secured  near  Great  Slave  Lake,  in 
the   Northwest   Territory. 

(2)  Medium  —  Length  of  pelt,  88; 
greatest  width,  8;  shoulders,  7  inches. 
This  pelt  was  well  furred.  In  the  Far 
North  an  occasional  skin  of  this  color 
as  well  as  white  are  secured.  The  blue 
one  was  caught  in  Yukon. 


Lynx. 


311 


The  skins  are  classified  as  follows:  Large  (he); 
female;  small.  (Dealers  in  the  United  States,  I  believe, 
classify  large,  medium,  small).  By  small  I  mean  of  either 
sex,  kitts  of  the  Spring.  Many  of  these  kitts  are  killed 
by  the  trappers  early  in  the  winter  before  they  have 
reached  their  full  growth.  These  kitts 
when  killed  in  December  and  January 
are  about  half  the  size  of  the  mother 
lynx.  They  are  beautifully  furred  at 
that  time,  but  lack  in  size.  The  three 
sizes  are  about  as  follows : 

Large  (male)  length  48,  greatest 
width  12  inches. 

Medium  (female)  length  40, 
greatest  width  10  inches. 

Small,  length  30,  greatest  width 
8  inches. 

These  measurements  are  from  tip 
to  tip,  not  nose  to  root  of  tail. 

Like  all  other  animals,  if  they  are 
well  fed  while  growing,  they  develop 
out  bigger.  I  wish  to  state  here  that 
the  sizes  I  give,  with  reference  to  size 
of  lynx  skins,  are'  more  of  an  approx- 
imate to  the  ordinary  run  than  a  fixed 
size,  just  as  some  men  are  six  feet  tall 
and  some  only  five. 

When  the  lynx  is  prime  the  pelt 
side  is  pure  white  with  a  clean,  waxy 
surface,  while  the  fur  is  of  a  mottled 
steel-blue  grey  and  very  fine  texture. 


HEAVY   FURRED 

CANADIAN 

LYNX. 


Large  —  Length  of 
pelt,  421/^;  greatest 
width,  9;  shoulders,  8 
inches. 


312  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

In  the  unprime  state,  or  staged,  the  fur  is  scant,  of  a  red- 
dish color  and  the  pelt  side  is  either  black  spotted  or  all 
black.  When  in  the  common  state  the  skin  is  utterly  use- 
less for  either  fur  or  leather. 

Prime  lynx  became  in  great  demand  some  years 
ago  and  the  price  bounded  from  three  to  four  dollars 
each  to  twenty  and  twenty-five  dollars.  Fashion  in  furs 
makes  the  price  and  no  doubt  the  future,  as  the  past,  will 
see  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  this  article. 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 

WILD    CAT    OR    BAY    LYNX. 

RANGE.  —  The  wild  cat  is  really  a  small  type  of  lynx 
but  differs  from  the  true  lynx  in  being  much 
smaller,  short  furred  and  mottled.  The  tail  is  very 
short  like  that  of  the  Canadian  lynx  which  has 
given  it  the  name  of  bob  cat  in  the  western  part  of  its 
range.  It  inhabits  practically  all  of  the  United  States, 
except  the  central  portion  and  part  of  the  west.  It  is 
found  in  the  Eastern  States,  Virginia,  Texas,  California, 
Colorado  and  other  Western  states  as  well  as  those  bor- 
dering on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  lower  Mississippi 
River, 

Color.  —  The  color  and  markings  of  wild  cats  vary 
greatly  according  to  section.  Those  of  the  Western  states 
are  pale  grey ;  of  California,  a  reddish  cast ;  of  the  South, 
spotted.  The  coat  is  often  ringed  and  mottled,  but  some- 
times plain  brown,  and  there  are  occasional  maltese  spec- 
imens. Skins  are  sometimes  three  feet  in  length  by  lo 
or  12  inches  in  width  when  cased.  Wild  cat  is  a  useful, 
cheap  fur.    A  few  are  dyed  to  imitate  true  lynx. 

Grade  and  Handling.  —  This  article  from  the  best 
sections  (where  the  fur  is  soft,  long  and  silky)  is  known 
to  the  trade  and  in  some  price  lists  as  "Lynx  Cat."  Some 
years  ago  many  skins  were  handled  open  but  they  should 
be  cased  unless  sold  to  taxidermists  for  rug  or  robe  pur- 

(313) 


314 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


poses.     While  it  really  makes  little  or  no  difference  yet 
most  cased  skins  are  turned  and  marketed  fur  out.    This 

fur  is  assorted 
principally  for 
sizes  which  are: 
Large,  9  at 
hips,  7  at  shoul- 
ders, length,  nose 
to  root  of  tail, 
36  inches. 

Medium,  8  at 
hips,  6  ^  at 
shoulders, 
length,  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  32 
inches. 

Small,  7  at 
hips,  55^  at 
shoulders, 
length,  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  28 
inches. 

These  dimen- 
s  i  o  n  s  will,  of 
course,  vary 
somewhat  for 
skins  from  the 
various  parts  of 
the  United  States.  Trappers  using  narrower  or  wider 
boards  must  be  taken  into  consideration  when  assorting 
as  well  as  primeness   and  quality  of  fur.     The  lower 


WILD    CAT  — LARGE,   MEDIUM,    SMALL. 

(1)  Small  —  Length,  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail, 
28  inches;    greatest   width,   7;    shoulders,   5%. 

(2')  Medium  —  Length,  end  of  nose  to  root  of 
tail,  33  inches;   greatest  width,  8;  shoulders,  6%. 

(3)  Large  —  Length,  end  of  nose  to  root  of 
tail,  40  inches;  greatest  width,  9^;  shoulders,  7%. 
This  is  an  unusually  ^  large  skin.  All  measure- 
ments taken  on   fur  side. 


Wild  Cat  or  Bay  Lynx. 


315 


grades  will  be  the  early  caught,  generally  an  unprime 
pelt  and  little  or  no  fur.  Such  skins  grade  down  to  Nos. 
2,  3,  4  or  go  into  trash.  The  judge  of 
fur  skins  will  be  able  tO'  tell  into  which 
they  belong;  others  can  best  learn 
from  experience.  Total  yearly  catch 
is  probably  double  the  quantity  offered 
at  the  London  sales. 

There  is  considerable  difference 
in  the  size  of  wild  cat  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  country  as  well  as  in  the 
quality  of  fur.  The  illustration  show- 
ing an  average  large  wild  cat  is  taken 
from  one  caught  in  the  mountain  re- 
gions of  Pennsylvania  and  measured 
as  follows:  Length,  end  of  nose  to 
root  of  tail  38,  greatest  width  8>4, 
shoulders  7  inches.  Some  skins  from 
the  New  England  states  as  well  as 
New  York,  Pennsylvania  and  even 
farther  south  in  the  Allegheny  Moun- 
tains are  somewhat  larger.  The  di- 
mensions of  the  skin  shown  are  also 
a  fair  average  for  large  from  other 
sections  of  the'  country  such  as  North- 
ern Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Minnesota, 
etc.  Occasionally  skins  are  secured  that  are  much  larger. 
A  trapper  who  has  trapped  in  various  states  east  of  the 
Mississippi  River  sent  measurements  of  one  he  caught  in 
Northern  Michigan  that  was  4  feet,  11  inches  from  end 


AN    AVERAGE 

LARGE  WILD 

CAT  SKIN. 


3i6 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


of  nose  to  claws  on  hind  legs  when  cased  stretched,  8 
inches  across  shoulders  and  15  at  hind  quarters.  This 
trapper,  who  has  caught  probably  fifty  wild  cats  in  his 
time  and  seen  as  many  more  caught  by  other  trappers, 

says  that  the  one 
described  was  the 
largest  he  ever 
saw.  This  would 
indicate  that  one 
in  a  hundred  at- 
tain to  this  size 
even  in  the  Lake 
Superior  region, 
which  may  be 
said  to  include 
Northern  Mich- 
igan, Wisconsin, 
Minnesota  and 
Southwest  On- 
tario. 

In  certain 
parts  of  the 
country — mainly 
Rocky  Mountain  sections  —  many  skins  are  handled  open 
for  rug  purposes.  Where  taxidermists  want  the  skins 
for  rug  or  robe  making  they  often  pay  more  than  the 
skins  are  worth  upon  the  market  for  general  use.  Skins 
should  be  in  perfect  condition  to'  meet  the  demand  of  tax- 
idermists and  while  large  skins  are  usually  in  best  de- 
mand, others,  of  course,  are  bought.  The  open  skin  was 
taken  in  one  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  ranges  and  repre- 


LARGE  WILD  CAT  SKIN  OPEN. 

In  certain  parts  of  the  country  a  good  many 
skins  are  used  for  rugs.  Value  for  this  purpose 
depends  not  only  on  size  but  claws  must  be  left 
on   as    well   as   head    properly    skinned. 


Wild  Cat  or  Bay  Lynx.  317 

sents  a  skin  of  bright  color.  This  skin  is  above  the 
average  for  even  large  skins,  being  40  inches  from  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  34  from  toe  to  toe  across  shoulders  and  17 
at  narrowest  part. 

The  buyer  of  this  article  should  keep  in  mind  that 
wild  cat,  bay  lynx,  catamount,  lynx  cat,  or  whatever 
name  this  fur  may  be  known  by  in  your  locality,  can 
readily  be  told  from  the  Canadian  lynx  in  that  the  hair 
is  shorter  and  coarser,  the  feet  smaller  and  not  so  heavily 
furred  as  the  Canadian  lynx.  Wild  cat  furs  are  often  cov- 
ered with  small  spots,  small  dots  or  stripes,  etc.,  as  per 
the  illustrations  shown  of  these  furs  while  lynx  are  prac- 
tically of  one  shade  of  color,  same  as  mink,  marten,  fox, 
coon,  muskrat,  beaver,  otter,  etc. 

Wild  cat  are  seldom  found  in  Canada  while  the  Can- 
adian lynx  inhabits,  more  or  less,  all  states  bordering  on 
Canada.  The  lynx  being  the  more  valuable  of  the  two 
furs,  inexperienced  buyers  should  keep  in  mind  that  a 
few  black  hairs  apparently  grown  in  the  ears  of  a  wild 
cat  don't  make  it  a  lynx  skin.  There  are  "tricks  in  all 
trades"  and  some  even  change  the  saying  to  "the  fur 
trade  is  all  tricks/' 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

CATS HOUSE  AND  RING  TAIL. 

RANGE.  —  This  fur  bearer,  of  little  value,  house  pet, 
game,  poultry  and  bird  destroyer,  also  mouse  and 
rat  catcher  occasionally,   is   plentiful   throughout 
America,  being  even  more  abundant  in  the  cities 
than  elsewhere.     It  is  found  under  the  kitchen  stove  to 
the  deep  forests.    Scat ! 

Uses.  —  Although  the  house  cat  pelt  and  fur  com- 
mands a  small  price,  from  25,000  to  55,000  have  been 
sold  during  a  year  in  London.  Perhaps  as  many  are  used 
in  America,  so  that  the  catch  is  well  up  tO'  100,000  yearly. 
This  article  is  used  extensively  for  children's  furs  such 
as  boas,  muffs  and  for  trimming  coats. 

Value  and  Color.  —  In  the  raw  condition  from  first 
hands  skins  are  usually  worth  5  to  10  cents  for  kittens 
or  half  grown,  10  to  15  for  mottled  and  sundry  colors, 
20  to  30  cents  for  prime,  full  sized,  well  furred  black  and 
solid  maltese.  How  well  or  how  poorly  furred  the  domes- 
tic cat  may  be  largely  depends  upon  its  living  quarters. 
There  are  many  homeless  cats,  living  entirely  in  the  open, 
upon  what  game  they  can  catch.  These  wild  or  semi- 
wild  cats  live  by  day  under  barns,  old  deserted  houses, 
etc.  I  say  by  day  for  when  the  house  cat  becomes  wild, 
it  quickly  takes  on  nocturnal  habits  and  is  but  little  abroad 
in  daylight. 

(318) 


Cats  —  House  and  Ring  Tail. 


319 


The  fur  of  the  wild  house  cat  is  far  superior  to  that 
of  the  pet  cat  that  has  warm  rooms  to  sleep  in.  Cats  of  this 
kind  are  frequently  singed  from  getting  too  close  to  the 
stove.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  find  such  shedding  during 
the  coldest  weather.  The  woods  cat,  as  hunters  and  trap- 
pers sometimes  term  the  wild  house  cat,  is  usually  large, 
long  and  lank,  often  giving  the  hounds  of  the  coon  hunter 
a  stiff  chase  to  tree.  Every  one  that 
is  killed  and  skinned  adds  a  few  cents 
to  the  fur  hunters.  At  the  same  time 
a  small  game  and  bird  destroyer  has 

been  put  out  of  the 

way. 

Superstition    ex- 
ists   today    in    the 
minds  of  many  en- 
lightened persons  in 
regard     to     killing 
cats.    They  believe 
that  such  an  act  will 
bring  bad  luck.  We 
are  unable   to   see 
that     life     is     any 
dearer  to  a  cat  than 
to    a     fox,    mink, 
J    skunk,  coon  or  any 
other  animal  that  is 
killed  for  its  fur. 

Handling  and 
Grading.  —  Boys 
and   the   inexpe- 


HOUSE   CAT- 
MALTESE. 


Large  —  Length,  nose 
to  root  of  tail,  26; 
greatest  width,  7;  shoul- 
ders,   6   inches. 


HOUSE    CAT-GREY. 

Large  —  Length  of 
pelt,_  28;  tail,  10;  total, 
38  inches;  greatest 
width,  eVz;  shoulders, 
5%.  Measured  on  pelt 
side. 


320 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


rienced  trappers  are  the  greatest  cat  pelt  producers,  yet 
thousands  are  killed  and  skinned  by  hunters  and  trappers 
if  caught.  This  fur  should  be  cased. 
The  fur  is  of  satisfactory  quality  dur- 
ing December,  January  and  February. 
The  best  furred  pelts  are  from  the 
Northern  states.  While  the  article  is 
of  small  value,  yet  it  is  classed  not 
only  for  sizes  large,  medium,  small 
but  as  well  for  colors,  not  dark,  brown, 
pale,  but  black,  maltese,  sundry.  Black 
and  maltese  are  practically  of  the 
same  value  and  worth  more  than  sun- 
dry or  other  colors. 

Cat  skins  should  be  stretched  long 
and  narrow,  more  the  shape  of  fox 
or  mink,  rather  than  short  like  skunk. 
The  following  dimensions  are  much 
used  by  trappers  in  making  boards  for 
the  various  sizes : 

Large,  6^  inches  at  hips,  5^  at 


house  cat 

BLACK. 


Large— Length  nose  cViniilrlpr<; 
to  root  of  tail  20;  ^i^uumcib 
greatest  width  9; 
shoulders  8  inches. 
Pelt  should  have  cVinii1r1<=>rc 
been  stretched  longer  ^iiC>lilueib 
and  not  so  wide, 
also  poorly  skinned. 


Medium,  6  inches  at  hips,   5   at 


Small,  5^  inches  at  hips,  4^  at 
shoulders. 

Length  of  large  from  tip  of  nose  to  root  of  tail,  about 
30  inches,  medium  26,  small  22. 

Ring  Tail  Cat  —  Range.  —  They  are  found  only 
in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  Southwest  and  West,  namely 
Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Southern  California  and 


Cats  —  House  and  Ring  Tail. 


321 


North  several  hundred  miles  along 
the  Pacific  Coast.  They  are  more 
plentiful  in  Mexico  than  any  portion 
of  the  United  States  unless  it  would 
be  Southwestern  Texas. 

Size  and  Handling. — This  fur 
producer  is  about  the  size  of  the  mink 
or  civet  cat,  the 
weight  of  a  grown 
one  being  seldom 
much  over  four 
pounds.  The  skins 
should  be  cased  and 
may  be  marketed 
either  fur  or  flesh 
side  out.  The  aver- 
age hide  will  be 
only  about  4  inches 
wide  and  26  from 
tip  of  nose  to  end 
of  tail — about  half 
of  which  is  tail. 

Grading.  —  Val- 
ues have  ranged 
from  10  to  75  cents. 
Ringtails  (perhaps 
so  called  from  the 
many  rings  on  tail, 
having  more  than 
coon)  are  not 
graded   for  colors, 


california 
ringtail. 


Length,     nose  to 

root     of     tail,  18; 

tail,    18;    total,  36; 

greatest     width,  5; 

shoulders,  3% 
inches.  Classed  as 
large. 


SOUTHWEST   ring 
TAIL. 

Large— Length  nose  to 
root  of  tail  20;  tail  20; 
total  40;  greatest  width 
514;  shoulders  4^/4  inches.' 
This  pelt  represents  a 
large  and  well  furred 
specimen — in  fact  one 
of  the  very  best. 


21 


322  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

only  as  to  sizes,  large,  medium  and  small  and  degrees  of 
primeness.  While  the  fur  is  soft  and  fluffy,  absorbing 
dye  readily,  the  quality  of  fur  is  poor.  The  color  is  a 
light,  greyish  brown  on  back,  lighter  on  sides  and  belly. 
There  are  a  good  many  unprime,  both  as  to  pelt  and  fur, 
offered  the  fur  trade,  coming  as  it  does  from  so  far 
south.  The  No.  2  may,  therefore,  be  those  not  prime 
in  fur  or  a  damaged  pelt,  owing  to  warm  or  wet  weather. 
Nos.  3  and  4  are  those  with  little  or  no  fur  growth,  or  a 
badly  damaged  pelt.  The  total  catch  is  only  a  few  thou- 
sand yearly  and  mostly  sold  to  dealers  in  the  Southwest. 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

BADGER. 

RANGE.  —  This  thick  pelted  animal,  and  of  rather 
small  value,  from  the  fur  point  of  view,  is  found 
mainly  west  of  the  Mississippi,  being  most  plenti- 
ful in  the  prairie  sections  of  the  West  and  North- 
west.    They  are  also  occasionally  found  in  Wisconsin, 
Michigan  and  other  states  as  well  as  parts  of  Southern 
Canada.    It  is  not  found  in  Labrador  or  Alaska. 

Description.  —  It  forms  a  branch  of  the  weasel 
tribe,  characterized  by  a  long  body,  short  tail  and  it  se- 
cretes an  odor.  This  animal  is  one  of  the  most  powerful 
of  the  weasel  species.  They  are  great  diggers,  having 
long  claws,  strong  feet,  with  neck  and  shoulders  a  mass 
of  muscle. 

Color  and  Value.  —  The  color  of  the  hair  and  fur 
is  grey  and  yellowish  —  grey  on  the  outside  and  yellow- 
ish underneath;  on  legs  and  neck  dark  or  nearly  black. 
Two  light  colored  lines  mark  the  head  from  nose  to  base 
of  skull.  This  fur  has  certain  uses  but  the  hair  itself  is 
of  most  importance,  being  used  for  paint  and  lathering 
brushes,  depending  upon  length.  In  order  to  be  of  most 
value,  the  fur  should  be  2  inches  long  or  even  3  if  guard 
hairs  are'  to  be  taken  into  consideration.  Sometimes  the 
coat  of  a  prime  badger  is  only  about  one-half  inch  in 
length.  Such  extremely  short  coated  skins  are  almost 
worthless,  even  though  the  pelt  is  large  and  prime. 

(323) 


324 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


BADGER  SKINS  — OPEN  AND  CASED. 

(1)  Large,    Open  —  Tip    of   nose   to   root   of   tail,    32;    tail,    7;    greatest 
width,   22;    shoulders,   20   inches. 

(2)  Large.    Cased  —  Tip   of   nose   to    root   of   tail,   30;   tail,  6;   greatest 
width,  11;  shoulders,  10  inches. 


Badger. 


325 


Handling. — This  is  one  of  the  few  articles  in  which 
it  makes  little  difference  whether  handled  open  or  cased, 
being  worth  practically  the  same.  Most  skins  are,  how- 
ever, handled  open.  Skins  are  usually  in  fur  from  No- 
vember until  March 
or  a  little  later,  espe- 
cially in  Northern 
localities.  Primeness 
of  pelt  is  sometimes 
of  no  consequence  as 
regards  character  or 
fur  growth,  in  the 
badger's  coat.  The 
pelt  may  be  prime  but 
fur  so  short  or  en- 
tirely lacking  that  the 
skin  has  little  or  no 
value.  Opossum  is 
the  only  other  pelt 
that  may  be  prime 
or  lacking  in  fur.  The 
"prime"  opossum  pelt, 
but  not  having  full 
fur  growth  is  easily 
detected  by  the  experienced  opossum  fur  buyer  by  the 
small  dark  spot  or  spots  on  the  neck  of  such  pelts  —  see 
page  251.  Badger  have  no  such  marks,  although  a  glance 
at  the  fur  side  is  sufficient. 

Badger  are  assorted  for  sizes — large,  medium,  small. 
No  attention  is  paid  to  colors  but  length  and  condition 
of  fur  is  considered.    As  this  fur  is  handled  more  or  less 


OREGON    BADGER,    OPEN. 

Large  —  Length     of    pelt,    34;     width,     20 
inches  at  hips  and  shoulders. 


326 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


both  cased  and  open 
a  No.  I  skin  handled 
either  way  is  not  only 
illustrated  but  the  di- 
mensions given. 

Large,  open,  tip  of 
nose  to  root  oi  tail  32 
inches,  width  at  base 
22,  shoulders  20 
inches,  tail  7  inches. 

Large,  cased,  tip  of 
nose  to  root  of  tail  30, 
width  at  hips  11, 
shoulders  10,  tail  6 
inches. 

Medium     will     b  e 
about   four   inches 
shorter  and   two 
inches  narrower  at 
hips     and     shoulders 
for    open    skins    and 
one  inch  at  hips  and 
shoulders  for  cased. 
Small  will  be  about 
the  same  proportion  less  than  the  medium  is  under  the 
large.     Buyers  of  this  fur  should  remember  that  a  prime 
hide  does  not  always  mean  a  full  furred  one.     The  total 
catch  of  badger  is  something  like  10,000  a  year. 


NORTH   DAKOTA  BADGER,   OPEN. 

Large  — Length  of  pelt,  291/^;  tail,  7; 
total,  361/^;  greatest  width,  23;  shoulders, 
2iy2  inches.  Short  furred  although  caught 
February   21. 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 

WOLVERINE. 

RANGE.  —  The  territory  in  which  this  animal  is  still 
occasionally  found  reaches  north  to  the  Arctic 
Circle  and  South  to  the  Great  Lakes  on  the  East- 
ern side  of  the  continent  and  as  far  South  as  Colo- 
rado and  Utah  in  the  West.  They  are  probably  most 
plentiful  in  Alaska,  Yukon,  British  Columbia  and  the 
Northern  portions  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  although  not 
plentiful  anywhere. 

Color  and  Quality.  —  The  body  is  covered  with  a 
thick,  wooly,  under  fur  while  the  top  hair  is  long  and 
coarse.  The  general  color  of  the  body  is  a  dark  or  dusky 
brown  with  a  much  lighter  strip  crossing  the  shoulders 
and  extending  down  each  side.  The  fur  is  of  fair  value, 
being  used  mainly  for  rugs  and  robes,  although  used  to 
some  extent  in  fur  articles  for  wear  —  muffs,  capes,  trim- 
ming. 

Handling  and  Grading.  —  This  article  should  be 
cased.  To  the  fur  trade  it  is  known  as  wolverine  but 
hunters  and  trappers  perhaps  know  the  animal  best  (or 
worst)  by  some  of  the  following  names:  carcajou,  glut- 
ton, mountain  devil,  skunk  bear.  The  average  sized 
grown  animal  will  measure  30  inches  or  thereabouts, 
from  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  so  that  the  pelt  will 

(327) 


328 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


stretch  fully  3  feet  from  nose  to  root  of  tail.    The  length 
of  tail  is  some  13  inches.    The  shape  of  the  skins  will  be 
about   the   same   as  the  larger  coon 
skins  when  cased. 

This  fur  is  graded  large,  medium, 
small  and  further  as  to  color,  the  finer 
furred  and  darker  being  most  valuable. 
Skins  are  prime  from  the  middle  of 
November  until  March.  The  No.  2 
are  usually  the  rubbed  or  shedding, 
as  few  are'  caught  or  killed  early  in 
the  season.  The  yearly  catch  is  not 
large,  being  probably  under  3,000. 

General  Remarks. — It  is  a  most 
mischievous  animal  on  the  trap  line. 
Being  very  difficult  to  trap  itself  be- 
cause of  an  inordinate  degree  of  sus- 
picion, it  visits  the  trap  line,  springing 
traps,  carrying  away  baits  and  hiding 
them  and  also  destroying  any  such 
furs,  as  valuable  marten,  it  may  find 
in  the   traps.     Many   a  trapper  has 


northwestern 

CANADA   wol- 
verine SKIN. 


abandoned    a    certain    neighborhood 


when  a  wolverine  found  it  and  began 
its  depredations  on  the  trap  line. 
Some  wolverines  are  trapped,  how- 
ever, by  hiding  the  bait,  as  in  a  cache, 
instead  of  placing  it  out  open  and  con- 
spicuous. Through  its  efforts  to  break 

into  such  a  bait  concealed  place,  it  forgets  to  avoid  traps 

that  may  lie  concealed. 


Large  —  Length, 
nose  to  root  of  tail, 
51  (tail  ofif) ;  greatest 
width,  91/^;  shoulders, 
81/^  inches.  This  pelt 
is  stretched  several 
inches  longer  than 
the  average  large. 


Wolverine. 


329 


The  wolverine  feeds  on  mice,  v^oodchucks  and  other 
small  animals  and  on  the  carrion  of  large  game,  either 
left  behind  by  hunters  or  that  have  been  wounded  by 
them  and  lost.  Wolverines  are  active  throughout  the 
winter  and  are  great  travelers,  covering  many  miles  in  a 
single  night. 

A  trader  who  in  his  many  years'  experience  was  lo- 
cated in  several  places  in  Can- 
ada, says: 

This  animal,  under  the 
name  of  wolverine  (or  car- 
cajou) and  several  other 
names,  is  known  all  over  Can- 
ada, being  heartily  detested  by 
trappers  wherever  found.  Its 
fur  value  is  not  great,  size 
considered,  but  as  a  destroyer 
of  fur  in  traps  it  has  no  equal, 
often  following  a  line  of  traps 
for  miles. 

Except  at  the  mating  sea- 
son you  rarely  find  more  than 
one  at  a  time  in  quite  an  ex- 
tent of  country.  Over  this 
well  defined  country  these  sol- 
itary marauders  beat  up  and 
down,  destroying,  devouring 
and  defiling  whatever  they 
find.  The  wolverine  can  give 
points  to  any  fox,  in  cunning, 
and  he  seems  imbued  with  a 


NORTHERN  WOLVERINE, 
OPEN. 

Medium  —  Length,  nose  to 
root  of  tail,  30;  tail,  12;  great- 
est width,  18;  narrowest  part 
back  of  shoulders,  14  inches. 
This  pelt  was  not  properly 
stretched.  The  spot  on  back 
is  of  a  different  color  than 
balance  of  fur.  Spots  or 
stripes  of  this  or  similar  kind 
are   on  all   wolverines. 


330  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

fiendish  impulse  to  do  all  the  michief  he  can.  Authen- 
ticated stories  of  what  this  ''bush  devil"  has  done  would 
fill  pages  and  from  any  one  not  conversant  with  the  wilds, 
would  hardly  receive  credence.  With  the  cognomen  of 
''Indian  Devil"  he  is  well  named. 

A  full  grown  is  about  34  inches  long,  nose  to  tip  of 
tail,  10  inches  broad  and  is,  when  prime,  of  a  dark  coffee 
color  with  an  orange  stripe,  more  or  less  well  defined  run- 
ning down  each  side.  The  ears  are  rounded  at  the  tip 
and  the  tail  is  about  a  quarter  the  length  of  the  body. 
The  skin  or  pelt  is  very  strong  and  durable  and  the  fur, 
which  is  thick,  wears  well  and  does  not  change  its  color 
by  the  sun's  rays  as  most  other  furs  do. 

Cased,  with  the  pelt  side  out,  traders  not  well  versed 
in  skins  have  been  known  to  purchase  one  of  these,  think- 
ing it  was  a  fisher.  One  can  always  tell  the  difference 
by  the  tail  and  ears.  A  fisher's  tail  tapers  off  to  a  sharp 
point  while  that  of  the  wolverine  terminates  abruptly  as 
if  chopped  off  in  infancy.  The  ears,  as  I  have  said,  are 
rounded  and  set  closer  to  the  head. 

Considering  the  skins  of  these  animals  are  so  rare 
and  their  durability  unsurpassed,  it  is  strange  they  do  not 
command  a  higher  price  with  the  manufacturer. 

Wolverine,  like  fisher,  are  very  partial  to  the  flesh 
of  the  porcupine  and  they  are  the  only  two  animals  I 
know  of  that  deliberately  a.ttack  and  successfully  compass 
the  "quilly  gentleman." 


CHAPTER  XXX. 

WHITE    WEASEL. 

RANGE.  —  While  the  ordinary  weasel  covers  a  wide 
range  of  country,  it  is  of  practically  no  value  ex- 
cept where  inhabiting  a  latitude  sufficiently  cold, 
in  the  winter  months,  that  the  ordinary  brown 
coat  turns  white.  The  "white  weasel  country"  includes 
all  of  Alaska,  Canada,  Newfoundland,  New  England 
States,  those  bordering  on  Canada,  Wyoming,  Colorado, 
South  Dakota,  Nebraska,  Iowa,  Northern  parts  of  Illi- 
nois, Indiana,  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania. 

Color.  —  The  only  milk  white  weasel  skins  are  the 
ermine  or  stoat  of  Europe.  They  are  more  valuable  than 
the  American  weasel,  its  near  relative.  The  farther  north 
the  weasel  is  found  in  this  country,  the  better  furred  and 
whiter  as  a  rule.  No  weasel  are  strictly  white.  Even 
the  best  skins  are  tinged  with  yellow.  All  weasels  every- 
where are  brown  in  summer.  In  the  colder  regions  the 
coat  begins  to  turn  white  in  October  and  by  the  middle 
or  last  of  November  all  are  white.  In  the  meantime  there 
are  many  intermediate  shades,  such  as  white  streaks,  run- 
ning through  the  brown,  or  else  the  coat  is  spotted,  or 
half  white  and  half  brown.  Others  are  a  reddish  grey 
when  the  turning  white  hairs  are  blended  with  the  brown. 
None  of  the  various  color  markings  are  worth  more  than 
the  brown,  which  has  been  5  cents  or  less. 

(331) 


332  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Value  and  Uses.  —  Prior  to  1900  white  weasel  was 
of  little  value,  selling  for  about  10  cents  for  the  best 
skins.  About  the  years  1904-5  the  price  advanced  won- 
derfully, as  high  as  $1.50  being  paid.  Of  more  recent 
years  values  have  ranged  both  above  and  below  the  dollar 
mark  for  best.  Weasel  are  used  for  trimming  coats  of 
some  dark  fur  where  the  contrast  between  black  and 
white  or  brown  and  white  makes  an  extremely  attractive 
and  showy  garments,  suitable  for  riding  coats,  street  wear, 
etc.  The  demand  for  this  article  seems  to  be  greater  in 
the  European  countries  than  on  this  side. 

Sizes.  —  This  fur  animal  varies  greatly  in  the  sec- 
tions where  it  turns  white  during  the  winter  months  and 
what  is  large  in  some  places  would  be  called  medium  in 
others.    Some  of  the  largest  sizes  noted  are : 

Massachusetts,  2>^  inches  wide,  21  from  tip  to  tip, 
6  of  which  was  tail. 

British  Columbia,  one  of  the  largest  of  61  caught 
measured  22^  from  tip  to  tip,  9  being  length  of  tail.  The 
smallest  in  this  lot  was  only  8  inches  from  tip  to  tip. 

One  selected  from  a  lot  of  over  100  as  caught  by 
trappers  from  all  parts  of  the  white  weasel  country  meas- 
ured 2^  inches  wide,  26  from  tip  to  tip,  9  of  which  was 
tail. 

I  have  found  three  or  four  distinct  sizes  of  the  white 
weasel,  writes  a  Central  Minnesota  trapper.  The  figures 
given  are  the  measurements  taken  by  myself  from  the 
skins  of  the  white  weasel  last  winter,  and  as  I  had  forty 
skins  to  select  from,  the  average  from  the  figures  given 
are  correct.    The  measurements  given  are  from  tip  of 


White  Weasel. 


333 


nose  to  tip  of  tail.     The  length  of  tail  runs  from  two 

and  a  half  inches 
on  a  small  weasel 
to  six  inches  on 
an  extra  large. 

legtii    of   white 

weasel  from 

t:p  to  tip. 

Extra   Large  — 17>^ 

inches. 
Large — 15  inches. 
Medium — 13    inches. 
Small — IQi^    inches. 

A  traveling 
buyer,  who  has 
bought  thousands 
of  the  skins 
throughout  Mich- 
i  g  a  n,  Northern 
Ohio,  Indij^na  and 
Illinois,  says  :  ''A 
large  weasel  on 
the  drying  board 
will  measure  i8 
or  19  inches,  tail 
included,  the 
length  of  skin 
alone  being  about 
12  inches,  width 
in     widest     place 


MINNESOTA  PRIME  WEASEL  SKINS. 

_  Tow  row  are  medium,  ranging  from  UVz  to  16 
inches  long,  including  tail;  greatest  width  2V'>- 
shoulders,    2.  .      /j. 

.  Bottom  roware  small,  ranging  from  13  to  14 
inches  long,  including  tail;  greatest  width,  2' 
shoulders,  1%.  ' 

The  length  of  these  skins  is  sufficient  to  grade 
better,  but  they  were  stretched  long  and  narrow. 


334 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


2^  to  2%  inches.  It  is  rare  that  width  is  3  inches. 
Medium  sizes  are  from  one  to  two  inches  less  in  length 
and  nearly  the  width  of  the  large  skins.  Small,  or  kitts, 
are  13  to  14  inches  in  length  including  tail  and  the  width 
at  base  of  skin  is  about  2  inches. 

Handling  and  Grading.  —  Weasel  should  be  cased 
and   left    fur   side    in    when    removed    from    stretching 


WEASEL  skins -fur  AND  PELT  SIDE. 

(1)     Large,     Fur     Out  —  Length    tip    to    tip,    19;     greatest    width,    2%; 
shoulders,  2^/4  inches. 

(2)  Large,    Fur    In  —  Length,    including   tail,   18;    greatest    width,    2%; 
shoulders,  21/4   inches. 

(3)  Medium,    Fur   In  —  Length,   including  tail,   17;    greatest   width,   2; 
shoulders,   2   inches. 

(4)  Small,    Fur    In  —  Length,    including    tail,    13;    greatest    width,    2; 
shoulders,  l^^  inches. 

(5)  Greyback,  or  in  the  turning  stage  from  brown  to  white. 


White  Weasel. 


335 


boards.  This  article  is  assorted  for  sizes,  large,  medium, 
small  and  also  as  to  colors,  white,  stains,  greybacks,  etc. 
As  already  shown,  sizes  in  the  different  parts  of  the 
country  vary,  yet  the  following  figures  are  based  on  actual 

measurements    of    skins    from 
various  parts  of  the  country: 

Large,  length  to  base  of  tail 
13  inches,  tail  6  inches;  over  all 
19  inches,  width  at  base  2>^ 
inches,  at  shoulders  2>4  inches. 
Medium,  length  to  base  of 
tail  II  inches,  tail  5  inches; 
over  all  16  inches,  width  at  base 
2!4  inches,  at  shoulders  2 
inches. 

Small,  length  to  base  of  tail 
9  inches,  tail  4  inches,  over  all 
13  inches,  width  at  base  2  inches 
at  shoulders  i^  inches.  These 
measurements  are  about  stan- 
dard size  but  some  variation 
should  be  allowed.  A  weasel 
measuring  12  inches  to  the  base 
of  tail  is  usually  graded  large, 
while  others  will  be  larger  than 
the  figures  given. 

Buying  from  first  hand,  that 
is  the  catcher,  is  usually  on 
grade.  In  addition  to  large, 
medium,  small,  skins  are  fur- 
ther   classified    white,    yellow. 


SIX     ONTARIO,     CANADA, 
WEASEL    SKINS. 


Top  row  are  each  lli^  long, 
exclusive  of  tail;  214  wide  at 
tail  and  2  at  shoulders. 

Bottom  row,  10  long,  ex- 
clusive of  tail;  1%  wide  at 
tail,  iVz  at  shoulders. 

Tails  on  all  are  practically 
of  same  length  —  4  inches. 


336 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


/ 


greybacks,  etc.,  the  "yellow  cast"  from  many  localities 
being  as  high  as  two-thirds,  including  those  badly 
"stained"  to  some  only  slightly.  Dealers  know  all  this 
and  if  buying  flat,  figure  on  same.  No  brown 
or  grey  backs  are  taken  on  a  flat  deal  unless 
previously  arranged. 

The  dividing  line  between  the  brown  and 
the  "white  turning,"  generally  speaking,  is 
near  41  degrees  north  latitude  or  Central 
Pennsylvania,  North  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois, 
South  Iowa  and  Nebraska.  In  the  Rocky 
Mountain  region  and  high  altitudes  they  are 
found  somewhat  further  to  the  south.  The 
annual  catch  is  probably  more  than  300,ocx), 
two-thirds  being  secured  in  Canada. 

This  small  animal,  like  most  of  the  other 
fur  bearers,  varies  in  size  not  only  through- 
out Canada  but  in  the  "ermine"  states  of  the 
United  States.     A  trapper  of  the  Lake  Su- 
perior region,   who  has   probably   caught   a 
thousand    since    the    writer   became   ac- 
quainted with  him  and  in  whom  we  have 
confidence,  furnished  the  following  from 
his  returns : 

Large,  tip  to  tip  18,  tail  5  to  6,  hips 
2,  shoulders  i^  inches. 
Medium,  tip  to  tip  15,  tail  4  to  5,  hips  i^,  shoul- 
ders i}i  inches. 

Small,  tip  to  tip  12,  tail  3  to  4,  hips  i^,  shoulders 
1%  inches. 

This  trapper  keeps  a  record  of  sizes,  date  caught, 


LARGE    MAINE 
WEASEL. 

Length  of  pelt, 
15%;  tail,  81/2; 
greatest  width,  3; 
shoulders,  2% 
inches. 


White  Weasel.  337 

shipped,  etc.,  so  that  his  figures  must  be  correct.  Meas- 
urements are  for  pelt  side.  If  fur  side  is  out,  add  about 
Yi  inch  for  hips  and  shoulders  for  the  three  sizes. 

Note  that  a  6  inch  tail  is  the  longest  mentioned  (this 
perhaps  is  an  average)  for  from  other  localities  where 
the  skins  are  an  inch  or  two  longer  and  proportionately 
wider,  tails  frequently  measure  two  inches  more,  or  8 
inches.  The  length  of  tail  is  usually  considered  a  fair 
guide  as  to  the  size  of  skin  but  not  always. 


22 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

SEA  OTTER. 

RANGE.  —  The  former  range  of  this  valuable   fur 
bearer  was  from  Santa  Barbara  Islands,  just  off 
the  coast  from  Los  Angeles,  north  along  the  coast 
of   California,   Oregon,   Washington,   British  Co- 
lumbia and  Alaska  to  the  Aleutian  Islands  and  across  to 
Kamchatka  and  the  Kuril  Islands  off  the  northern  coast 
of  Asia. 

Since  1912  the  catch  has  been  small  and  the  range 
of  the  few  remaining  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  Aleu- 
tian and  Kuril  Islands. 

Size  and  Handling.  —  A  full  grown  sea  otter  meas- 
ures from  nose  to  tip  of  tail,  anywhere  from  4  feet  to  4 
feet  and  6  inches.  The  largest  weigh  up  to  about  80 
pounds.  The  skin  is  very  loose  on  the  body  and  when 
stretched  or  ''nailed  out"  on  a  frame,  the  largest  have 
been  known  to  be  as  much  as  8  feet  6  inches  from  tip  to 
tip  by  3  feet  wide.  Skins  are  handled  both  open  and 
cased.  The  white  hunters,  as  a  rule,  skin  by  ripping  up 
from  end  of  tail  along  belly  up  to  the  under  lip,  then  from 
the  middle  of  the  breast  down  each  fore-leg  and  from 
the  anus  down  the  inner  edge  of  each  hind-flipper  (leg). 
The  pelt  is  then  stretched  in  much  the  same  way  as  a 
coon.    The  otter  hunters  call  this  ''staked  out." 

(338) 


Sea  Otter. 


339 


The    native    hunters    skinned    their    otter    *'on    the 
round,"  that  is,  a  cut  being  made  along  the  inner  edge 

of     the    flippers     (hind    legs) 
through  the  anus  and  down  the 
tail.     The  skin  is  taken  off  by 
gradually    cutting   and    pulling 
down  over  the  body  and  head. 
The    pelt    being  stretched    on 
boards  and  when  wedged  a  full 
grown  skin  will  measure  6  feet 
6  inches  to  7  feet  from  tip  to 
tip,  having  a  width  of  14  to  15 
inches  at  hind  quarters  and  10 
to  II  at  shoulders.    Regardless 
of    which   method   is    used   in 
skinning  and  stretching,  much 
care  is  taken  to  remove  all  fat, 
etc.,  and  the  skin  scraped  and 
dried.     The  cured  skins  when 
dried  are  turned  fur  side  out. 

Fur  and  Color. — The  fur 
is  from  i  to  i><  inches  in 
length,  very  fine,  soft,  dense 
and  silky  with  many  longer 
hairs  which  are  coarser  and 
stiffen  Near  the  pelt  the  fur 
is  of  lustrous,  pearly  whitish 
color,  gradually  darkening  to- 
wards the  ends  so  that  the  out- 
side is  black  in  the  best  skins  and  various  shades  of  brown 
in  others.     The  finest  skins,  black,   have   white  silyery 


SEA  OTTER  PELT. 


340  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

hairs  scattered  quite  evenly,  about  ^  inch  apart  all  over. 
Pelts  of  this  kind,  if  full  size,  properly  furred  and  tipped, 
of  a  uniform  color  throughout  (head  excepted,  which  is 
probably  white)  is  considered  a  No.  i  skin  and  commands 
a  good  price. 

The  next  grade  is  somewhat  lighter,  yet  dark  colored, 
although  it  may  be  well  furred  and  tipped.  Next  is  the 
dark  brown  skins  and  then  those  of  lighter  shades,  which 
may  or  may  not  have  silvery  tips.  Next  are  the  rusty 
brown  and  last  the  ''woolly"  skins  which  have  short  fur 
but  few  or  no  long  hairs  and  the  color  may  be  an  ash- 
grey  or  mouse.  Some  pelts  of  this  description  look  as  if 
the  fur  had  been  clipped  with  shears. 

Degrees  of  Primeness.  —  Of  course,  the  various 
grades  as  described,  have  different  degrees  of  quality. 
With  perhaps  the  exception  of  the  best  grades  of  black 
fox,  size,  perfection  of  fur  and  evenness  of  color  and  tips 
are  of  first  consideration.  There  are  some  pelts  large, 
well  furred,  even  in  color,  but  the  tips  are  not  evenly 
distributed  and  in  some  pelts  there  are  none,  on  others 
there  may  be  a  ''woolly"  patch  (sometimes  in  the  middle 
of  the  back)  which  greatly  detracts  from  its  value.  Again 
other  are  of  a  beautiful  black,  furred  evenly  and  tipped 
from  shoulders  to  end  of  tail  but  the  head  and  belly  are 
white  or  practically  so.  In  others  the  tips  have  a  singed 
appearance  or  may  be  slightly  curled  up,  while  still 
others  the  ends  appear  broken  off.  The  imperfect  skins, 
as  a  rule,  are  those  of  full  grown  animals.  Young  and 
not  full  grown  are  usually  even  colored  and  fur  of  the 
same  quality  throughout  but  the  silvery  tips  are  often  too 


Sea  Otter.  341 

abundant  and  close.  In  some  skins  the  longer  hairs  are 
not  silvery,  as  they  should  be,  but  may  be  black  or  brown. 
The  buying  of  sea  otter  was  a  ticklish  business,  espe- 
cially where  competition  was  strong,  for  it  took  expe- 
rience and  judgment  to  be  able  to  correctly  classify  the 
skins  into  the  proper  grade.  The  animal  now,  however, 
is  so  rare  that  very  few  traders,  even  along  the  Northern 
Pacific  Coast  or  the  Behring  Sea,  see  a  pelt  much  less  get 
an  opportunity  to  buy  one.  Skins  are  always  prime  and 
range  in  value  from  $200  to  $1,000.  This  animal  is  now 
quite  scarce,  dwindling  from  upwards  of  5,000  in  the 
early  8o's  to  1,000  in  the  90's  and  to  a  few  hundred  since 
1900.    In  1913  only  81  were  caught. 


CHAPTER  XXXII. 

MOUNTAIN   LION. 

RANGE.  —  The  range  of  what  used  to  be  best  known 
as   panther   once   included   all   the   timbered   and 
mountain  sections  of  the  United  States.    At  pres- 
ent it  is  found  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  States  and 
those  bordering  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  in  Canada  it  is 
probably  found  in  parts  of  British  Columbia ;  it  is  pretty 
generally  distributed  over  Mexico. 

Description.  —  This  animal,  known  under  several 
names,  such  as  cougar,  puma,  panther,  catamount  and 
mountain  lion,  is  the  largest  of  the  cat  tribe  in  either 
North  or  South  America.  Mountain  lion  is  a  powerful 
beast  of  prey,  is  short  haired,  of  a  light  tan  or  fawn 
color,  although  some  have  a  grayish  coat  and  still  others 
yellowish  brown,  according,  no  doubt,  to  age  and  season. 
A  large  male  will  measure  nine  or  ten  feet  from  end  of 
nose  to  tip  of  tail.  Ordinary  sizes,  however,  do  not  ex- 
ceed about  8  feet  from  tip  to  tip.  The  weight  of  the 
large  ones  is  from  i6o  to  175  pounds.  Heavier  ones  have 
been  killed  but  the  weight  of  the  most  are  less  than  150 
pounds. 

Habits  —  This  bloodthirsty  animal  is  very  destruc- 
tive to  deer  and  other  game  —  even  worse  than  timber 
wolves.  It  also  kills  stock  for  ranchers  located  in  the 
foot  hills  near  mountains.  Owing  to  its  game  and  stock 
killing,  there  is  a  large  bounty  on  mountain  lion  scalps  in 

(342) 


Mountain  Lion. 


343 


most  of  the  states  where  it  is  found.    Most  of  the  blood- 
curdling tales   told   about  panthers,   painters,   mountain 

lions  (they  are  all 
one  and  the  same 
animal)  are  lies  pure 
and  simple.  .  Ordi- 
narily, this  animal  is 
a  coward,  afraid  of 
man. 

Uses.  —  Skins  are 
used  largely  for  rugs 
and  to  some  extent 
for  robes.  Large, 
perfect  specimens 
command  a  good 
price,  when  accept- 
able, for  rugs  with 
mounted  heads.  For 
such  purposes  there 
can  be  no  defects  in 
the  coat,  neither  can 
skins  be  scalped  or 
o^therwise  mutilated 
to  collect  bounty. 
The  toes  and  nails 
must  bei  left  on  and  one  missing  is  a  defect. 

Handling,  Price,  Grade.  —  Strictly  speaking,  the 
skins  do  not  belong  in  the  fur  class.  "Mountain  Lion, 
$2.00  to  $6.00,"  is  about  the  way  this  article  reads  on  the 
fur  lists  of  those  who  quote  them  at  all.  Not  being  what 
is  properly  a  fur  skin,  many  dealers  in  raw  furs  do  not 


WESTERN    MONTANA    MOUNTAIN 
LION    SKIN. 

The  mountain  ranges  of  Montana,  Wyom- 
ing, Colorado,  New  Mexico  and  all  states 
west  to  the  Pacific,  as  well  as  those  of  South- 
ern British  Columbia  and  all  of  Mexico,  are 
the  section  from  which  skins  of  tkis  animal 
are  principally  received. 


344  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

handle  the  skins.  The  skins  have  a  hair  growth  only  — 
no  fur  —  which  is  short  and  not  dense. 

Skins  should  be  handled  open  for  they  are  used 
mostly  for  rugs  and  robes.  Those  who  trap  or  kill  moun- 
tain lions  derive  the  most  money  through  the  existing 
bounties  paid  by  the  respective  states.  The  majority  of 
skins  that  are  sent  to  fur  dealers  are  those  on  which 
bounty  has  been  collected  and  many  have  been  scalped 
or  otherwise  damaged.  The  value  of  such  pelts  range 
from  about  $2.00  to  $6.cx)  or  maybe  a  little  more. 

Dealers  in  furs  classify  the  skins  according  to  size, 
large,  medium,  small.  Color  makes  little  or  no  difference. 
The  large  sizes,  measuring  10  to  11  feet,  that  we  read 
about  being  killed,  dwindle  to  9  feet  or  less  in  reality. 
The  average  full  grown,  in  fact,  will  measure  7  feet  or 
thereabouts  more  often  than  8  or  more.  A  pelt  that  will 
measure  5  feet  from  end  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  is  a  large 
skin;  medium,  about  one  foot  less,  and  small,  six  inches 
to  a  foot  under  medium.  Of  course,  these  measurements 
will  vary  somewhat. 


CHAPTER  XXXIII, 

SEALS  —  FUR  AND   HAIR. 

-jn|LASKA  FUR  SEAL  —  RANGE.  —  This  seal  — 

p4     the  most  valuable  —  inhabits   Behring   Sea   and 

J  I     the  rookeries  (breeding  grounds)  are  the  St.  Paul 

and  St.  George  Islands  which  constitute  what  are 

known  as  the  Pribilof  Islands.     Other  than  during  the 

breeding  season  they  range  southward. 

Description.  —  An  average  male  seal  will  measure 
about  6  feet  long  and  weigh  near  400  pounds.  They  have 
been  known  to  reach  a  length  of  "jYz  feet  and  a  weight  of 
600  pounds.  Females  are  much  smaller,  weighing  150 
pounds  or  less  and  are  usually  a  few  inches  under  4  feet 
in  length.  The  color  of  the  guard  or  long  hairs  is  chest- 
nut brown  to  black  of  males  although  the  old  are  much 
mixed  with  grey,  especially  on  the  back;  females  are 
usually  lighter  colored  than  males. 

History.  —  From  millions  of  seals  which  came  to 
the  Pribilof  Islands  to  breed  when  the  fur  first  came  into 
fashion,  the  herds  dwindled  to  probably  50,000  by  1910. 
From  1890  to  1910  the  North  American  Commercial 
Company  had  the  exclusive  right  to  the  seal  industry, 
paying  an  annual  rental  of  $60,000.00  to  the  United 
States,  in  addition  to  $7.62^  per  skin  and  50  cents  for 
each  gallon  of  oil  shipped  from  either  St.  George  or  St. 
Paul  Island.  There  was  a  further  revenue  tax  of  $2.00 
upon  each  skin. 

(345) 


346 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


The  seal  industry  has  been  a  very  profitable  source 
of  income  to  the  United  States  Government  but  owing  to 
pelagic  killing   (unlawful)    by  not  only  Americans  but 

others,  in  July,  191 1, 
the  United  States, 
Great  Britain,  Rus- 
sia and  Japan  en- 
tered into  a  treaty 
which  provides  for 
the  prohibition  of 
pelagic  or  open  sea 
sealing  for  a  period 
of  fifteenyears.  Dur- 
injg  the  same  year 
(1911)  the  United 
States  enacted  a  pro- 
vision  prohibiting 
land  killing  of  seals 
on  the  Pribilof  Is- 
lands for  a  period 
of  ten  years,  except 
under  certain  condi- 
tions ;  a  few  thou- 
sand are  killed  as 
food  for  the  natives 
and  skins  sold. 

While     this     val- 
uable   fur  producer 
is  not  apt  to  regain  its  former  large  numbers,  yet  with 
the  protection  now  given,  the  herds  should  and  no  doubt 
will,  largely  increase. 


FUR  SEAL  SKIN,  DRESSED,  NATURAL. 

This  fur  is  very  coarse  looking  in  its 
natural  state  but  when  plucked  is  soft  and 
rich. 


Seals  —  Fur  and  Hair. 


347 


Killing  and  Handling.  —  During  the  palmy  days 
of  the  industry,  when  100,000  were  taken  annually,  the 

entire  number  was 
handled  in  about  six 
weeks,  June  14  to 
August  I  St.  While 
the  seals  might  re- 
main on  the  islands 
longer,  the  fur  de- 
teriorates after  the 
latter  date.  Expert 
skinners  can  remove 
a  pelt  in  a  minute 
and  a  half,  yet  four 
minutes  is  the  time 
usually  required. 
After  the  skins  are 
flayed  off  they  are 
salted  and  placed  in 
piles,  "hair  to  fat 
and  salt  between." 
If  this  is  not  done 
at  once  and  the 
weather  is  warm,  an 
hour's  d  e  1  a  y  w  i  1 1 
spoil  it.  If  salt  is 
not  properly  applied 
or  skins  allowed  to 
lay  too  long  without 
flaying  (removing  flesh  and  fat)  the  skin  becomes  pinky. 


FUR    seal    skin    plucked. 

A  plucked  skin  is  one  having  had  the  long 
outer   or   guard   hairs   removed. 


34^  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

Grading.  —  The    skins    are    assorted    as    follows . 

Middlings,  Middling  and  Smalls  —  4  to  5  years. 

Smalls  —  4  years. 

Large  Pups  —  3  years. 

Middling  Pups,  Small  Pups  —  2  years. 

Extra  Small  Pups,  Grey  Pups  —  i  year  old. 

Odd,  Faulty. 

The  general  color  of  males  is  a  dark  grizzly,  but 
sometimes  yellowish  or  a  light  brown.  The  under  fur  is 
thick  and  heavy  and  of  a  deep  red  color.  Skins  not  in 
prime  condition  are  known  as  "stagey." 

Hair  Seals.  —  There  are  several  different  varieties, 
or  species,  such  as  the  Greenland,  Harp,  Foetid  and 
Hooded  found  in  the  North  Atlantic  around  Greenland, 
Labrador,  Newfoundland  and  south  as  far  as  the  New 
England  Coast.  These  should  not  be  confused  with  the 
pelt  and  fur  of  the  Alaskan  fur  seal  which -furnishes  the 
valuable  article,  known  as  sealskin,  to  the  trade.  The 
hair  seals  are  valuable  for  oil  and  the  skins  are  used  for 
making  leather  only. 


CHAPTER  XXXIV. 

PELTS,    HIDES,    SKINS. 

JTTlHILE  the  majority  of  those  that  handle  furs  will 
fl  A  I  not  be  particularly  interested  in  this  chapter, 
^^r  there  are  fur  buyers  who  handle  more  or  less 
sheep  pelts,  hides,  calf  skins,  etc. 

Sheep  Pelts.  —  In  many  states  the  sheep  pelt  trade 
is  of  more  importance  than  is  generally  known.  Travel- 
ing country  fur  buyers  handle  a  good  many  thousand 
each  year.  The  writer,  during  the  winter  of  1892-93, 
bought  about  2,000  pelts  from  farmers  in  Gallia  and 
Meigs  Counties  in  Southern  Ohio.  At  that  time  the  hilly 
farms  of  that  part  of  the  state  were  covered  with  sheep 
(some  of  them  dead)  which  I  bought  from  10  cents  up. 
Those  at  10  cents  I  skinned  —  hard,  cold,  disagreeable 
work  —  but  I  made  good  wages. 

No  doubt  there  are  places  now  where  the  buying  of 
sheep  pelts  would  add  materially  to  the  fur  buyer's  in- 
come. In  addition  to  pelts  from  sheep  that  have  died 
from  disease  and  improper  care,  farmers  kill  for  mutton 
and  often  have  a  number  of  pelts  ranging  from  shearling 
up.  Country  and  town  butchers  at  certain  seasons  have 
pelts  for  sale. 

Wool  on  pelts  with  a  growth  of  ^  inch  or  less  is 
classed  as  shoddy.  The  wool  is  not  worth  as  much  per 
pound  as  longer  growth.     Pelts  bought  green  should  be 

(349) 


350  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

salted.  A  large  pelt,  during  the  summer  season,  will  re- 
quire about  a  half  gallon  of  salt.  Butchered  pelts  are 
worth  more  than  those  that  have  died  from  disease,  as 
both  pelt  and  wool  are  valuable,  whereas  the  diseased 
pelt  is  of  little  value  except  for  the  wool.  Pelts  are  class- 
ified as  follows : 

Packer  and  Country  sheep  pelts. 

Packer  and  Country  lambs. 

Packer  and  Country  shearing. 

Montana  Butcher  dry  pelts,  full  wooled. 

Utah  butcher  dry  pelts,  full  wooled. 

Colorado  and  New  Mexico  dry  pelts,  butcher. 

Montana  and  Utah  murrains. 

Dry  flint  shearlings,  good  stock. 

Dry  flint  shearlings,  damaged. 

Colorado  and  New  Mexico,  country  collections. 

Packer  pelts  are 
those  taken  off  by  the 
large  packing  houses 
where  thousands  of 
sheep  are  slaughtered 
each  week.  The  aver- 
age   buyer    will    not 

bundle  of  sheep  pelts.  handle  any   of   these 

as  they  are  sold  in  car 
lots  direct  to  pullers,  tanners,  etc.  Sheep  pelts  are  done 
up  in  bales  of  some  six  to  a  dozen,  depending  upon  length 
of  wool.  The  two  strings  (hide  sisal)  should  first  be  laid 
down  and  crossed.  Bottom  and  top  skins  should  be  pelt 
out  so  as  to  keep  wool  as  free  from  dirt  as  possible. 


Pelts^  Hides,  Skins.  351 

Hides,  Calf  Skins.  —  The  opportunity  to  buy  hides 
and  calf  skins  will  depend  largely  upon  how  near  you 
are  to  some  established  hide  dealer.  Where  there  are 
such  it  may  not  pay  to  handle  as  the  margin  of  profit  will 
be  small.  If  no  dealer  is  near,  you  should  be  able  to 
gather  up  a  good  many,  especially  during  the  fall  and 
early  winter  months  when  farmers  kill  for  their  own  use. 
In  localities  where  the  dairy  business  is  carried  on  exten- 
sively most  calves  are  either  killed  and  skinned  or  soon 
vealed  so  that  many  skins  are  sold. 

The  classifications  of  hides  and  skins  are  as  follows : 
No.  I  and  2  heavy  steers,  60  pounds  and  over. 
No.  I  and  2  heavy  cows,  60  pounds  and  over. 
No.   I  and  2  buff  hides,  40  to  60  pounds. 
No.  I  and  2  side-branded  steers,  all  weights. 
No.  I  and  2  side-branded  cows,  all  weights. 
No.   I  and  2  bulls,  all  weights. 
No.   I  and  2  extreme  light  hides  —  25  to  40  pounds. 
No.  I  and  2  calf  skins,  8  to  15  pounds  —  no  skins 

with  kip  hair. 
No.  I  and  2  light  calf  skins,  7  to  8  pounds. 
No.   I  and  2  kip,  15  to  25  pounds. 
Deacons,  7  pounds  and  less. 
Slunks,  skin  of  an  unborn  calf. 
No.  I  and  2  horsehides  —  all  weights. 
Pony,  colt  skins  and  glue  stock. 
Hog  skins. 

The  usual  difference  between  Nos.  i  and  2  hides  is 
one  cent  a  pound  in  extreme  (25  to  40),  buffs  (40  to  60), 
and  heavy  cows ;  one  and  one-half  cent  a  pound  on  steers, 


352 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


calf  and  kip.  Bulls,  branded  steers  and  cows  generally 
sell  flat,  not  selected.  Horse  hides,  hog  skins,  deacons 
and  slunks  sell  at  so  much  per  skin.  Size  and  free  from 
rubbed  (  dragging)  determine  grade  and  value  of  horse 
hides. 

Hides  are  also  further  classified  green,  green  salted, 
dry  and  dry  flint.  A  green  hide  is  one  as  taken  off  the 
animal  and  includes  tail  bone,  horns,  sinews,  etc.,   not 

salted.  A  green  salted 
is  one  that  has  been 
salted  folded  or 
spread  out  for  at  least 
24  hours  and  up  to  six 
months  or  even 
longer.  A  dry  salt  is 
one  that  has  been 
salted  but  left  spread 
out  where  it  will  dry 
out  within  a  couple 
of  weeks.  A  flint  is  one  that  has  been  dried  without  salt. 
The  price  increases  from  a  green  to  a  flint  but  as  the 
weight  decreases  there  is  little,  or  no  difference,  in  the 
price  that  a  hide  will  bring  in  the  several  ways  that  it  may 
be  handled.  When  hides  were  cheap  there  was  but  one 
cent  difference  between  each  classification,  namely :  green, 
7  cents  per  pound;  green  salted,  8  cents;  dry  salted,  9 
cents ;  flint,  10  cents.  Now,  that  values  are  much  higher, 
the  spread  between  each  classification  is  greater.  Sup- 
pose a  green  hide  weighs  60  pounds  and  is  worth  10  cents 
a  pound  or  $6.00.  The  same  hide^  salted  a  few  days, 
weighs  about  50  pounds,  therefore,  the  green  salted  must 


HIDE    (CATTLE)    DONE   UP,   TIED, 
READY    FOR    SHIPMENT. 


Pelts,  Hides,  Skins.  353 

bring  12  cents  a  pound  to  realize  $6.00.  If  made  a  dry 
salted,  the  weight  is  further  reduced,  say  to  40  pounds, 
when  price  must  be  15  cents  to  equal  $6.00.  The  same 
hide  not  salted  becomes  a  flint  and  weight  reduced,  we 
will  say  to  30  pounds,  when  price  must  be  advanced  to 
20  cents  to  equal  $6.00. 

Although  the  writer  spent  several  years  upon  the 
road  buying  not  only  furs,  roots,  sheep  pelts,  but  hides 
from  butchers,  mostly  green  salted,  yet  he  was  not  sure 
as  to  shrinkage  of  hides  under  the  various  ryiditions 
handled,  therefore,  secured  the  following  from  a  dealer 
v/ho  has  been  in  the  business  for  years,  buying  and  han- 
dling several  car  loads  of  hides  each  month : 

"Green  hides  in  summer  will  shrink  out  12%  to  15% 
by  salting,  making  them  green  salted.  These  same  hides 
in  winter  will  not  lose  more  than  10%  and  be  green  salted 
hides.  Beef  hides  are  better  in  August,  September,  Octo- 
ber and  November.  After  that  they  get  long  haired  and 
shaggy  up  to  March  and  in  general  worth  10%  less  in 
price.  In  the  South  hides  get  grubby  in  December  and 
stay  grubby  about  90  days.  In  the  North  they  do  not  get 
grubby  until,  say  February,  and  stay  grubby  for  about  90 
days.  Of  course,  in  a  great  many  sections,  from  lack  of 
swampy  land  and  care  given  to  cattle,  they  have  no  grubs 
at  all.  In  April  and  May  cattle  running  on  new  grass, 
their  hides  will  shrink  15%  on  account  of  moisture  in 
hides.  The  weight  of  green  hides  is  about  15%  more 
than  green  salted,  30%  more  than  dry  salted,  and  50% 
more  than  flint  dry.  This  is  a  very  close  estimate  of 
weight  in  different  stages." 

23 


354  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

In  some  sections  grubs  are  much  worse  than  others. 
In  the  latitude  of  Southern  Ohio  they  usually  make  their 
appearance  by  the  last  of  November  or  the  first  days  of 
December.  Further  north  they  do  not  make  their  appear- 
ance before  January  and  in  some  localities  there  are  none 
whatever.  One  grub,  if  it  has  eaten  through  the  hide, 
even  no  larger  hole  than  a  straw,  makes  it  a  No.  2.  Grubs 
will  be  found  on  the  back  near  the  rump  and  can  be  de- 
tected by  the  appearance  of  the  hide  which  shows  a 
bloody  or  ''jelly  like"  substance. 

A  cut  anywhere  in  body  of  hide  makes  a  No.  2,  so 
that  careful  skinning  should  be  done.  Calf  skins  that  are 
badly  scored  (so  that  the  thumb  nail  can  punch  through) 
is  as  bad  as  a  hole  and  such  skins  go  into  the  No.  2  class. 
There  is  a  class  of  hides  known  as  ''packer"  but  the  hide 
buyer  will  not  come  in  contact  with  any.  These  are  the 
hides  taken  off  in  the  large  slaughter  houses,  principally 
of  the  West,  being  uniform,  closer  trim  and  only  coarse 
special  hide  salt  is  used  in  curing. 

Where  salt  is  cheap  It  is  safest  to  handle  hides  by 
salting,  for  during  warm  weather  they  may  spoil  instead 
of  curing  properly.  The  high  altitudes,  Rocky  Mountain 
sections,  produce  many  flint  hides. 

Hides  are  done  up  in  separate  bundles,  hair  out,  for 
shipment  and  tied  with  a  special  hide  twine  or  sisal.  The' 
fur  dealer  and  country  buyer  of  hides,  if  having  no  reg- 
ular hide  twine,  use  binder  twine  doubled  or  first  class 
wool  twine,  yet  neither  are  strong  enough  for  large  and 
heavy  hides. 

Deer  Skins.  —  The  summer  coat  is  short  and  the 
hide  is  of  the  best  quality  for  leather  then.     When  the 


Pelts^  Hides,  Skins. 


355 


hair  is  long  on  deer  or  cattle,  it  detracts  from  the  hide 
to  support  such  growth.  Deer  skins  should  not  be  salted. 
The  process  of  tanning  and  dressing  deer  skins  to  make 
'he  buckskin  of  commerce,  is  different  from  the  pre- 
liminaries relating  to  preparing  cattle  or  horse  hides,^ 
which  are  cured  in  salt.  Salt  toughens  deer  skins  and 
makes  tanning  difficult. 


A   BUNDLE   OF   DEER    SKINS  — WINTER   COAT. 

Summer  deer  skins  are  almost  unknown  now  on  ac- 
count of  game  laws  everywhere  which  prohibit  such 
slaughter,  it  being  unlawful  to  have  in  one's  possession 
skins  of  grown  deer  in  the  red  or  summer  coat  or  fawn 
skins  in  the  spotted  coat.  Deer  skins  are  bought  by  the 
pound  and  classed  green,  dry  salted  and  dry.  Like  cattle 
hides,  the  value  per  pound  increases  from  green  to  dry 
but  as  weight  decreases  there  is  little  or  no  difference  in 
price  per  skin.  A  few  elk,  antelope  and  moose  hides  are 
still  marketed.  They,  like  deer  skins,  are  mostly  sold 
W  weight  and  classified  green,  dry  salted  and  dry. 


CHAPTER  XXXV. 

ROOTS GINSENG   AND   GOLDEN    SEAL. 

GINSENG  DRYING  AND  GRADING.— Wild  gin- 
seng should  be  dug  carefully  so  as  to  not  cut  or 
bruise  the  roots  as  this  hurts  their  sale.  After  dig- 
ging, wash  just  enough  to  get  the  dirt  off,  but  in 
no  case  attempt  tO'  make  the  root  white.  If  a  brush  is 
used  to  get  the  dirt  out  of  crevices  it  should  be  used  very 
lightly  and  never  so  that  when  the  root  is  dry  it  will  not 
show  dark  or  dirt  color  at  the  bottom  of  the  creases  that 
run  around  the  roots.  Gray  or  yellow  gray  is  about  the 
color  desired  but  of  the  two  extremes  it  is  better  not  to 
wash  at  all  than  to  wash  too  much. 

In  drying,  the  roots  should  always  be  placed  in  the 
shade  and  should  be  laid  on  a  screen  or  sieve  and  in  a 
place  where  there  is  free  circulation  of  air.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  remove  the  fiber  roots  of  wild  ginseng,  the 
same  as  it  is  with  the  cultivated.  The  practice  of  string- 
ing roots  and  hanging  them  up  to  dry  cannot  be  too 
strongly  condemned. 

Fur  buyers  generally  make  about  three  grades  of 
wild  root  —  Northern,  Middle  and  Southern — although 
some  dealers  go  so  far  as  to  grade  it  by  states.  The 
practice  of  grading  In  this  manner  comes  not  from  the 
quality  of  the  roots  in  the  different  sections  of  the  country 
but  from  the  practices  of  the  collector.    In  the  North  the 

(366) 


Roots  —  Ginseng  and  Golden  Seal. 


357 


SMALL  PIECES,  NATURAL  SIZP:,  OR 
TRASH    GINSENG. 


roots  are  never  strung 
on  strings,  neither  does 
the  Northern  man  collect 
seedlings  and  pieces  of 
stems.  The  Chinaman 
wants  whole  roots  with- 
o  u  t  blemish  and  no 
Chinaman  or  dealer  can 
tell  whether  whole  roots 
of  fair  size  are  from  the 
North  or  South. 

Note  the  illustration, 
showing  at  natural  size, 
what  is  found  in 
large  quantities  in 
many  lots  of 
Southern      wild 


GOOD    WILD    GINSENG   ROOTS  —  REDUCED    IN    SIZE. 


358 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


root.  Such  trash  is  absent  in  the  wild  collections  from 
the  North.  The  presence  or  absence  of  this  trash  really 
makes  the  difference  in  price  between  Northern  and 
Southern  wild  root. 

The  illustration  —  Good  Wild 
Roots  —  are  reduced  in  size.  Roots 
of  this  class  will  demand  top  price 
for  wild  root  if  free  from  trash  ex- 
cept the  fiber  roots  that  naturally 
belong. 

If  the  digger  would  leave  the 
little  roots  to  grow  he  would  get  as 
much  money  for  what  he  did  collect 
as  he  would  if  he  added  the  trash. 
Later,  he  or  some  one  else  would  have  the  pleasure  of 
digging  a  good  root  in  place  of  one  almost  worthless.  The 
digger  of  wild  ginseng  finds  not  only  small  but  all  shapes 
of  roots.  This  is  caused  from  the  hard  soil,  rocks  and 
tree  roots   among  which  it  grows.     The  illustration  of 


SMALL    WILD    GIN- 
SENG. 


OREGON   GINSENG,   GREEN,   JUST  DUG. 


Roots  —  Ginseng  and  Golden  ^  al. 


359 


,/f,. 

1 
•   j 

./■'■, 

w 

1-    ^^  ■ 

•  Sit:       ;«<■ 

a. 

1 

j;  ,J' 


small  wild  is  natural  size,  but  not^  as  well  the  shape  m 
which  it  grew  —  down,  then  up,  then  down. 

Buyers  may  have  some  root  offered  them  green,  so 
they  will  be  interested  in  knowing  how  much  green  it 

takes  to  make  a 
pound  dry.  Inhere 
ig^no  correct  rule  to 
go  by,  or  rather  one 
that  will  answer  for 
all  seasons  and  for 
both  wild  and  culti^ 
vated.  Spring  dug, 
or  say  up  to  August, 
will  require  about  4 
pounds  to  dry  a 
pound;  fall  dug, 
about  3  pounds  and 
5  or  6  ounces.  In 
parts  of  the  North- 
west, such  as  the 
state  of  Oregon, 
roots  dry  heavy^.and 
3  pounds  will  about 
make  i  pound  dry. 

In  the  pile  of  Ore- 
gon green  ginseng 
there  was  90  pounds  when  dug.  This  root  is  short  and 
thick  set  —  chunky  —  with  very  little  fiber  root  and  will 
dry  out  30  pounds,  or  very  near  it,  of  marketable  root. 
The  root  is  cultivated  and  was  dug  the  latter  part  of  Sep- 
tember.    Some  raisers  in  the  Northwest  have  tried  to 


WEST    VIRGINIA    WILD    GINSENG, 
JUST    DUG. 


36o 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


dispose  of  ginseng  similar  to  the  roots  shown  as  being 
wild.  Eastern  dealers  say  there  is  no  natural  wild  grow- 
ing in  Oregon  but  that  wild  transplanted  from  some  of 
the  ''ginseng  country"  farther  east  does  well  there. 


ST  GRADE   OF  CULTI- 
VATED—NOTE SHAPE 
AND  CONDITION. 


The  illustration  of  West  Virginia  Wild  Ginseng  Just 
Dug  shows  the  genuine  wild  as  it  grows  in  that  state.  The 
majority  of  these  roots  are  large  and  when  dug  in  Sep- 
tember and  October  about  3^  pounds  of  green  will  make 
one  of  dry.  This  proportion  will  hold  where  the  roots 
are  very  late  dug  regardless  of  sizes.  Early  in  the  season 
it  takes  about  4  pounds  of  green  to  make  one  of  dry, 


Roo 


Ginseng  and  Golden  Seal. 


361 


iuaking  iif  .aJtference  whether  the  roots  are  large,  me- 
■j,  v>r  small.  These  weights  are  based  on  green  roots 
—  just  dug.  If  oitered  for  sale  after  being  dug  a  few 
days  they  are  partly  dry  and,  of  course,  less  amount  will 
make  a  pound  when  dry.  ^2c 

Wild  ginseng,  as  well  as  golden  seal,  is  z^^"*^-  ' 
bought  not  only  by  fur  dealers  but  produce 
men  and  druggists.     The  latter,  as  a  ruh 
do  not  handle  large  lots,  buying  mainl 
from  diggers  who  are  apt  to  have  a 
few  ounces,  or  pounds,  at  most.  Cul- 
tivated is  usually  dried  by  the  grower 
who  then  sells  to  some  of  the  larger 
dealers. 

Cultivated  Ginseng  Roots.  — 
The  same  instructions  as  to  digging 
and  drying  wild  roots  apply  to  these 
except  greater  care  must  be  used  to 
have  plenty  of  air  or  use  artificial 
heat..     This  is  necessary,  as  the  cul- 
tivated   root    is    larger    and    dries 
slower,   being  liable  to  sour  and 
spoil  if  not  properly  handled.   There 
is   really  no  accepted  method  of 
grading   cultivated   ginseng  but 
its  value  is   determined  owing 
to  its  likeness  to  wild.    The 
vnld   root,  grown  as   it  is, 
among     trees     and     other 
plants  that  sap  the  soil  of 
its  fertility,  takes  up  much        ^^  ^^wE^i^toor.^^^^'^^' 


362 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 


of  the 
reason 


moisture,  makes  a  very  slow  growth  ^.  "d  for 
acquires  age  before  its  size  would  tempt  tVxe  -^ 

lector  to  dig.  This  slow  growth 
and  great  age  gives  it  the 
quality  the  Chinese  like.  Cul- 
tivated, therefore,  is  classed 
largely  according  to  its  resem- 
blance to  the  wild  root. 

Good  wild  root  seldom  has 
lateral  branches,  is  of  light 
weight  in  proportion  to  its 
size,  having 
a 
skin 


choice  grade  of 
cultivated. 


wrinkles 

around  the  root  rather 
than  up  and  down. 
The  body  of  the  root 
is  spongy  or  corky 
and  will  bend  some- 
what before  it  will 
break.  In  grading  cultivated  the  first,  or  best  grade,  m  'st 
come  as  near  to  having  the  above  characteristics  as  pob- 
sible.  The  illustrations  of  the  three  roots,  page  360,  are 
such  while  the  single  root,  page  361,  represents  those  of 
ideal  shape. 


IRREGULAR  SHAPED  ROOT. 


Roots  —  Ginseng  and  Golden   Seal. 


363 


This  grade  of  root  is  light  weight  but  not  so  light  as 
the  wild.  A  bushel  basket  well  rounded  up  and  shaken 
down  will  weigh  just  about  25  pounds.  One  other  test 
for  roots  of  this  grade  is  that  you  should  be  able  to  take 
a   sharp   knife  and  shave   ojET  thin   slices   without  their 

breaking.  Roots  of  the  same  grade 
otherwise,  if  on  attempting  to  shave 
off  a  slice  will  crumble  and  break 
into  small  pieces,  are  not  as  valuable. 

The  two  straight  roots  repre- 
sent a  choice  grade  of  roots  though 
not  as  large.  These  are  small  roots 
that  have  been  crowded  and  stunted 
in  their  growth  and  closely  resemble 
the  wild.    See  page  362. 

Next  in  value  we  would  class 
roots  that  have  the  above  named 
valuable  traits  except  they  are  irreg- 
ular in  shape.  Such  roots  when 
well  wilted,  in  process  of  drying, 
can  be  helped  in  shape  a  little  by 
bending  in  side  roots  and  wrapping 
a  narrow  piece  of  cloth  around  them 
until  dry.  This  quality  of  root  if 
extremely  sprangly  and  having 
many  large  straggling  side  shoots 
is  of  low  value  and  at  times  prac- 
tically unsalable.  A  root  of  this 
character  can  be  helped  some  by 
breaking-  off  the  sprangles  as  indi- 

SMOOTH     SKINNED  i  ,         ,         •  •        ,       •,, 

HARD  GINSENG.        cated  by  the  Imes  m  the  illustration. 


3^4 


Fur  Buyers'  Guide, 


Note  marks  or  lines  like  this  /  across  the  small  roots 
which  are  from  ^  to  ^  inch  from  main  root.  Root  is 
still  green.  See  illustration,  page  362;  Irregular  Shaped 
Root. 

A  still  poorer  grade  of  root  is  the  smooth  skinned, 
hard  root  which  is  generally  caused  by  digging  the  crop 

too  young  or  before  it  is  ma- 
ture.     It    is    also    sometimes 
caused   by   light,    sandy   soil. 
The  defects  in  roots  of  this 
kind  are  hard  to  bring  out  in 
illustrations  but  can  easily  be 
recognized  by  the  eye.     The 
root  is  hard,  very  heavy  for 
size,  cuts  under  the  knife  hard 
and  brittle.     The  skin  shows 
few  or  no  wrinkles  around  the 
root.     This  and  the  sprangly 
roots  are  of  the  lowest  grades, 
except  diseased 
roots    or    roots    of 
the    shape    of    the 
three     which     are 
unsalable  save  when 
broken  up  and  sold 
as   coarse   fiber   at 
Small  roots  when  short  and  thick 


TRANSPLANTED  WILD  GINSENG  ROOT 


about  $1.00  a  pound 
set  are  salable. 

There  is  one  other  grade  of  dry  ginseng  root  that  is 
desirable  but  of  rather  uneven  quality.  We  allude  to 
transplanted  wild  root.  Illustration — Transplanted  Wild 
Ginseng  Root  —  shows  an  exceptionally  good  root  of  this 


Roots  —  Ginseng  and  Golden  Seal.  365 

class.  The  neck  of  the  root  is  small,  which  is  very  desir- 
able. ^  Shape  is  also  good  and  the  wrinkles  show  well. 
Root  is  rather  hard  yet  it  represents  a  good  type  of  root. 

In  preparing  roots  for  market  the  fine  fibrous  roots 
should  always  be  removed  and  kept  separate.  It  is  a 
question  if  the  average  grower  should  attempt  to  trim  or 
sort  his  roots  beyond  this.  He  is  not  familiar  with  the 
demands  or  orders  of  the  dealer,  therefore  is  liable  to  trim 
ofif  and  lose  weight  where  he  need  not.  Better  to  send  to 
an  honest  dealer  and  let  him  do  the  sorting  and  grading. 

The  Chinese  are  very  expert  and  will  look  at  a  pile 
of  root  and  decide  very  close  what  it  is  worth,  even 
though  there  may  be  a  half  dozen  grades  in  the  pile.  In 
other  words,  if  you  have  ten  pounds  of  root  worth  $6.00 
per  pound  and  another  ten  pounds  worth  $4.00  per  pound 
and  mix  them  together  the  chances  are  that  you  will  get 
fully  as  much.  The  Chinaman  wants  to  get  the  good  root 
so  will  pay  $5.00  or  maybe  a  trifle  over,  rather  than 
under.  At  the  same  time  he  seems  to  know  exactly,  by 
looking  at  the  pile,  how  much  good  and  how  much  poor 
root  there  is  in  the  lot. 

All  pieces  of  root  should  be  sorted  out  and  sold  by 
themselves  as  coarse  fiber. 

Golden  Seal.  —  There  is  little  to  be  said  about  dry- 
ing the  wild  seal  root  other  than  to  wash  clean  and  dry 
in  the  shade,  taking  care  that  it  dries  properly  so  as  not 
to  mould.  Cultivated  seal  requires  much  more  care  in 
washing  but  must  be  washed  clean  even  if  the  body  of 
the  root  has  to  be  broken  in  order  to  do  it.  After  the 
roots  are  fully  dried  they  should  be  placed  in  some  tight 
package  to  keep  them  from  the  air  and  light  as  this  root 


366  Fur  Buyers'  Guide. 

loses  strength  fast.  The  fiber  root  should  not  be  separ- 
ated from  the  rhizome  (main  root)  and  no  care  need  be 
taken  to  avoid  breaking  either  the  rhizome  or  the  fiber 
(small)  roots. 

Golden  Seal,  fall  dug,  either  wild  or  cultivated,  dries 
out  about  same  as  ginseng,  namely,  3  1/3  pounds  of 
green  making  one  of  dry. 

There  is  but  little  difference  in  the  value  of  Golden 
Seal  whether  from  the  garden  of  the  grower  or  the  dig- 
ger who  secures  the  wild.  Neither  is  there  a  difference 
in  the  value  of  this  root  from  the  various  parts  of  the 
country.  Buyers,  however,  must  be  on  the  lookout  for 
frauds  and  deceptions  as  there  is  a  root  that  very  closely 
resembles  Golden  Seal  found  in  some  parts  of  the  country 
which  has  little  value. 

Note.  —  Those  e  specially  interested  in  Ginseng, 
Golden  Seal,  Seneca  and  other  marketable  plants  will  find 
in  "Ginseng  and  Other  Medicinal  Plants,"  a  book  of  367 
pages,  price  $1.00,  a  much  more  complete  description  of 
the  various  plants,  where  found,  with  illustrations  of 
both  the  roots  and  tops. 


FUR  FARMING 

A  Book  of  Information  on  Raising  Fur-Bearing  Animals.  Telling 
all  About _Enclosures,  Breeding,  Feeding.  Habits,  Care,   Etc. 

THIS  book  is  now  in  its  FIFTH  EDITION.  It  is 
the  recognized  authority  on  raising  all  kinds 
of  fur-bearing  animals.  All  of  the  questions 
asked,  or  you  may  wish  to  know,  are  answered  in 
detail  in  this  book.  It  is  the  only  guide  for  those 
who  are  contemplating  the  raising  of  fur-bearers 
for  profit,  and  its  accurate  descriptions  of  the 
animals  and  their  habits,  when  in  the  wild  State, 
make  it  interesting  and  valuable  to  all. 

The  information  has  been  secured  from  reliable 
sources,  mainly  from  those  who  have  already 
raised  the  various  animals.  A  part  was  taken 
from  the  United  States  Government  reports  of 
their  investigations. 

Foxes— More  than  forty  pages  are  devoted  to  foxes.  The  business  of 
handling  valuable  foxes  as  carried  on  in  Canada  is  explained. 

Mink— The  chapter  on  Mink  Raising  is  more  complete  than  in  the 
earlier  editions  and  as  well  illustrates  a  minkery  showing:  1st,  floor  plan; 
2nd,  end  view;  3rd,  completed  building. 

Marten— A  chapter  on  Marten  Raising  has  also  been  added. 

Skunk— This  chapter  contains  35  pages  of  information  as  well  as  11 
illustrations.  One  of  the  illustrations  shows  skunk  skins  and  how  they 
are  graded.  Removing  scent  sacs  is  fully  explained  and  illustrated  by 
two  drawings  or  diagrams  showing  the  scent  sacs  and  how  far  and 
where  to  cut  to  expose  sacs  and  ducts.  After  looking  at  these  and  read- 
ing explanation  anyone  can  easily  remove  the  scent  sacs. 

Chapter  Headings— Read  them  and  it  will  be  seen  at  once  that  this 
is  a  very  practical  book,  covering  the  subject  of  Fur  Raising  or  Fur 
Farming  thoroughly.  Book  contains  278  pages,  5x7  inches,  printed  on 
good  paper,  with  49  illustrations  and  drawings.  The  book  contains  16 
chapters  as  follows: 


I.  Supply  and  Demand 

II.  What  Animals  to  Raise 

III.  Endosares 

IV.  Laws  Affecting  Far  Farming 
V.  Box  Trap  Trapping 

VI.  Fox  Raising 

VII.  Fox  Raising  in  Canada 

VIII.  Skunk  Raising 


IX.  Mink  Raising 

X.  Opossum  Raising 

XI.  Muskrat  Raising 

XII.  Raccoon  Raising 

XIII.  The  Beaver  and  the  Otter 

XIV.  Marten  Raising 

XV.  Killing,  Skinning  &  Stretching 

XVI.  Deer  Farming 


If  you  have  ever  thought  of  raising  fur-bearing  animals,  better  send 
for  this  book  at  once.  Maybe  after  reading  you  will  conclude  to  go  into 
the  business,  for  there  has  been  money  made  at  the  business  and  will  be 
for  years  to  come  by  those  who  are  suited  to  the  industry— the  book  tells 
this  and  lots  more. 

This  book  bound  in  cloth  will  be  sent  postpaid  to  any  address  for  60c. 

A.  R.  Harding,  75  N.  Ohio  Ave.,  Columbus,  Ohio 


BOOKS 


For  Hunters,  Trappers, 
Fisherman,  Sportsmen, 
Campers,  Prospectors, 
Fur  Farmers,  Ginseng  and 
Golden  Seal  Growers,  etc. 


Below  we  list  books  published  by  A.  R. 
Harding,  any  or  all  of  which  would  be  valuable 
to  any  outdoor  man.  The  prices  quoted  after 
each  book  include  postage,  so  that  there  are 
no  additional  charges.  Should  you  wish  them 
insured  the  cost  will  be  5c  extra,  to  Canada  cost 
to  register  is  loc.  If  two  or  more  books  are 
ordered  together  there  is  a  reduction  of  loc  on 
60c  books,  and  25c  on  $i.cO'  books. 

Bee  Hunting,  80  pages,  paper 25c 

Mink  Trapping,  190  pages,  cloth 60c 

Fox   Trapping,    200    pages,    cloth 60c 

Steel  Traps,  333  pages,  cloth 60c 

Canadian   Wilds,  277  pages,  cloth 60c 

Deadfalls  and  Snares,  232  pages,  cloth.  60c 
Land     Cruising     and     Prospecting,     200 

pages,  cloth   60c 

Fur  Farming,  266  pages,  cloth 60c 

Science  of  Trapping,  245  pages,  cloth..   60c 

Hunting   Dogs,  253  pages,  cloth 60c 

Ferret    Facts   and    Fancies,    214   pages, 

cloth   60c 

Wolf  and   Coyote  Trapping,   252  pages, 

cloth eoc 

Camp  and  Trail   Methods,  274  p.,  cloth.  60c 

Science  of  Fishing,  258  pages,  cloth 60c 

A  Trip  on  the  Great  Lakes,  212  pages, 

cloth    60c 

3001  Questions  and  Answers,  396  pages, 

cloth     $1 

The  Cabin  Boat  Primer,  276  p.,  cloth.  .  .  $1 
Fifty  Years  a  Hunter  and  Trapper,  318 

pages,  cloth.  $1 

Ginseng    and    Other    Medicinal    Plants, 

318  pages,  cloth $1 

A.  R.  HARDING, 

7S  N.  OHIO  AVE.,  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


\^:'^. 


<>^ 


^■ 


\^ 


^^/.^> 


.a"    .',s^5:^^v 


\^' 


"</> 


ri>  <^ 


^' 


.,/r?-2^. 


\0  o 


V"^